]> git.lyx.org Git - lyx.git/blob - lib/doc/Reference.lyx
UserGuide.lyx: update the character table according to our Unicode features.
[lyx.git] / lib / doc / Reference.lyx
1 #LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
2 \lyxformat 245
3 \begin_document
4 \begin_header
5 \textclass book
6 \begin_preamble
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!!
8 %
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that this document prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the manual may not print out as expected.  If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact 
13 % the documentation team intead of messing around in here.  --jpw 4/97
14
15 \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
16
17 %% Provides French double-quotes for one of the examples
18 %%
19 \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{%
20 \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}}
21 }
22 \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{%
23 \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}}
24 }
25 \DeclareRobustCommand{\flqq}{%
26   \ifmmode\hbox{\guillemotleft}\else\guillemotleft\fi}
27 \DeclareRobustCommand{\frqq}{%
28   \ifmmode\hbox{\guillemotright}\else\guillemotright\fi}
29 %%
30 %% End Preamble
31 %%
32 \end_preamble
33 \language english
34 \inputencoding default
35 \fontscheme default
36 \graphics none
37 \float_placement !htb
38 \paperfontsize default
39 \spacing single
40 \papersize default
41 \use_geometry false
42 \use_amsmath 0
43 \cite_engine basic
44 \use_bibtopic false
45 \paperorientation portrait
46 \secnumdepth 3
47 \tocdepth 3
48 \paragraph_separation indent
49 \defskip medskip
50 \quotes_language english
51 \papercolumns 1
52 \papersides 2
53 \paperpagestyle headings
54 \tracking_changes false
55 \output_changes true
56 \end_header
57
58 \begin_body
59
60 \begin_layout Title
61 LyX Reference Manual
62 \end_layout
63
64 \begin_layout Author
65 by the LyX Team
66 \begin_inset Foot
67 status collapsed
68
69 \begin_layout Standard
70 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
71 tion mailing list, <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
72 \end_layout
73
74 \end_inset
75
76
77 \end_layout
78
79 \begin_layout Standard
80 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
81
82 \end_inset
83
84
85 \end_layout
86
87 \begin_layout Chapter
88 Introduction
89 \end_layout
90
91 \begin_layout Section
92 About this Document
93 \end_layout
94
95 \begin_layout Standard
96 This is the LyX 
97 \emph on
98 Reference
99 \emph default
100  
101 \emph on
102 Manual
103 \emph default
104 .
105  
106 \end_layout
107
108 \begin_layout Standard
109 If you've looked at some of the other documentation, you might be expecting
110  this section to be identical to all of the other opening sections in the
111  other documentation files.
112  The Reference Manual isn't like the other documents, and requires a somewhat
113  different approach.
114 \end_layout
115
116 \begin_layout Standard
117 First, this file is big.
118  It contains \SpecialChar \ldots{}
119 well, everything.
120  Or, it will, at some point.
121  At the moment, though, it's still somewhat incomplete.
122 \end_layout
123
124 \begin_layout Standard
125 Second, to help you get started with this manual, we recommend that you
126  have a look at the example entries.
127  We'd also recommend not printing out the entire manual, but only those
128  sections you happen to need.
129  [This document is still a moving target, after all.]
130 \end_layout
131
132 \begin_layout Standard
133 Third, the entries in this manual follow a somewhat-modified version of
134  the format described in the 
135 \emph on
136 Introduction
137 \emph default
138  manual.
139  Most of these modifications are additions to what's been specified in the
140  Style Sheet.
141  So, if you intend to add an entry, make sure you read 
142 \family typewriter
143 DocStyle.lyx
144 \family default
145  thoroughly! [You'll find it in the distribution in the 
146 \family typewriter
147 development
148 \family default
149  subdirectory.]
150 \end_layout
151
152 \begin_layout Standard
153 NOTE: this document is, alas, very out of date.
154  It is wrong in many places, and omits lots of information about newer versions
155  of LyX.
156 \end_layout
157
158 \begin_layout Section
159 Organization
160 \end_layout
161
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 Each chapter is grouped around a central theme or topic.
164  Chapter 
165 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:user-interface}
166
167 \end_inset
168
169  describes the user interface.
170  Included are the tool bar, the various popups and which menu items and
171  keys they are bound to.
172  Chapter 
173 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:functions}
174
175 \end_inset
176
177  lists all of the bindable functions.
178  You'll need this information if you want to alter the key bindings or create
179  your own tool bar.
180  Lastly, chapter 
181 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{ch:misc}
182
183 \end_inset
184
185  is the Dreaded Miscellaneous! Basically, anything we couldn't figure out
186  where to put ended up here.
187 \end_layout
188
189 \begin_layout Standard
190 The entries themselves are the subsections of each chapter.
191  They are in alphabetical order for ease of access.
192  The sections of each chapter have single purpose: to split up the chapter
193  into more manageable chunks.
194  They simply group the entries by letter, so, for example, there will be
195  a section labelled 
196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \end_inset
198
199 A-C,
200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
201 \end_inset
202
203  another called 
204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 \end_inset
206
207 S,
208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 \end_inset
210
211  and so on.
212 \end_layout
213
214 \begin_layout Section
215 A Sample Entry
216 \end_layout
217
218 \begin_layout Standard
219 This is a sample entry to the Reference Manual.
220  It should help readers figure out how to use this manual, and show developers
221  how to create entries.
222 \end_layout
223
224 \begin_layout Standard
225 The first thing to notice it the entry name.
226  It's not in any special font.
227  Now, according to the Style Sheet, function names should be in 
228 \family typewriter
229 Typewriter
230 \family default
231  font and the names of popups in 
232 \family sans
233 Sans\InsetSpace ~
234 Serif
235 \family default
236 .
237  If you check the chapters containing entries for the functions and popups,
238  you'll see that those entries do indeed use this font convention\SpecialChar \ldots{}
239 in the
240  text itself.
241  The names of the entries --- i.\InsetSpace ~
242 e.\InsetSpace ~
243 the subsection title --- is in the default
244  font.
245  Leave the entry titles in the default font.
246 \end_layout
247
248 \begin_layout Subsection
249 Example #1: Entries
250 \end_layout
251
252 \begin_layout Description
253 Default\InsetSpace ~
254 Bindings:
255 \end_layout
256
257 \begin_deeper
258 \begin_layout List
259 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
260
261 \series bold
262 Menu\InsetSpace ~
263 -
264 \series default
265  Where in the menus you can find this thing.
266  If the menu item just brings up a dialog box, put its name in as a 
267 \family sans
268 \emph on
269 Description
270 \family default
271 \emph default
272  list.
273  Also put in where on the panel the item in bound.
274  Put the names of menus, popup buttons, etc.
275  in 
276 \family sans
277 Sans Serif 
278 \family default
279 to make it stand out from any other text.
280  Underline the accelerator key, if any.
281 \begin_inset Foot
282 status collapsed
283
284 \begin_layout Standard
285 In other words, this is just as described in the Style Sheet.
286  
287 \end_layout
288
289 \end_inset
290
291  Example:
292 \end_layout
293
294 \begin_deeper
295 \begin_layout Standard
296
297 \family sans
298 Menu
299 \bar under
300 N
301 \bar default
302 ame \SpecialChar \menuseparator
303 SubMe
304 \bar under
305 n
306 \bar default
307 uName \SpecialChar \menuseparator
308 I
309 \bar under
310 t
311 \bar default
312 emName
313 \end_layout
314
315 \begin_layout Description
316 Ding\InsetSpace ~
317 a\InsetSpace ~
318 Ling\InsetSpace ~
319 Panel: 
320 \family sans
321 ThisButton
322 \end_layout
323
324 \end_deeper
325 \begin_layout List
326 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
327
328 \series bold
329 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
330 -
331 \series default
332  Should describe the location on the bar and what the icon looks like.
333  Keep it brief.
334  Example:
335 \end_layout
336
337 \begin_deeper
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 Fourth button from the left.
340 \end_layout
341
342 \begin_layout Standard
343 Hand with six fingers.
344 \end_layout
345
346 \end_deeper
347 \begin_layout List
348 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
349
350 \series bold
351 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
352 -
353 \series default
354  There will be either one or two paragraphs here.
355  They should just contain a key sequence, and the name of the binding file.
356  Put the name of the binding file in 
357 \family typewriter
358 Typewriter
359 \family default
360  font, and the key sequence in 
361 \family sans
362 Sans Serif
363 \family default
364  to make it stand out.
365  If no binding file name is present, then that binding is standard in all
366  of the binding files.
367  Example:
368 \end_layout
369
370 \begin_deeper
371 \begin_layout Standard
372
373 \family sans
374 C-M-p
375 \family default
376  in 
377 \family typewriter
378 bindfile.bind
379 \family default
380 .
381 \end_layout
382
383 \begin_layout Standard
384
385 \family sans
386 M-9
387 \end_layout
388
389 \end_deeper
390 \end_deeper
391 \begin_layout Paragraph
392 Purpose:
393 \end_layout
394
395 \begin_layout Standard
396 The purpose of this entry is to describe these entries.
397  
398 \end_layout
399
400 \begin_layout Standard
401 Within an entry, the different parts are labelled 
402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
403 \end_inset
404
405 Default Bindings:
406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
407 \end_inset
408
409
410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
411 \end_inset
412
413 Purpose
414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
415 \end_inset
416
417
418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
419 \end_inset
420
421 Usage
422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
423 \end_inset
424
425
426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
427 \end_inset
428
429 Examples
430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
431 \end_inset
432
433 , and 
434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
435 \end_inset
436
437 See Also
438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
439 \end_inset
440
441 .
442  These are each paragraph headings.
443  The 
444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
445 \end_inset
446
447 Menu-
448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
449 \end_inset
450
451
452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
453 \end_inset
454
455 Toolbar
456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
457 \end_inset
458
459 , and 
460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
461 \end_inset
462
463 Keyboard
464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
465 \end_inset
466
467  parts of 
468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
469 \end_inset
470
471 Default Bindings:
472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
473 \end_inset
474
475  are subparagraph headings.
476  None of these should be numbered.
477 \end_layout
478
479 \begin_layout Standard
480 In a real entry, this will tell you about the item and what it's for.
481 \end_layout
482
483 \begin_layout Paragraph
484 Usage:
485 \end_layout
486
487 \begin_layout Standard
488 This entry will tell you how to use this item.
489 \end_layout
490
491 \begin_layout Standard
492 There won't always be one of these.
493  In fact, any of the
494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
495 \end_inset
496
497 standard
498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 \end_inset
500
501  sections of an entry may be missing, especially if it's empty.
502  For example, there are only 15 or so toolbar buttons, so most things won't
503  have a default toolbar binding.
504  Or, the author of an entry may prefer to put some of the 
505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
506 \end_inset
507
508 Usage
509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
510 \end_inset
511
512  stuff under 
513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
514 \end_inset
515
516 Purpose
517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
518 \end_inset
519
520  or 
521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
522 \end_inset
523
524 Examples
525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
526 \end_inset
527
528 .
529 \end_layout
530
531 \begin_layout Paragraph
532 Examples:
533 \end_layout
534
535 \begin_layout Standard
536 This is an example example for an example entry.
537 \end_layout
538
539 \begin_layout Standard
540 Are you confused? Good.
541  You came to the right place!
542 \end_layout
543
544 \begin_layout Standard
545 Unfortunately, this example entry has been kind of abstract.
546  So, we'll give you a few more example entries.
547 \end_layout
548
549 \begin_layout Paragraph
550 See Also:
551 \end_layout
552
553 \begin_layout Standard
554 Example #2; Example #3.
555 \end_layout
556
557 \begin_layout Standard
558 [Notice that this isn't in any special font.
559  ]
560 \end_layout
561
562 \begin_layout Subsection
563 Example #2: Bogosify
564 \end_layout
565
566 \begin_layout Description
567 Default\InsetSpace ~
568 Bindings:
569 \end_layout
570
571 \begin_deeper
572 \begin_layout List
573 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
574
575 \series bold
576 Menu\InsetSpace ~
577 -
578 \series default
579  
580 \family sans
581 \bar under
582 B
583 \bar default
584 ogus\SpecialChar \menuseparator
585 M
586 \bar under
587 u
588 \bar default
589 HaHa
590 \end_layout
591
592 \begin_layout List
593 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
594
595 \series bold
596 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
597 -
598 \series default
599  First button from the left.
600  
601 \end_layout
602
603 \begin_deeper
604 \begin_layout Standard
605 Bogus ball.
606 \end_layout
607
608 \end_deeper
609 \begin_layout List
610 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
611
612 \series bold
613 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
614 -
615 \series default
616  
617 \family sans
618 C-F50
619 \family default
620  in 
621 \family typewriter
622 bogus.bind
623 \family default
624 .
625 \end_layout
626
627 \begin_deeper
628 \begin_layout Standard
629
630 \family sans
631 C-W-Help
632 \family default
633  in 
634 \family typewriter
635 PCbogus.bind
636 \family default
637 .
638 \end_layout
639
640 \end_deeper
641 \end_deeper
642 \begin_layout Paragraph
643 Purpose:
644 \end_layout
645
646 \begin_layout Standard
647 This item puts extra bogosity in your documents by activating the bogofilter
648  in BoGoTeX.
649  Everyone needs a little bogosity in their writings.
650  Otherwise, you risk boring your readers into a deep sleep.
651  In fact, some science professors, scoffing at the usefulness of the BoGoTeX
652  extensions, have written and even published articles in reputable journals
653  that have been known to put readers into a coma! Don't believe me? Try
654  reading just about any scientific paper!
655 \end_layout
656
657 \begin_layout Paragraph
658 Usage:
659 \end_layout
660
661 \begin_layout Standard
662 Just select the text to bogosify with the mouse, then use the keyboard bindings,
663  toolbar button, or menu item for this function.
664 \end_layout
665
666 \begin_layout Paragraph
667 Examples:
668 \end_layout
669
670 \begin_layout Standard
671 Why, this entire entry is an example! It's totally bogus!
672 \end_layout
673
674 \begin_layout Paragraph
675 See Also:
676 \end_layout
677
678 \begin_layout Standard
679 BogoMIPS
680 \end_layout
681
682 \begin_layout Subsection
683 Example #3: Decat
684 \end_layout
685
686 \begin_layout Description
687 Default\InsetSpace ~
688 Bindings:
689 \end_layout
690
691 \begin_deeper
692 \begin_layout List
693 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
694
695 \series bold
696 Menu\InsetSpace ~
697 -
698 \series default
699  
700 \family sans
701 \bar under
702 C
703 \bar default
704 uddly\SpecialChar \menuseparator
705
706 \bar under
707 F
708 \bar default
709 eline
710 \family default
711  to bring up the 
712 \family sans
713 Meow
714 \family default
715  dialog box.
716 \end_layout
717
718 \begin_deeper
719 \begin_layout Description
720 Meow\InsetSpace ~
721 Panel: 
722 \family sans
723 Decat
724 \family default
725  button.
726 \end_layout
727
728 \end_deeper
729 \begin_layout List
730 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
731
732 \series bold
733 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
734 -
735 \series default
736  Button smack dab in the middle of everything.
737 \end_layout
738
739 \begin_deeper
740 \begin_layout Standard
741 Kitty-cat.
742 \end_layout
743
744 \end_deeper
745 \begin_layout List
746 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
747
748 \series bold
749 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
750 -
751 \series default
752  
753 \family sans
754 W-c W-a W-t 
755 \family default
756 in 
757 \family typewriter
758 fuzzy.bind
759 \family default
760 .
761 \end_layout
762
763 \end_deeper
764 \begin_layout Paragraph
765 Purpose:
766 \end_layout
767
768 \begin_layout Standard
769 The decat function fixes 
770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
771 \end_inset
772
773 additions
774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
775 \end_inset
776
777  made by overly-helpful paws.
778 \end_layout
779
780 \begin_layout Standard
781 We all know how much cats 
782 \emph on
783 love
784 \emph default
785  computers, especially the laps that sit in front of them.
786  However, a cat, being feline, must add its opinions to whatever you're
787  typing.
788  Or, your cat may simply decide to help you finish your work so you can
789  get to more important matters, such as brushing and petting.
790  The decat function is designed for just such moments.
791 \end_layout
792
793 \begin_layout Paragraph
794 Usage:
795 \end_layout
796
797 \begin_layout Standard
798 Select the text to decat while holding down all five mouse buttons, then
799  use the keyboard bindings, toolbar button, or menu item for this function.
800 \end_layout
801
802 \begin_layout Paragraph
803 Examples:
804 \end_layout
805
806 \begin_layout Standard
807 A particular black and white cat once added the following:
808 \end_layout
809
810 \begin_layout Quote
811 sfd4rcxy45bb q43 tfd t43revcx
812 \end_layout
813
814 \begin_layout Standard
815 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
816 to a document.
817  Run through decat, it became:
818 \end_layout
819
820 \begin_layout Quote
821 Hey, bozo! Pay attention to me!
822 \end_layout
823
824 \begin_layout Standard
825 Another frisky kitty named Horatio added: 
826 \end_layout
827
828 \begin_layout Quote
829 ';; msdam m-009243m laasd;mlk 
830 \end_layout
831
832 \begin_layout Standard
833 to some text.
834  Decat changed it to:
835 \end_layout
836
837 \begin_layout Quote
838 Can I beat up another dog?
839 \end_layout
840
841 \begin_layout Standard
842 [And if you believe that, I have a bridge in Brooklyn for sale\SpecialChar \ldots{}
843 ]
844 \end_layout
845
846 \begin_layout Paragraph
847 See Also:
848 \end_layout
849
850 \begin_layout Standard
851 ASPCA; PETA; ECC; Any cat owner.
852 \end_layout
853
854 \begin_layout Subsection
855 Template
856 \end_layout
857
858 \begin_layout Description
859 Default\InsetSpace ~
860 Bindings:
861 \end_layout
862
863 \begin_deeper
864 \begin_layout List
865 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
866
867 \series bold
868 Menu\InsetSpace ~
869 -
870 \series default
871  
872 \family sans
873 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
874 Item
875 \end_layout
876
877 \begin_layout List
878 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
879
880 \series bold
881 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
882 -
883 \series default
884  Button # from the left (or right).
885  
886 \end_layout
887
888 \begin_deeper
889 \begin_layout Standard
890 Brief description of button icon.
891 \end_layout
892
893 \end_deeper
894 \begin_layout List
895 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
896
897 \series bold
898 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
899 -
900 \series default
901  
902 \family sans
903 C-S-M-W-key
904 \family default
905  in 
906 \family typewriter
907 file1.bind
908 \family default
909 .
910 \end_layout
911
912 \begin_deeper
913 \begin_layout Standard
914
915 \family sans
916 C-S-M-W-key
917 \family default
918  in 
919 \family typewriter
920 file2.bind
921 \family default
922 .
923 \end_layout
924
925 \end_deeper
926 \end_deeper
927 \begin_layout Paragraph
928 Purpose:
929 \end_layout
930
931 \begin_layout Standard
932 Description.
933 \end_layout
934
935 \begin_layout Paragraph
936 Usage:
937 \end_layout
938
939 \begin_layout Standard
940 Description.
941 \end_layout
942
943 \begin_layout Paragraph
944 Examples:
945 \end_layout
946
947 \begin_layout Standard
948 Examples.
949 \end_layout
950
951 \begin_layout Paragraph
952 See Also:
953 \end_layout
954
955 \begin_layout Standard
956 Other entries or documents.
957  Separate many references by either a 
958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
959 \end_inset
960
961 ;
962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
963 \end_inset
964
965  or place in multiple paragraphs.
966 \end_layout
967
968 \begin_layout Chapter
969 User Interface: The Popups
970 \end_layout
971
972 \begin_layout Standard
973
974 \emph on
975 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:user-interface}
976
977 \end_inset
978
979  Ed.
980  Note: The chapter with a blow-by-blow description of what each popup does,
981  which menu its bound to, and so on.
982  Rather incomplete at the moment.-jw
983 \end_layout
984
985 \begin_layout Section
986 A-E
987 \end_layout
988
989 \begin_layout Subsection
990 Character Layout
991 \end_layout
992
993 \begin_layout Description
994 Default\InsetSpace ~
995 Bindings:
996 \end_layout
997
998 \begin_deeper
999 \begin_layout List
1000 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1001
1002 \series bold
1003 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1004 -
1005 \series default
1006  
1007 \family sans
1008 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 Item
1010 \end_layout
1011
1012 \begin_layout List
1013 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1014
1015 \series bold
1016 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1017 -
1018 \series default
1019  Button # from the left (or right).
1020  
1021 \end_layout
1022
1023 \begin_deeper
1024 \begin_layout Standard
1025 Brief description of button icon.
1026 \end_layout
1027
1028 \end_deeper
1029 \begin_layout List
1030 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1031
1032 \series bold
1033 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1034 -
1035 \series default
1036  
1037 \family sans
1038 C-S-M-W-key
1039 \family default
1040  in 
1041 \family typewriter
1042 file1.bind
1043 \family default
1044 .
1045 \end_layout
1046
1047 \begin_deeper
1048 \begin_layout Standard
1049
1050 \family sans
1051 C-S-M-W-key
1052 \family default
1053  in 
1054 \family typewriter
1055 file2.bind
1056 \family default
1057 .
1058 \end_layout
1059
1060 \end_deeper
1061 \end_deeper
1062 \begin_layout Paragraph
1063 Purpose:
1064 \end_layout
1065
1066 \begin_layout Standard
1067 Description.
1068 \end_layout
1069
1070 \begin_layout Paragraph
1071 Usage:
1072 \end_layout
1073
1074 \begin_layout Standard
1075 Description.
1076 \end_layout
1077
1078 \begin_layout Paragraph
1079 Examples:
1080 \end_layout
1081
1082 \begin_layout Standard
1083 Examples.
1084 \end_layout
1085
1086 \begin_layout Paragraph
1087 See Also:
1088 \end_layout
1089
1090 \begin_layout Standard
1091 Other entries or documents.
1092  Separate many references by either a 
1093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1094 \end_inset
1095
1096 ;
1097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1098 \end_inset
1099
1100  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1101 \end_layout
1102
1103 \begin_layout Subsection
1104 Decoration
1105 \end_layout
1106
1107 \begin_layout Description
1108 Default\InsetSpace ~
1109 Bindings:
1110 \end_layout
1111
1112 \begin_deeper
1113 \begin_layout List
1114 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1115
1116 \series bold
1117 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1118 -
1119 \series default
1120  
1121 \family sans
1122 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1123 Item
1124 \end_layout
1125
1126 \begin_layout List
1127 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1128
1129 \series bold
1130 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1131 -
1132 \series default
1133  Button # from the left (or right).
1134  
1135 \end_layout
1136
1137 \begin_deeper
1138 \begin_layout Standard
1139 Brief description of button icon.
1140 \end_layout
1141
1142 \end_deeper
1143 \begin_layout List
1144 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1145
1146 \series bold
1147 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1148 -
1149 \series default
1150  
1151 \family sans
1152 C-S-M-W-key
1153 \family default
1154  in 
1155 \family typewriter
1156 file1.bind
1157 \family default
1158 .
1159 \end_layout
1160
1161 \begin_deeper
1162 \begin_layout Standard
1163
1164 \family sans
1165 C-S-M-W-key
1166 \family default
1167  in 
1168 \family typewriter
1169 file2.bind
1170 \family default
1171 .
1172 \end_layout
1173
1174 \end_deeper
1175 \end_deeper
1176 \begin_layout Paragraph
1177 Purpose:
1178 \end_layout
1179
1180 \begin_layout Standard
1181 Description.
1182 \end_layout
1183
1184 \begin_layout Paragraph
1185 Usage:
1186 \end_layout
1187
1188 \begin_layout Standard
1189 Description.
1190 \end_layout
1191
1192 \begin_layout Paragraph
1193 Examples:
1194 \end_layout
1195
1196 \begin_layout Standard
1197 Examples.
1198 \end_layout
1199
1200 \begin_layout Paragraph
1201 See Also:
1202 \end_layout
1203
1204 \begin_layout Standard
1205 Other entries or documents.
1206  Separate many references by either a 
1207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1208 \end_inset
1209
1210 ;
1211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1212 \end_inset
1213
1214  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1215 \end_layout
1216
1217 \begin_layout Subsection
1218 Delimiter
1219 \end_layout
1220
1221 \begin_layout Description
1222 Default\InsetSpace ~
1223 Bindings:
1224 \end_layout
1225
1226 \begin_deeper
1227 \begin_layout List
1228 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1229
1230 \series bold
1231 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1232 -
1233 \series default
1234  
1235 \family sans
1236 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 Item
1238 \end_layout
1239
1240 \begin_layout List
1241 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1242
1243 \series bold
1244 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1245 -
1246 \series default
1247  Button # from the left (or right).
1248  
1249 \end_layout
1250
1251 \begin_deeper
1252 \begin_layout Standard
1253 Brief description of button icon.
1254 \end_layout
1255
1256 \end_deeper
1257 \begin_layout List
1258 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1259
1260 \series bold
1261 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1262 -
1263 \series default
1264  
1265 \family sans
1266 C-S-M-W-key
1267 \family default
1268  in 
1269 \family typewriter
1270 file1.bind
1271 \family default
1272 .
1273 \end_layout
1274
1275 \begin_deeper
1276 \begin_layout Standard
1277
1278 \family sans
1279 C-S-M-W-key
1280 \family default
1281  in 
1282 \family typewriter
1283 file2.bind
1284 \family default
1285 .
1286 \end_layout
1287
1288 \end_deeper
1289 \end_deeper
1290 \begin_layout Paragraph
1291 Purpose:
1292 \end_layout
1293
1294 \begin_layout Standard
1295 Description.
1296 \end_layout
1297
1298 \begin_layout Paragraph
1299 Usage:
1300 \end_layout
1301
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1303 Description.
1304 \end_layout
1305
1306 \begin_layout Paragraph
1307 Examples:
1308 \end_layout
1309
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 Examples.
1312 \end_layout
1313
1314 \begin_layout Paragraph
1315 See Also:
1316 \end_layout
1317
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 Other entries or documents.
1320  Separate many references by either a 
1321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1322 \end_inset
1323
1324 ;
1325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1326 \end_inset
1327
1328  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1329 \end_layout
1330
1331 \begin_layout Subsection
1332 Document Layout
1333 \end_layout
1334
1335 \begin_layout Description
1336 Default\InsetSpace ~
1337 Bindings:
1338 \end_layout
1339
1340 \begin_deeper
1341 \begin_layout List
1342 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1343
1344 \series bold
1345 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1346 -
1347 \series default
1348  
1349 \family sans
1350 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1351 Item
1352 \end_layout
1353
1354 \begin_layout List
1355 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1356
1357 \series bold
1358 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1359 -
1360 \series default
1361  Button # from the left (or right).
1362  
1363 \end_layout
1364
1365 \begin_deeper
1366 \begin_layout Standard
1367 Brief description of button icon.
1368 \end_layout
1369
1370 \end_deeper
1371 \begin_layout List
1372 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1373
1374 \series bold
1375 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1376 -
1377 \series default
1378  
1379 \family sans
1380 C-S-M-W-key
1381 \family default
1382  in 
1383 \family typewriter
1384 file1.bind
1385 \family default
1386 .
1387 \end_layout
1388
1389 \begin_deeper
1390 \begin_layout Standard
1391
1392 \family sans
1393 C-S-M-W-key
1394 \family default
1395  in 
1396 \family typewriter
1397 file2.bind
1398 \family default
1399 .
1400 \end_layout
1401
1402 \end_deeper
1403 \end_deeper
1404 \begin_layout Paragraph
1405 Purpose:
1406 \end_layout
1407
1408 \begin_layout Standard
1409 Description.
1410 \end_layout
1411
1412 \begin_layout Paragraph
1413 Usage:
1414 \end_layout
1415
1416 \begin_layout Standard
1417 Description.
1418 \end_layout
1419
1420 \begin_layout Paragraph
1421 Examples:
1422 \end_layout
1423
1424 \begin_layout Standard
1425 Examples.
1426 \end_layout
1427
1428 \begin_layout Paragraph
1429 See Also:
1430 \end_layout
1431
1432 \begin_layout Standard
1433 Other entries or documents.
1434  Separate many references by either a 
1435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1436 \end_inset
1437
1438 ;
1439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1440 \end_inset
1441
1442  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1443 \end_layout
1444
1445 \begin_layout Section
1446 F-H
1447 \end_layout
1448
1449 \begin_layout Subsection
1450 Figure
1451 \end_layout
1452
1453 \begin_layout Description
1454 Default\InsetSpace ~
1455 Bindings:
1456 \end_layout
1457
1458 \begin_deeper
1459 \begin_layout List
1460 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1461
1462 \series bold
1463 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1464 -
1465 \series default
1466  
1467 \family sans
1468 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1469 Item
1470 \end_layout
1471
1472 \begin_layout List
1473 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1474
1475 \series bold
1476 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1477 -
1478 \series default
1479  Button # from the left (or right).
1480  
1481 \end_layout
1482
1483 \begin_deeper
1484 \begin_layout Standard
1485 Brief description of button icon.
1486 \end_layout
1487
1488 \end_deeper
1489 \begin_layout List
1490 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1491
1492 \series bold
1493 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1494 -
1495 \series default
1496  
1497 \family sans
1498 C-S-M-W-key
1499 \family default
1500  in 
1501 \family typewriter
1502 file1.bind
1503 \family default
1504 .
1505 \end_layout
1506
1507 \begin_deeper
1508 \begin_layout Standard
1509
1510 \family sans
1511 C-S-M-W-key
1512 \family default
1513  in 
1514 \family typewriter
1515 file2.bind
1516 \family default
1517 .
1518 \end_layout
1519
1520 \end_deeper
1521 \end_deeper
1522 \begin_layout Paragraph
1523 Purpose:
1524 \end_layout
1525
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1527 Description.
1528 \end_layout
1529
1530 \begin_layout Paragraph
1531 Usage:
1532 \end_layout
1533
1534 \begin_layout Standard
1535 Description.
1536 \end_layout
1537
1538 \begin_layout Paragraph
1539 Examples:
1540 \end_layout
1541
1542 \begin_layout Standard
1543 Examples.
1544 \end_layout
1545
1546 \begin_layout Paragraph
1547 See Also:
1548 \end_layout
1549
1550 \begin_layout Standard
1551 Other entries or documents.
1552  Separate many references by either a 
1553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1554 \end_inset
1555
1556 ;
1557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1558 \end_inset
1559
1560  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1561 \end_layout
1562
1563 \begin_layout Subsection
1564 File browser
1565 \end_layout
1566
1567 \begin_layout Description
1568 Default\InsetSpace ~
1569 Bindings: There are actually several, since many different operations
1570  in LyX require a filename.
1571  Some of the more common functions which use a file browser have the following
1572  bindings:
1573 \end_layout
1574
1575 \begin_deeper
1576 \begin_layout List
1577 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1578
1579 \series bold
1580 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1581 -
1582 \series default
1583  
1584 \family sans
1585 \bar under
1586 F
1587 \bar default
1588 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1589
1590 \bar under
1591 N
1592 \bar default
1593 ew
1594 \end_layout
1595
1596 \begin_deeper
1597 \begin_layout Standard
1598
1599 \family sans
1600 \bar under
1601 F
1602 \bar default
1603 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1604 New\InsetSpace ~
1605 from\InsetSpace ~
1606
1607 \bar under
1608 t
1609 \bar default
1610 emplate...
1611 \end_layout
1612
1613 \begin_layout Standard
1614
1615 \family sans
1616 \bar under
1617 F
1618 \bar default
1619 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1620
1621 \bar under
1622 O
1623 \bar default
1624 pen
1625 \end_layout
1626
1627 \begin_layout Standard
1628
1629 \family sans
1630 \bar under
1631 F
1632 \bar default
1633 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1634 Save\InsetSpace ~
1635
1636 \bar under
1637 A
1638 \bar default
1639 s
1640 \end_layout
1641
1642 \end_deeper
1643 \begin_layout List
1644 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1645
1646 \series bold
1647 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1648 -
1649 \series default
1650  Button # from the left (or right).
1651  
1652 \end_layout
1653
1654 \begin_deeper
1655 \begin_layout Standard
1656 Brief description of button icon.
1657 \end_layout
1658
1659 \end_deeper
1660 \begin_layout List
1661 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1662
1663 \series bold
1664 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1665 -
1666 \series default
1667  
1668 \family sans
1669 C-S-M-W-key
1670 \family default
1671  in 
1672 \family typewriter
1673 file1.bind
1674 \family default
1675 .
1676 \end_layout
1677
1678 \begin_deeper
1679 \begin_layout Standard
1680
1681 \family sans
1682 C-S-M-W-key
1683 \family default
1684  in 
1685 \family typewriter
1686 file2.bind
1687 \family default
1688 .
1689 \end_layout
1690
1691 \end_deeper
1692 \end_deeper
1693 \begin_layout Paragraph
1694 Purpose:
1695 \end_layout
1696
1697 \begin_layout Standard
1698 Description.
1699 \end_layout
1700
1701 \begin_layout Paragraph
1702 Usage:
1703 \end_layout
1704
1705 \begin_layout Standard
1706 Description.
1707 \end_layout
1708
1709 \begin_layout Paragraph
1710 Examples:
1711 \end_layout
1712
1713 \begin_layout Standard
1714 Examples.
1715 \end_layout
1716
1717 \begin_layout Paragraph
1718 See Also:
1719 \end_layout
1720
1721 \begin_layout Standard
1722 Other entries or documents.
1723  Separate many references by either a 
1724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1725 \end_inset
1726
1727 ;
1728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1729 \end_inset
1730
1731  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1732 \end_layout
1733
1734 \begin_layout Subsection
1735 Find & Replace
1736 \end_layout
1737
1738 \begin_layout Description
1739 Default\InsetSpace ~
1740 Bindings:
1741 \end_layout
1742
1743 \begin_deeper
1744 \begin_layout List
1745 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1746
1747 \series bold
1748 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1749 -
1750 \series default
1751  
1752 \family sans
1753 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1754 Item
1755 \end_layout
1756
1757 \begin_layout List
1758 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1759
1760 \series bold
1761 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1762 -
1763 \series default
1764  Button # from the left (or right).
1765  
1766 \end_layout
1767
1768 \begin_deeper
1769 \begin_layout Standard
1770 Brief description of button icon.
1771 \end_layout
1772
1773 \end_deeper
1774 \begin_layout List
1775 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1776
1777 \series bold
1778 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1779 -
1780 \series default
1781  
1782 \family sans
1783 C-S-M-W-key
1784 \family default
1785  in 
1786 \family typewriter
1787 file1.bind
1788 \family default
1789 .
1790 \end_layout
1791
1792 \begin_deeper
1793 \begin_layout Standard
1794
1795 \family sans
1796 C-S-M-W-key
1797 \family default
1798  in 
1799 \family typewriter
1800 file2.bind
1801 \family default
1802 .
1803 \end_layout
1804
1805 \end_deeper
1806 \end_deeper
1807 \begin_layout Paragraph
1808 Purpose:
1809 \end_layout
1810
1811 \begin_layout Standard
1812 Description.
1813 \end_layout
1814
1815 \begin_layout Paragraph
1816 Usage:
1817 \end_layout
1818
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1820 Description.
1821 \end_layout
1822
1823 \begin_layout Paragraph
1824 Examples:
1825 \end_layout
1826
1827 \begin_layout Standard
1828 Examples.
1829 \end_layout
1830
1831 \begin_layout Paragraph
1832 See Also:
1833 \end_layout
1834
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 Other entries or documents.
1837  Separate many references by either a 
1838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1839 \end_inset
1840
1841 ;
1842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1843 \end_inset
1844
1845  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1846 \end_layout
1847
1848 \begin_layout Section
1849 I-J
1850 \end_layout
1851
1852 \begin_layout Subsection
1853 Include
1854 \end_layout
1855
1856 \begin_layout Description
1857 Default\InsetSpace ~
1858 Bindings:
1859 \end_layout
1860
1861 \begin_deeper
1862 \begin_layout List
1863 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1864
1865 \series bold
1866 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1867 -
1868 \series default
1869  
1870 \family sans
1871 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1872 Item
1873 \end_layout
1874
1875 \begin_layout List
1876 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1877
1878 \series bold
1879 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1880 -
1881 \series default
1882  Button # from the left (or right).
1883  
1884 \end_layout
1885
1886 \begin_deeper
1887 \begin_layout Standard
1888 Brief description of button icon.
1889 \end_layout
1890
1891 \end_deeper
1892 \begin_layout List
1893 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1894
1895 \series bold
1896 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1897 -
1898 \series default
1899  
1900 \family sans
1901 C-S-M-W-key
1902 \family default
1903  in 
1904 \family typewriter
1905 file1.bind
1906 \family default
1907 .
1908 \end_layout
1909
1910 \begin_deeper
1911 \begin_layout Standard
1912
1913 \family sans
1914 C-S-M-W-key
1915 \family default
1916  in 
1917 \family typewriter
1918 file2.bind
1919 \family default
1920 .
1921 \end_layout
1922
1923 \end_deeper
1924 \end_deeper
1925 \begin_layout Paragraph
1926 Purpose:
1927 \end_layout
1928
1929 \begin_layout Standard
1930 Description.
1931 \end_layout
1932
1933 \begin_layout Paragraph
1934 Usage:
1935 \end_layout
1936
1937 \begin_layout Standard
1938 Description.
1939 \end_layout
1940
1941 \begin_layout Paragraph
1942 Examples:
1943 \end_layout
1944
1945 \begin_layout Standard
1946 Examples.
1947 \end_layout
1948
1949 \begin_layout Paragraph
1950 See Also:
1951 \end_layout
1952
1953 \begin_layout Standard
1954 Other entries or documents.
1955  Separate many references by either a 
1956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1957 \end_inset
1958
1959 ;
1960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1961 \end_inset
1962
1963  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1964 \end_layout
1965
1966 \begin_layout Subsection
1967 Insert Figure
1968 \end_layout
1969
1970 \begin_layout Description
1971 Default\InsetSpace ~
1972 Bindings:
1973 \end_layout
1974
1975 \begin_deeper
1976 \begin_layout List
1977 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1978
1979 \series bold
1980 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1981 -
1982 \series default
1983  
1984 \family sans
1985 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1986 Item
1987 \end_layout
1988
1989 \begin_layout List
1990 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1991
1992 \series bold
1993 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1994 -
1995 \series default
1996  Button # from the left (or right).
1997  
1998 \end_layout
1999
2000 \begin_deeper
2001 \begin_layout Standard
2002 Brief description of button icon.
2003 \end_layout
2004
2005 \end_deeper
2006 \begin_layout List
2007 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2008
2009 \series bold
2010 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2011 -
2012 \series default
2013  
2014 \family sans
2015 C-S-M-W-key
2016 \family default
2017  in 
2018 \family typewriter
2019 file1.bind
2020 \family default
2021 .
2022 \end_layout
2023
2024 \begin_deeper
2025 \begin_layout Standard
2026
2027 \family sans
2028 C-S-M-W-key
2029 \family default
2030  in 
2031 \family typewriter
2032 file2.bind
2033 \family default
2034 .
2035 \end_layout
2036
2037 \end_deeper
2038 \end_deeper
2039 \begin_layout Paragraph
2040 Purpose:
2041 \end_layout
2042
2043 \begin_layout Standard
2044 Description.
2045 \end_layout
2046
2047 \begin_layout Paragraph
2048 Usage:
2049 \end_layout
2050
2051 \begin_layout Standard
2052 Description.
2053 \end_layout
2054
2055 \begin_layout Paragraph
2056 Examples:
2057 \end_layout
2058
2059 \begin_layout Standard
2060 Examples.
2061 \end_layout
2062
2063 \begin_layout Paragraph
2064 See Also:
2065 \end_layout
2066
2067 \begin_layout Standard
2068 Other entries or documents.
2069  Separate many references by either a 
2070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2071 \end_inset
2072
2073 ;
2074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2075 \end_inset
2076
2077  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2078 \end_layout
2079
2080 \begin_layout Subsection
2081 Insert Reference
2082 \end_layout
2083
2084 \begin_layout Description
2085 Default\InsetSpace ~
2086 Bindings:
2087 \end_layout
2088
2089 \begin_deeper
2090 \begin_layout List
2091 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2092
2093 \series bold
2094 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2095 -
2096 \series default
2097  
2098 \family sans
2099 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2100 Item
2101 \end_layout
2102
2103 \begin_layout List
2104 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2105
2106 \series bold
2107 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2108 -
2109 \series default
2110  Button # from the left (or right).
2111  
2112 \end_layout
2113
2114 \begin_deeper
2115 \begin_layout Standard
2116 Brief description of button icon.
2117 \end_layout
2118
2119 \end_deeper
2120 \begin_layout List
2121 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2122
2123 \series bold
2124 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2125 -
2126 \series default
2127  
2128 \family sans
2129 C-S-M-W-key
2130 \family default
2131  in 
2132 \family typewriter
2133 file1.bind
2134 \family default
2135 .
2136 \end_layout
2137
2138 \begin_deeper
2139 \begin_layout Standard
2140
2141 \family sans
2142 C-S-M-W-key
2143 \family default
2144  in 
2145 \family typewriter
2146 file2.bind
2147 \family default
2148 .
2149 \end_layout
2150
2151 \end_deeper
2152 \end_deeper
2153 \begin_layout Paragraph
2154 Purpose:
2155 \end_layout
2156
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2158 Description.
2159 \end_layout
2160
2161 \begin_layout Paragraph
2162 Usage:
2163 \end_layout
2164
2165 \begin_layout Standard
2166 Description.
2167 \end_layout
2168
2169 \begin_layout Paragraph
2170 Examples:
2171 \end_layout
2172
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2174 Examples.
2175 \end_layout
2176
2177 \begin_layout Paragraph
2178 See Also:
2179 \end_layout
2180
2181 \begin_layout Standard
2182 Other entries or documents.
2183  Separate many references by either a 
2184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2185 \end_inset
2186
2187 ;
2188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 \end_inset
2190
2191  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2192 \end_layout
2193
2194 \begin_layout Subsection
2195 Insert Table
2196 \end_layout
2197
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Default\InsetSpace ~
2200 Bindings:
2201 \end_layout
2202
2203 \begin_deeper
2204 \begin_layout List
2205 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2206
2207 \series bold
2208 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2209 -
2210 \series default
2211  
2212 \family sans
2213 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2214 Item
2215 \end_layout
2216
2217 \begin_layout List
2218 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2219
2220 \series bold
2221 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2222 -
2223 \series default
2224  Button # from the left (or right).
2225  
2226 \end_layout
2227
2228 \begin_deeper
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2230 Brief description of button icon.
2231 \end_layout
2232
2233 \end_deeper
2234 \begin_layout List
2235 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2236
2237 \series bold
2238 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2239 -
2240 \series default
2241  
2242 \family sans
2243 C-S-M-W-key
2244 \family default
2245  in 
2246 \family typewriter
2247 file1.bind
2248 \family default
2249 .
2250 \end_layout
2251
2252 \begin_deeper
2253 \begin_layout Standard
2254
2255 \family sans
2256 C-S-M-W-key
2257 \family default
2258  in 
2259 \family typewriter
2260 file2.bind
2261 \family default
2262 .
2263 \end_layout
2264
2265 \end_deeper
2266 \end_deeper
2267 \begin_layout Paragraph
2268 Purpose:
2269 \end_layout
2270
2271 \begin_layout Standard
2272 Description.
2273 \end_layout
2274
2275 \begin_layout Paragraph
2276 Usage:
2277 \end_layout
2278
2279 \begin_layout Standard
2280 Description.
2281 \end_layout
2282
2283 \begin_layout Paragraph
2284 Examples:
2285 \end_layout
2286
2287 \begin_layout Standard
2288 Examples.
2289 \end_layout
2290
2291 \begin_layout Paragraph
2292 See Also:
2293 \end_layout
2294
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 Other entries or documents.
2297  Separate many references by either a 
2298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2299 \end_inset
2300
2301 ;
2302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2303 \end_inset
2304
2305  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2306 \end_layout
2307
2308 \begin_layout Subsection
2309 Itemize Bullet Selection
2310 \end_layout
2311
2312 \begin_layout Description
2313 Default\InsetSpace ~
2314 Bindings:
2315 \end_layout
2316
2317 \begin_deeper
2318 \begin_layout List
2319 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2320
2321 \series bold
2322 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2323 -
2324 \series default
2325  
2326 \family sans
2327 \bar under
2328 L
2329 \bar default
2330 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2331
2332 \bar under
2333  D
2334 \bar default
2335 ocument 
2336 \family default
2337 to bring up the 
2338 \series bold
2339 Document\InsetSpace ~
2340 Layout
2341 \series default
2342  popup.
2343 \end_layout
2344
2345 \begin_deeper
2346 \begin_layout Description
2347 Document\InsetSpace ~
2348 Layout: 
2349 \family sans
2350 \bar under
2351 B
2352 \bar default
2353 ullet Shapes
2354 \end_layout
2355
2356 \end_deeper
2357 \begin_layout List
2358 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2359
2360 \series bold
2361 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2362 -
2363 \series default
2364  M-l i
2365 \end_layout
2366
2367 \end_deeper
2368 \begin_layout Paragraph
2369 Purpose:
2370 \end_layout
2371
2372 \begin_layout Standard
2373 Allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various levels of an
2374  
2375 \family sans
2376 Itemize
2377 \family default
2378  layout on a per document basis.
2379 \end_layout
2380
2381 \begin_layout Paragraph
2382 Usage:
2383 \end_layout
2384
2385 \begin_layout Standard
2386 The popup provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
2387  A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six
2388  different panels of bullet shapes.
2389  The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth
2390  you are changing.
2391  A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's
2392  LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired.
2393 \end_layout
2394
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape
2397  and size.
2398
2399 \family sans
2400  Ok
2401 \family default
2402  and 
2403 \family sans
2404 Apply
2405 \family default
2406  will update the document.
2407  Changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the document
2408  using xdvi or ghostview.
2409 \end_layout
2410
2411 \begin_layout Paragraph
2412 See Also:
2413 \end_layout
2414
2415 \begin_layout Standard
2416 buffer-itemize-bullets-select;
2417 \end_layout
2418
2419 \begin_layout Standard
2420
2421 \emph on
2422 Itemize Bullet Selection
2423 \emph default
2424  in 
2425 \emph on
2426 Extended Features
2427 \emph default
2428 ;
2429 \end_layout
2430
2431 \begin_layout Standard
2432
2433 \family typewriter
2434 ItemizeBullets.lyx
2435 \family default
2436  in the examples directory.
2437 \end_layout
2438
2439 \begin_layout Subsection
2440 Key Mappings
2441 \end_layout
2442
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 Default\InsetSpace ~
2445 Bindings:
2446 \end_layout
2447
2448 \begin_deeper
2449 \begin_layout List
2450 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2451
2452 \series bold
2453 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2454 -
2455 \series default
2456  
2457 \family sans
2458 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2459 Item
2460 \end_layout
2461
2462 \begin_layout List
2463 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2464
2465 \series bold
2466 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2467 -
2468 \series default
2469  Button # from the left (or right).
2470  
2471 \end_layout
2472
2473 \begin_deeper
2474 \begin_layout Standard
2475 Brief description of button icon.
2476 \end_layout
2477
2478 \end_deeper
2479 \begin_layout List
2480 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2481
2482 \series bold
2483 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2484 -
2485 \series default
2486  
2487 \family sans
2488 C-S-M-W-key
2489 \family default
2490  in 
2491 \family typewriter
2492 file1.bind
2493 \family default
2494 .
2495 \end_layout
2496
2497 \begin_deeper
2498 \begin_layout Standard
2499
2500 \family sans
2501 C-S-M-W-key
2502 \family default
2503  in 
2504 \family typewriter
2505 file2.bind
2506 \family default
2507 .
2508 \end_layout
2509
2510 \end_deeper
2511 \end_deeper
2512 \begin_layout Paragraph
2513 Purpose:
2514 \end_layout
2515
2516 \begin_layout Standard
2517 Description.
2518 \end_layout
2519
2520 \begin_layout Paragraph
2521 Usage:
2522 \end_layout
2523
2524 \begin_layout Standard
2525 Description.
2526 \end_layout
2527
2528 \begin_layout Paragraph
2529 Examples:
2530 \end_layout
2531
2532 \begin_layout Standard
2533 Examples.
2534 \end_layout
2535
2536 \begin_layout Paragraph
2537 See Also:
2538 \end_layout
2539
2540 \begin_layout Standard
2541 Other entries or documents.
2542  Separate many references by either a 
2543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2544 \end_inset
2545
2546 ;
2547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2548 \end_inset
2549
2550  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2551 \end_layout
2552
2553 \begin_layout Section
2554 K-O
2555 \end_layout
2556
2557 \begin_layout Subsection
2558 LaTeX Log
2559 \end_layout
2560
2561 \begin_layout Description
2562 Default\InsetSpace ~
2563 Bindings:
2564 \end_layout
2565
2566 \begin_deeper
2567 \begin_layout List
2568 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2569
2570 \series bold
2571 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2572 -
2573 \series default
2574  
2575 \family sans
2576 \bar under
2577 E
2578 \bar default
2579 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2580 Vie
2581 \bar under
2582 w
2583 \bar default
2584  LaTeX Log
2585 \end_layout
2586
2587 \begin_layout List
2588 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2589
2590 \series bold
2591 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2592 -
2593 \series default
2594  
2595 \family sans
2596 M-e\InsetSpace ~
2597 w
2598 \end_layout
2599
2600 \end_deeper
2601 \begin_layout Paragraph
2602 Purpose:
2603 \end_layout
2604
2605 \begin_layout Standard
2606 Displays the log file produced by LaTeX.
2607 \end_layout
2608
2609 \begin_layout Paragraph
2610 Usage:
2611 \end_layout
2612
2613 \begin_layout Standard
2614 Scroll through the log file using either the cursor keys or the scrollbars.
2615  The 
2616 \family sans
2617 Update
2618 \family default
2619  button will refresh the popup with the log file contents.
2620 \end_layout
2621
2622 \begin_layout Paragraph
2623 See Also:
2624 \end_layout
2625
2626 \begin_layout Standard
2627 latex-view-log;
2628 \end_layout
2629
2630 \begin_layout Subsection
2631 LaTeX Options
2632 \end_layout
2633
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Default\InsetSpace ~
2636 Bindings:
2637 \end_layout
2638
2639 \begin_deeper
2640 \begin_layout List
2641 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2642
2643 \series bold
2644 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2645 -
2646 \series default
2647  
2648 \family sans
2649 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2650 Item
2651 \end_layout
2652
2653 \begin_layout List
2654 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2655
2656 \series bold
2657 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2658 -
2659 \series default
2660  Button # from the left (or right).
2661  
2662 \end_layout
2663
2664 \begin_deeper
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Brief description of button icon.
2667 \end_layout
2668
2669 \end_deeper
2670 \begin_layout List
2671 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2672
2673 \series bold
2674 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2675 -
2676 \series default
2677  
2678 \family sans
2679 C-S-M-W-key
2680 \family default
2681  in 
2682 \family typewriter
2683 file1.bind
2684 \family default
2685 .
2686 \end_layout
2687
2688 \begin_deeper
2689 \begin_layout Standard
2690
2691 \family sans
2692 C-S-M-W-key
2693 \family default
2694  in 
2695 \family typewriter
2696 file2.bind
2697 \family default
2698 .
2699 \end_layout
2700
2701 \end_deeper
2702 \end_deeper
2703 \begin_layout Paragraph
2704 Purpose:
2705 \end_layout
2706
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 Description.
2709 \end_layout
2710
2711 \begin_layout Paragraph
2712 Usage:
2713 \end_layout
2714
2715 \begin_layout Standard
2716 Description.
2717 \end_layout
2718
2719 \begin_layout Paragraph
2720 Examples:
2721 \end_layout
2722
2723 \begin_layout Standard
2724 Examples.
2725 \end_layout
2726
2727 \begin_layout Paragraph
2728 See Also:
2729 \end_layout
2730
2731 \begin_layout Standard
2732 Other entries or documents.
2733  Separate many references by either a 
2734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2735 \end_inset
2736
2737 ;
2738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2739 \end_inset
2740
2741  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2742 \end_layout
2743
2744 \begin_layout Subsection
2745 Math Panel
2746 \end_layout
2747
2748 \begin_layout Description
2749 Default\InsetSpace ~
2750 Bindings:
2751 \end_layout
2752
2753 \begin_deeper
2754 \begin_layout List
2755 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2756
2757 \series bold
2758 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2759 -
2760 \series default
2761  
2762 \family sans
2763 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2764 Item
2765 \end_layout
2766
2767 \begin_layout List
2768 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2769
2770 \series bold
2771 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2772 -
2773 \series default
2774  Button # from the left (or right).
2775  
2776 \end_layout
2777
2778 \begin_deeper
2779 \begin_layout Standard
2780 Brief description of button icon.
2781 \end_layout
2782
2783 \end_deeper
2784 \begin_layout List
2785 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2786
2787 \series bold
2788 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2789 -
2790 \series default
2791  
2792 \family sans
2793 C-S-M-W-key
2794 \family default
2795  in 
2796 \family typewriter
2797 file1.bind
2798 \family default
2799 .
2800 \end_layout
2801
2802 \begin_deeper
2803 \begin_layout Standard
2804
2805 \family sans
2806 C-S-M-W-key
2807 \family default
2808  in 
2809 \family typewriter
2810 file2.bind
2811 \family default
2812 .
2813 \end_layout
2814
2815 \end_deeper
2816 \end_deeper
2817 \begin_layout Paragraph
2818 Purpose:
2819 \end_layout
2820
2821 \begin_layout Standard
2822 Description.
2823 \end_layout
2824
2825 \begin_layout Paragraph
2826 Usage:
2827 \end_layout
2828
2829 \begin_layout Standard
2830 Description.
2831 \end_layout
2832
2833 \begin_layout Paragraph
2834 Examples:
2835 \end_layout
2836
2837 \begin_layout Standard
2838 Examples.
2839 \end_layout
2840
2841 \begin_layout Paragraph
2842 See Also:
2843 \end_layout
2844
2845 \begin_layout Standard
2846 Other entries or documents.
2847  Separate many references by either a 
2848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2849 \end_inset
2850
2851 ;
2852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2853 \end_inset
2854
2855  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2856 \end_layout
2857
2858 \begin_layout Subsection
2859 Matrix
2860 \end_layout
2861
2862 \begin_layout Description
2863 Default\InsetSpace ~
2864 Bindings:
2865 \end_layout
2866
2867 \begin_deeper
2868 \begin_layout List
2869 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2870
2871 \series bold
2872 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2873 -
2874 \series default
2875  
2876 \family sans
2877 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2878 Item
2879 \end_layout
2880
2881 \begin_layout List
2882 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2883
2884 \series bold
2885 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2886 -
2887 \series default
2888  Button # from the left (or right).
2889  
2890 \end_layout
2891
2892 \begin_deeper
2893 \begin_layout Standard
2894 Brief description of button icon.
2895 \end_layout
2896
2897 \end_deeper
2898 \begin_layout List
2899 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2900
2901 \series bold
2902 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2903 -
2904 \series default
2905  
2906 \family sans
2907 C-S-M-W-key
2908 \family default
2909  in 
2910 \family typewriter
2911 file1.bind
2912 \family default
2913 .
2914 \end_layout
2915
2916 \begin_deeper
2917 \begin_layout Standard
2918
2919 \family sans
2920 C-S-M-W-key
2921 \family default
2922  in 
2923 \family typewriter
2924 file2.bind
2925 \family default
2926 .
2927 \end_layout
2928
2929 \end_deeper
2930 \end_deeper
2931 \begin_layout Paragraph
2932 Purpose:
2933 \end_layout
2934
2935 \begin_layout Standard
2936 Description.
2937 \end_layout
2938
2939 \begin_layout Paragraph
2940 Usage:
2941 \end_layout
2942
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2944 Description.
2945 \end_layout
2946
2947 \begin_layout Paragraph
2948 Examples:
2949 \end_layout
2950
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 Examples.
2953 \end_layout
2954
2955 \begin_layout Paragraph
2956 See Also:
2957 \end_layout
2958
2959 \begin_layout Standard
2960 Other entries or documents.
2961  Separate many references by either a 
2962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2963 \end_inset
2964
2965 ;
2966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2967 \end_inset
2968
2969  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2970 \end_layout
2971
2972 \begin_layout Section
2973 P-Q
2974 \end_layout
2975
2976 \begin_layout Subsection
2977 Paper Layout
2978 \end_layout
2979
2980 \begin_layout Description
2981 Default\InsetSpace ~
2982 Bindings:
2983 \end_layout
2984
2985 \begin_deeper
2986 \begin_layout List
2987 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2988
2989 \series bold
2990 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2991 -
2992 \series default
2993  
2994 \family sans
2995 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2996 Item
2997 \end_layout
2998
2999 \begin_layout List
3000 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3001
3002 \series bold
3003 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3004 -
3005 \series default
3006  Button # from the left (or right).
3007  
3008 \end_layout
3009
3010 \begin_deeper
3011 \begin_layout Standard
3012 Brief description of button icon.
3013 \end_layout
3014
3015 \end_deeper
3016 \begin_layout List
3017 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3018
3019 \series bold
3020 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3021 -
3022 \series default
3023  
3024 \family sans
3025 C-S-M-W-key
3026 \family default
3027  in 
3028 \family typewriter
3029 file1.bind
3030 \family default
3031 .
3032 \end_layout
3033
3034 \begin_deeper
3035 \begin_layout Standard
3036
3037 \family sans
3038 C-S-M-W-key
3039 \family default
3040  in 
3041 \family typewriter
3042 file2.bind
3043 \family default
3044 .
3045 \end_layout
3046
3047 \end_deeper
3048 \end_deeper
3049 \begin_layout Paragraph
3050 Purpose:
3051 \end_layout
3052
3053 \begin_layout Standard
3054 Description.
3055 \end_layout
3056
3057 \begin_layout Paragraph
3058 Usage:
3059 \end_layout
3060
3061 \begin_layout Standard
3062 Description.
3063 \end_layout
3064
3065 \begin_layout Paragraph
3066 Examples:
3067 \end_layout
3068
3069 \begin_layout Standard
3070 Examples.
3071 \end_layout
3072
3073 \begin_layout Paragraph
3074 See Also:
3075 \end_layout
3076
3077 \begin_layout Standard
3078 Other entries or documents.
3079  Separate many references by either a 
3080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3081 \end_inset
3082
3083 ;
3084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3085 \end_inset
3086
3087  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3088 \end_layout
3089
3090 \begin_layout Subsection
3091 Paragraph Layout
3092 \end_layout
3093
3094 \begin_layout Description
3095 Default\InsetSpace ~
3096 Bindings:
3097 \end_layout
3098
3099 \begin_deeper
3100 \begin_layout List
3101 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3102
3103 \series bold
3104 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3105 -
3106 \series default
3107  
3108 \family sans
3109 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3110 Item
3111 \end_layout
3112
3113 \begin_layout List
3114 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3115
3116 \series bold
3117 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3118 -
3119 \series default
3120  Button # from the left (or right).
3121  
3122 \end_layout
3123
3124 \begin_deeper
3125 \begin_layout Standard
3126 Brief description of button icon.
3127 \end_layout
3128
3129 \end_deeper
3130 \begin_layout List
3131 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3132
3133 \series bold
3134 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3135 -
3136 \series default
3137  
3138 \family sans
3139 C-S-M-W-key
3140 \family default
3141  in 
3142 \family typewriter
3143 file1.bind
3144 \family default
3145 .
3146 \end_layout
3147
3148 \begin_deeper
3149 \begin_layout Standard
3150
3151 \family sans
3152 C-S-M-W-key
3153 \family default
3154  in 
3155 \family typewriter
3156 file2.bind
3157 \family default
3158 .
3159 \end_layout
3160
3161 \end_deeper
3162 \end_deeper
3163 \begin_layout Paragraph
3164 Purpose:
3165 \end_layout
3166
3167 \begin_layout Standard
3168 Description.
3169 \end_layout
3170
3171 \begin_layout Paragraph
3172 Usage:
3173 \end_layout
3174
3175 \begin_layout Standard
3176 Description.
3177 \end_layout
3178
3179 \begin_layout Paragraph
3180 Examples:
3181 \end_layout
3182
3183 \begin_layout Standard
3184 Examples.
3185 \end_layout
3186
3187 \begin_layout Paragraph
3188 See Also:
3189 \end_layout
3190
3191 \begin_layout Standard
3192 Other entries or documents.
3193  Separate many references by either a 
3194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3195 \end_inset
3196
3197 ;
3198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3199 \end_inset
3200
3201  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3202 \end_layout
3203
3204 \begin_layout Subsection
3205 Print
3206 \end_layout
3207
3208 \begin_layout Description
3209 Default\InsetSpace ~
3210 Bindings:
3211 \end_layout
3212
3213 \begin_deeper
3214 \begin_layout List
3215 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3216
3217 \series bold
3218 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3219 -
3220 \series default
3221  
3222 \family sans
3223 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3224 Item
3225 \end_layout
3226
3227 \begin_layout List
3228 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3229
3230 \series bold
3231 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3232 -
3233 \series default
3234  Button # from the left (or right).
3235  
3236 \end_layout
3237
3238 \begin_deeper
3239 \begin_layout Standard
3240 Brief description of button icon.
3241 \end_layout
3242
3243 \end_deeper
3244 \begin_layout List
3245 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3246
3247 \series bold
3248 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3249 -
3250 \series default
3251  
3252 \family sans
3253 C-S-M-W-key
3254 \family default
3255  in 
3256 \family typewriter
3257 file1.bind
3258 \family default
3259 .
3260 \end_layout
3261
3262 \begin_deeper
3263 \begin_layout Standard
3264
3265 \family sans
3266 C-S-M-W-key
3267 \family default
3268  in 
3269 \family typewriter
3270 file2.bind
3271 \family default
3272 .
3273 \end_layout
3274
3275 \end_deeper
3276 \end_deeper
3277 \begin_layout Paragraph
3278 Purpose:
3279 \end_layout
3280
3281 \begin_layout Standard
3282 Description.
3283 \end_layout
3284
3285 \begin_layout Paragraph
3286 Usage:
3287 \end_layout
3288
3289 \begin_layout Standard
3290 Description.
3291 \end_layout
3292
3293 \begin_layout Paragraph
3294 Examples:
3295 \end_layout
3296
3297 \begin_layout Standard
3298 Examples.
3299 \end_layout
3300
3301 \begin_layout Paragraph
3302 See Also:
3303 \end_layout
3304
3305 \begin_layout Standard
3306 Other entries or documents.
3307  Separate many references by either a 
3308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3309 \end_inset
3310
3311 ;
3312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3313 \end_inset
3314
3315  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3316 \end_layout
3317
3318 \begin_layout Subsection
3319 Quotes
3320 \end_layout
3321
3322 \begin_layout Description
3323 Default\InsetSpace ~
3324 Bindings:
3325 \end_layout
3326
3327 \begin_deeper
3328 \begin_layout List
3329 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3330
3331 \series bold
3332 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3333 -
3334 \series default
3335  
3336 \family sans
3337 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3338 Item
3339 \end_layout
3340
3341 \begin_layout List
3342 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3343
3344 \series bold
3345 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3346 -
3347 \series default
3348  Button # from the left (or right).
3349  
3350 \end_layout
3351
3352 \begin_deeper
3353 \begin_layout Standard
3354 Brief description of button icon.
3355 \end_layout
3356
3357 \end_deeper
3358 \begin_layout List
3359 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3360
3361 \series bold
3362 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3363 -
3364 \series default
3365  
3366 \family sans
3367 C-S-M-W-key
3368 \family default
3369  in 
3370 \family typewriter
3371 file1.bind
3372 \family default
3373 .
3374 \end_layout
3375
3376 \begin_deeper
3377 \begin_layout Standard
3378
3379 \family sans
3380 C-S-M-W-key
3381 \family default
3382  in 
3383 \family typewriter
3384 file2.bind
3385 \family default
3386 .
3387 \end_layout
3388
3389 \end_deeper
3390 \end_deeper
3391 \begin_layout Paragraph
3392 Purpose:
3393 \end_layout
3394
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3396 Description.
3397 \end_layout
3398
3399 \begin_layout Paragraph
3400 Usage:
3401 \end_layout
3402
3403 \begin_layout Standard
3404 Description.
3405 \end_layout
3406
3407 \begin_layout Paragraph
3408 Examples:
3409 \end_layout
3410
3411 \begin_layout Standard
3412 Examples.
3413 \end_layout
3414
3415 \begin_layout Paragraph
3416 See Also:
3417 \end_layout
3418
3419 \begin_layout Standard
3420 Other entries or documents.
3421  Separate many references by either a 
3422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3423 \end_inset
3424
3425 ;
3426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3427 \end_inset
3428
3429  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3430 \end_layout
3431
3432 \begin_layout Section
3433 S
3434 \end_layout
3435
3436 \begin_layout Subsection
3437 Screen Options
3438 \end_layout
3439
3440 \begin_layout Description
3441 Default\InsetSpace ~
3442 Bindings:
3443 \end_layout
3444
3445 \begin_deeper
3446 \begin_layout List
3447 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3448
3449 \series bold
3450 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3451 -
3452 \series default
3453  
3454 \family sans
3455 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3456 Item
3457 \end_layout
3458
3459 \begin_layout List
3460 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3461
3462 \series bold
3463 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3464 -
3465 \series default
3466  Button # from the left (or right).
3467  
3468 \end_layout
3469
3470 \begin_deeper
3471 \begin_layout Standard
3472 Brief description of button icon.
3473 \end_layout
3474
3475 \end_deeper
3476 \begin_layout List
3477 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3478
3479 \series bold
3480 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3481 -
3482 \series default
3483  
3484 \family sans
3485 C-S-M-W-key
3486 \family default
3487  in 
3488 \family typewriter
3489 file1.bind
3490 \family default
3491 .
3492 \end_layout
3493
3494 \begin_deeper
3495 \begin_layout Standard
3496
3497 \family sans
3498 C-S-M-W-key
3499 \family default
3500  in 
3501 \family typewriter
3502 file2.bind
3503 \family default
3504 .
3505 \end_layout
3506
3507 \end_deeper
3508 \end_deeper
3509 \begin_layout Paragraph
3510 Purpose:
3511 \end_layout
3512
3513 \begin_layout Standard
3514 Description.
3515 \end_layout
3516
3517 \begin_layout Paragraph
3518 Usage:
3519 \end_layout
3520
3521 \begin_layout Standard
3522 Description.
3523 \end_layout
3524
3525 \begin_layout Paragraph
3526 Examples:
3527 \end_layout
3528
3529 \begin_layout Standard
3530 Examples.
3531 \end_layout
3532
3533 \begin_layout Paragraph
3534 See Also:
3535 \end_layout
3536
3537 \begin_layout Standard
3538 Other entries or documents.
3539  Separate many references by either a 
3540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3541 \end_inset
3542
3543 ;
3544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3545 \end_inset
3546
3547  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3548 \end_layout
3549
3550 \begin_layout Subsection
3551 Send Document to Command
3552 \end_layout
3553
3554 \begin_layout Description
3555 Default\InsetSpace ~
3556 Bindings:
3557 \end_layout
3558
3559 \begin_deeper
3560 \begin_layout List
3561 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3562
3563 \series bold
3564 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3565 -
3566 \series default
3567  
3568 \family sans
3569 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3570 Item
3571 \end_layout
3572
3573 \begin_layout List
3574 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3575
3576 \series bold
3577 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3578 -
3579 \series default
3580  Button # from the left (or right).
3581  
3582 \end_layout
3583
3584 \begin_deeper
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3586 Brief description of button icon.
3587 \end_layout
3588
3589 \end_deeper
3590 \begin_layout List
3591 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3592
3593 \series bold
3594 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3595 -
3596 \series default
3597  
3598 \family sans
3599 C-S-M-W-key
3600 \family default
3601  in 
3602 \family typewriter
3603 file1.bind
3604 \family default
3605 .
3606 \end_layout
3607
3608 \begin_deeper
3609 \begin_layout Standard
3610
3611 \family sans
3612 C-S-M-W-key
3613 \family default
3614  in 
3615 \family typewriter
3616 file2.bind
3617 \family default
3618 .
3619 \end_layout
3620
3621 \end_deeper
3622 \end_deeper
3623 \begin_layout Paragraph
3624 Purpose:
3625 \end_layout
3626
3627 \begin_layout Standard
3628 Description.
3629 \end_layout
3630
3631 \begin_layout Paragraph
3632 Usage:
3633 \end_layout
3634
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3636 Description.
3637 \end_layout
3638
3639 \begin_layout Paragraph
3640 Examples:
3641 \end_layout
3642
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 Examples.
3645 \end_layout
3646
3647 \begin_layout Paragraph
3648 See Also:
3649 \end_layout
3650
3651 \begin_layout Standard
3652 Other entries or documents.
3653  Separate many references by either a 
3654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3655 \end_inset
3656
3657 ;
3658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3659 \end_inset
3660
3661  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3662 \end_layout
3663
3664 \begin_layout Subsection
3665 Spacing
3666 \end_layout
3667
3668 \begin_layout Description
3669 Default\InsetSpace ~
3670 Bindings:
3671 \end_layout
3672
3673 \begin_deeper
3674 \begin_layout List
3675 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3676
3677 \series bold
3678 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3679 -
3680 \series default
3681  
3682 \family sans
3683 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3684 Item
3685 \end_layout
3686
3687 \begin_layout List
3688 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3689
3690 \series bold
3691 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3692 -
3693 \series default
3694  Button # from the left (or right).
3695  
3696 \end_layout
3697
3698 \begin_deeper
3699 \begin_layout Standard
3700 Brief description of button icon.
3701 \end_layout
3702
3703 \end_deeper
3704 \begin_layout List
3705 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3706
3707 \series bold
3708 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3709 -
3710 \series default
3711  
3712 \family sans
3713 C-S-M-W-key
3714 \family default
3715  in 
3716 \family typewriter
3717 file1.bind
3718 \family default
3719 .
3720 \end_layout
3721
3722 \begin_deeper
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3724
3725 \family sans
3726 C-S-M-W-key
3727 \family default
3728  in 
3729 \family typewriter
3730 file2.bind
3731 \family default
3732 .
3733 \end_layout
3734
3735 \end_deeper
3736 \end_deeper
3737 \begin_layout Paragraph
3738 Purpose:
3739 \end_layout
3740
3741 \begin_layout Standard
3742 Description.
3743 \end_layout
3744
3745 \begin_layout Paragraph
3746 Usage:
3747 \end_layout
3748
3749 \begin_layout Standard
3750 Description.
3751 \end_layout
3752
3753 \begin_layout Paragraph
3754 Examples:
3755 \end_layout
3756
3757 \begin_layout Standard
3758 Examples.
3759 \end_layout
3760
3761 \begin_layout Paragraph
3762 See Also:
3763 \end_layout
3764
3765 \begin_layout Standard
3766 Other entries or documents.
3767  Separate many references by either a 
3768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3769 \end_inset
3770
3771 ;
3772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3773 \end_inset
3774
3775  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3776 \end_layout
3777
3778 \begin_layout Subsection
3779 Spellchecker
3780 \end_layout
3781
3782 \begin_layout Description
3783 Default\InsetSpace ~
3784 Bindings:
3785 \end_layout
3786
3787 \begin_deeper
3788 \begin_layout List
3789 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3790
3791 \series bold
3792 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3793 -
3794 \series default
3795  
3796 \family sans
3797 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3798 Item
3799 \end_layout
3800
3801 \begin_layout List
3802 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3803
3804 \series bold
3805 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3806 -
3807 \series default
3808  Button # from the left (or right).
3809  
3810 \end_layout
3811
3812 \begin_deeper
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Brief description of button icon.
3815 \end_layout
3816
3817 \end_deeper
3818 \begin_layout List
3819 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3820
3821 \series bold
3822 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3823 -
3824 \series default
3825  
3826 \family sans
3827 C-S-M-W-key
3828 \family default
3829  in 
3830 \family typewriter
3831 file1.bind
3832 \family default
3833 .
3834 \end_layout
3835
3836 \begin_deeper
3837 \begin_layout Standard
3838
3839 \family sans
3840 C-S-M-W-key
3841 \family default
3842  in 
3843 \family typewriter
3844 file2.bind
3845 \family default
3846 .
3847 \end_layout
3848
3849 \end_deeper
3850 \end_deeper
3851 \begin_layout Paragraph
3852 Purpose:
3853 \end_layout
3854
3855 \begin_layout Standard
3856 Description.
3857 \end_layout
3858
3859 \begin_layout Paragraph
3860 Usage:
3861 \end_layout
3862
3863 \begin_layout Standard
3864 Description.
3865 \end_layout
3866
3867 \begin_layout Paragraph
3868 Examples:
3869 \end_layout
3870
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 Examples.
3873 \end_layout
3874
3875 \begin_layout Paragraph
3876 See Also:
3877 \end_layout
3878
3879 \begin_layout Standard
3880 Other entries or documents.
3881  Separate many references by either a 
3882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3883 \end_inset
3884
3885 ;
3886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3887 \end_inset
3888
3889  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3890 \end_layout
3891
3892 \begin_layout Subsection
3893 Spellchecker Options
3894 \end_layout
3895
3896 \begin_layout Description
3897 Default\InsetSpace ~
3898 Bindings:
3899 \end_layout
3900
3901 \begin_deeper
3902 \begin_layout List
3903 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3904
3905 \series bold
3906 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3907 -
3908 \series default
3909  
3910 \family sans
3911 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3912 Item
3913 \end_layout
3914
3915 \begin_layout List
3916 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3917
3918 \series bold
3919 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3920 -
3921 \series default
3922  Button # from the left (or right).
3923  
3924 \end_layout
3925
3926 \begin_deeper
3927 \begin_layout Standard
3928 Brief description of button icon.
3929 \end_layout
3930
3931 \end_deeper
3932 \begin_layout List
3933 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3934
3935 \series bold
3936 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3937 -
3938 \series default
3939  
3940 \family sans
3941 C-S-M-W-key
3942 \family default
3943  in 
3944 \family typewriter
3945 file1.bind
3946 \family default
3947 .
3948 \end_layout
3949
3950 \begin_deeper
3951 \begin_layout Standard
3952
3953 \family sans
3954 C-S-M-W-key
3955 \family default
3956  in 
3957 \family typewriter
3958 file2.bind
3959 \family default
3960 .
3961 \end_layout
3962
3963 \end_deeper
3964 \end_deeper
3965 \begin_layout Paragraph
3966 Purpose:
3967 \end_layout
3968
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 Description.
3971 \end_layout
3972
3973 \begin_layout Paragraph
3974 Usage:
3975 \end_layout
3976
3977 \begin_layout Standard
3978 Description.
3979 \end_layout
3980
3981 \begin_layout Paragraph
3982 Examples:
3983 \end_layout
3984
3985 \begin_layout Standard
3986 Examples.
3987 \end_layout
3988
3989 \begin_layout Paragraph
3990 See Also:
3991 \end_layout
3992
3993 \begin_layout Standard
3994 Other entries or documents.
3995  Separate many references by either a 
3996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3997 \end_inset
3998
3999 ;
4000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4001 \end_inset
4002
4003  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4004 \end_layout
4005
4006 \begin_layout Section
4007 T-Z
4008 \end_layout
4009
4010 \begin_layout Subsection
4011 Table Layout
4012 \end_layout
4013
4014 \begin_layout Description
4015 Default\InsetSpace ~
4016 Bindings:
4017 \end_layout
4018
4019 \begin_deeper
4020 \begin_layout List
4021 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4022
4023 \series bold
4024 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4025 -
4026 \series default
4027  
4028 \family sans
4029 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4030 Item
4031 \end_layout
4032
4033 \begin_layout List
4034 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4035
4036 \series bold
4037 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
4038 -
4039 \series default
4040  Button # from the left (or right).
4041  
4042 \end_layout
4043
4044 \begin_deeper
4045 \begin_layout Standard
4046 Brief description of button icon.
4047 \end_layout
4048
4049 \end_deeper
4050 \begin_layout List
4051 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4052
4053 \series bold
4054 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4055 -
4056 \series default
4057  
4058 \family sans
4059 C-S-M-W-key
4060 \family default
4061  in 
4062 \family typewriter
4063 file1.bind
4064 \family default
4065 .
4066 \end_layout
4067
4068 \begin_deeper
4069 \begin_layout Standard
4070
4071 \family sans
4072 C-S-M-W-key
4073 \family default
4074  in 
4075 \family typewriter
4076 file2.bind
4077 \family default
4078 .
4079 \end_layout
4080
4081 \end_deeper
4082 \end_deeper
4083 \begin_layout Paragraph
4084 Purpose:
4085 \end_layout
4086
4087 \begin_layout Standard
4088 Description.
4089 \end_layout
4090
4091 \begin_layout Paragraph
4092 Usage:
4093 \end_layout
4094
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 Description.
4097 \end_layout
4098
4099 \begin_layout Paragraph
4100 Examples:
4101 \end_layout
4102
4103 \begin_layout Standard
4104 Examples.
4105 \end_layout
4106
4107 \begin_layout Paragraph
4108 See Also:
4109 \end_layout
4110
4111 \begin_layout Standard
4112 Other entries or documents.
4113  Separate many references by either a 
4114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4115 \end_inset
4116
4117 ;
4118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4119 \end_inset
4120
4121  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4122 \end_layout
4123
4124 \begin_layout Subsection
4125 Table of Contents
4126 \end_layout
4127
4128 \begin_layout Description
4129 Default\InsetSpace ~
4130 Bindings:
4131 \end_layout
4132
4133 \begin_deeper
4134 \begin_layout List
4135 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4136
4137 \series bold
4138 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4139 -
4140 \series default
4141  
4142 \family sans
4143 \bar under
4144 E
4145 \bar default
4146 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4147 T
4148 \bar under
4149 a
4150 \bar default
4151 ble\InsetSpace ~
4152 of\InsetSpace ~
4153 Contents
4154 \end_layout
4155
4156 \begin_layout List
4157 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4158
4159 \series bold
4160 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4161 -
4162 \series default
4163  
4164 \family sans
4165 M-e t
4166 \end_layout
4167
4168 \end_deeper
4169 \begin_layout Paragraph
4170 Purpose:
4171 \end_layout
4172
4173 \begin_layout Standard
4174 Displays the Table of Contents of the current document.
4175  Also allows rapid browsing and movement between sections.
4176 \end_layout
4177
4178 \begin_layout Paragraph
4179 Usage:
4180 \end_layout
4181
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 You can move about the table of contents using either the scrollbar or your
4184  cursor keys.
4185  Only two buttons are provided.
4186  A 
4187 \family sans
4188 Close
4189 \family default
4190  button to close the popup and an 
4191 \family sans
4192 Update
4193 \family default
4194  button to rebuild the table of contents.
4195  If you click on an entry with your mouse or move the selector using the
4196  cursor keys the document is moved so that that section is visible on screen.
4197  This allows rapid and simple navigation through your documents.
4198 \end_layout
4199
4200 \begin_layout Paragraph
4201 Examples:
4202 \end_layout
4203
4204 \begin_layout Standard
4205 Try it now.
4206 \end_layout
4207
4208 \begin_layout Paragraph
4209 See Also:
4210 \end_layout
4211
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4213 toc-insert; toc-view; 
4214 \emph on
4215 Table of Contents
4216 \emph default
4217  in 
4218 \emph on
4219 User Guide
4220 \end_layout
4221
4222 \begin_layout Chapter
4223 Bindable Functions
4224 \end_layout
4225
4226 \begin_layout Standard
4227 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:functions}
4228
4229 \end_inset
4230
4231 We have some quick, last minute notes for you about this chapter.
4232 \end_layout
4233
4234 \begin_layout Standard
4235 If a particular piece of an entry is missing, it's equivalent to saying,
4236  
4237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4238 \end_inset
4239
4240 There is none.
4241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4242 \end_inset
4243
4244  For example, if, under 
4245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4246 \end_inset
4247
4248
4249 \series bold
4250 Default Bindings
4251 \series default
4252
4253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 \end_inset
4255
4256  there was no 
4257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4258 \end_inset
4259
4260
4261 \series bold
4262 Menu
4263 \series default
4264
4265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4266 \end_inset
4267
4268  item, it means there is no menu binding.
4269  Likewise, the guy who wrote the entry may have decided that the function's
4270  purpose is self-explanatory.
4271  So, there'd be no 
4272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4273 \end_inset
4274
4275
4276 \series bold
4277 Purpose
4278 \series default
4279
4280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4281 \end_inset
4282
4283  section in the entry.
4284 \end_layout
4285
4286 \begin_layout Standard
4287 Hopefully, all of that is clear.
4288 \end_layout
4289
4290 \begin_layout Standard
4291 If you haven't noticed already, this is a 
4292 \emph on
4293 huge
4294 \emph default
4295  chapter.
4296  Your best bet for getting around in it is to open up the 
4297 \family sans
4298 Table\InsetSpace ~
4299 of\InsetSpace ~
4300 Contents
4301 \family default
4302  browser.
4303  Select 
4304 \family sans
4305 \bar under
4306 T
4307 \bar default
4308 able\InsetSpace ~
4309 of\InsetSpace ~
4310 Contents...
4311
4312 \family default
4313  from the 
4314 \family sans
4315 \bar under
4316 E
4317 \bar default
4318 dit
4319 \family default
4320  menu.
4321 \end_layout
4322
4323 \begin_layout Standard
4324 Lastly, some credits:
4325 \end_layout
4326
4327 \begin_layout Standard
4328
4329 \noun on
4330 Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra
4331 \noun default
4332  wrote the math entries.
4333 \end_layout
4334
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336
4337 \noun on
4338 Rich Fields
4339 \noun default
4340  wrote most of the entries in here.
4341 \end_layout
4342
4343 \begin_layout Standard
4344
4345 \noun on
4346 John Weiss
4347 \noun default
4348  edited this chapter.
4349 \end_layout
4350
4351 \begin_layout Section
4352 A
4353 \end_layout
4354
4355 \begin_layout Subsection
4356 accent-acute
4357 \end_layout
4358
4359 \begin_layout Description
4360 Default\InsetSpace ~
4361 Bindings: None.
4362 \end_layout
4363
4364 \begin_layout Paragraph
4365 Purpose:
4366 \end_layout
4367
4368 \begin_layout Standard
4369 To produce accented characters from the ISO-Latin-1 character set.
4370 \end_layout
4371
4372 \begin_layout Standard
4373 All of the commands of the form 
4374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4375 \end_inset
4376
4377
4378 \family typewriter
4379 accent-xxxxxx
4380 \family default
4381 ,
4382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4383 \end_inset
4384
4385  are of the same type.
4386  Rather than repeat the same entry 17 times, we'll explain how all of the
4387  
4388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4389 \end_inset
4390
4391
4392 \family typewriter
4393 accent-*
4394 \family default
4395
4396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4397 \end_inset
4398
4399  commands work.
4400 \end_layout
4401
4402 \begin_layout Paragraph
4403 Usage:
4404 \end_layout
4405
4406 \begin_layout Standard
4407 All of the 
4408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4409 \end_inset
4410
4411
4412 \family typewriter
4413 accent-*
4414 \family default
4415
4416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4417 \end_inset
4418
4419  commands work like a 
4420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4421 \end_inset
4422
4423 Compose
4424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4425 \end_inset
4426
4427  key.
4428  They add a particular accent to the next character typed.
4429  There are two ways to use these commands:
4430 \end_layout
4431
4432 \begin_layout Enumerate
4433 Direct Execution:
4434 \end_layout
4435
4436 \begin_deeper
4437 \begin_layout Enumerate
4438 Use the 
4439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4440 \end_inset
4441
4442
4443 \family typewriter
4444 command-execute
4445 \family default
4446
4447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4448 \end_inset
4449
4450  key to enter the desired 
4451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \end_inset
4453
4454
4455 \family typewriter
4456 accent-*
4457 \family default
4458
4459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4460 \end_inset
4461
4462  command in the minibuffer.
4463 \end_layout
4464
4465 \begin_deeper
4466 \begin_layout Standard
4467 [See the entry for 
4468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4469 \end_inset
4470
4471
4472 \family typewriter
4473 command-execute
4474 \family default
4475
4476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4477 \end_inset
4478
4479  if you don't know how to execute LyX commands directly.]
4480 \end_layout
4481
4482 \end_deeper
4483 \begin_layout Enumerate
4484 Next, type the letter you wish to accent.
4485 \end_layout
4486
4487 \end_deeper
4488 \begin_layout Enumerate
4489 Dead Keys
4490 \end_layout
4491
4492 \begin_deeper
4493 \begin_layout Enumerate
4494 Bind the desired 
4495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4496 \end_inset
4497
4498
4499 \family typewriter
4500 accent-*
4501 \family default
4502
4503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4504 \end_inset
4505
4506  command to a keyboard key.
4507  Typically, you bind the command to the key that looks like the accent.
4508 \end_layout
4509
4510 \begin_deeper
4511 \begin_layout Standard
4512 For example, you'd bind 
4513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4514 \end_inset
4515
4516
4517 \family typewriter
4518 accent-acute
4519 \family default
4520
4521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4522 \end_inset
4523
4524  to the apostrophe key (the ' ) and 
4525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4526 \end_inset
4527
4528
4529 \family typewriter
4530 accent-circumflex
4531 \family default
4532
4533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4534 \end_inset
4535
4536  to the 
4537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4538 \end_inset
4539
4540 ^
4541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4542 \end_inset
4543
4544  key (Shift-6 on a US keyboard).
4545 \end_layout
4546
4547 \begin_layout Standard
4548 [See the manual 
4549 \family typewriter
4550 Customization.lyx
4551 \family default
4552  for information about binding keys.]
4553 \begin_inset Foot
4554 status collapsed
4555
4556 \begin_layout Standard
4557
4558 \emph on
4559 Editor's Note: I may change this and put an entry to the bind command in
4560  this manual.
4561  -jw
4562 \end_layout
4563
4564 \end_inset
4565
4566
4567 \end_layout
4568
4569 \end_deeper
4570 \begin_layout Enumerate
4571 Restart LyX if it's already running, so that the new bindings can take effect.
4572 \end_layout
4573
4574 \begin_layout Enumerate
4575 Type the dead-key, followed by the letter you wish to accent.
4576 \end_layout
4577
4578 \begin_deeper
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Using our earlier example, if you type 
4581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4582 \end_inset
4583
4584 ^
4585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4586 \end_inset
4587
4588  followed by the letter 
4589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4590 \end_inset
4591
4592 e
4593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4594 \end_inset
4595
4596 , you'll produce the character 
4597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4598 \end_inset
4599
4600 ê
4601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4602 \end_inset
4603
4604 .
4605 \end_layout
4606
4607 \end_deeper
4608 \end_deeper
4609 \begin_layout Standard
4610 To produce the accent by itself, hit the Space key instead of a character.
4611 \end_layout
4612
4613 \begin_layout Paragraph
4614 Examples:
4615 \end_layout
4616
4617 \begin_layout Standard
4618 This command produces the following accent:
4619 \end_layout
4620
4621 \begin_layout Standard
4622 \i \'{}
4623
4624 \end_layout
4625
4626 \begin_layout Standard
4627 Valid letters with an acute accent:
4628 \end_layout
4629
4630 \begin_layout Standard
4631 á é í ó ú ý Á É Í Ó Ú Ý \i \'{s}
4632  \i \'{z}
4633  \i \'{S}
4634  \i \'{Z}
4635  \i \'{r}
4636  \i \'{l}
4637  \i \'{c}
4638  \i \'{n}
4639  \i \'{R}
4640  \i \'{L}
4641  \i \'{C}
4642  \i \'{N}
4643
4644 \end_layout
4645
4646 \begin_layout Paragraph
4647 See Also:
4648 \end_layout
4649
4650 \begin_layout Standard
4651 command-execute;
4652 \end_layout
4653
4654 \begin_layout Standard
4655 the key binding section in 
4656 \family typewriter
4657 Customization.lyx
4658 \family default
4659  ;
4660 \end_layout
4661
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 accent-breve; accent-caron; accent-cedilla; accent-circle; accent-circumflex;
4664  accent-dot; accent-grave; accent-hungarian-umlaut; accent-macron; accent-specia
4665 l-caron; accent-tie; accent-tilde; accent-umlaut; accent-underbar; accent-underd
4666 ot.
4667 \end_layout
4668
4669 \begin_layout Subsection
4670 accent-breve
4671 \end_layout
4672
4673 \begin_layout Description
4674 Default\InsetSpace ~
4675 Bindings: None.
4676 \end_layout
4677
4678 \begin_layout Paragraph
4679 Examples:
4680 \end_layout
4681
4682 \begin_layout Standard
4683 This command produces the following accent:
4684 \end_layout
4685
4686 \begin_layout Standard
4687 \i \u{}
4688
4689 \end_layout
4690
4691 \begin_layout Standard
4692 Valid letters with a breve accent:
4693 \end_layout
4694
4695 \begin_layout Standard
4696 \i \u{a}
4697  \i \u{g}
4698  \i \u{u}
4699  \i \u{A}
4700  \i \u{G}
4701  \i \u{U}
4702
4703 \end_layout
4704
4705 \begin_layout Paragraph
4706 See Also:
4707 \end_layout
4708
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 accent-acute.
4711 \end_layout
4712
4713 \begin_layout Subsection
4714 accent-caron
4715 \end_layout
4716
4717 \begin_layout Description
4718 Default\InsetSpace ~
4719 Bindings: None.
4720 \end_layout
4721
4722 \begin_layout Paragraph
4723 Examples:
4724 \end_layout
4725
4726 \begin_layout Standard
4727 This command produces the following accent:
4728 \end_layout
4729
4730 \begin_layout Standard
4731 \i \v{}
4732
4733 \end_layout
4734
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4736 Valid letters with a caron accent:
4737 \end_layout
4738
4739 \begin_layout Standard
4740 \i \v{c}
4741  \i \v{s}
4742  \i \v{z}
4743  \i \v{C}
4744  \i \v{S}
4745  \i \v{Z}
4746  \i \v{d}
4747  \i \v{l}
4748  \i \v{n}
4749  \i \v{r}
4750  \i \v{t}
4751  \i \v{D}
4752  \i \v{L}
4753  \i \v{N}
4754  \i \v{R}
4755  \i \v{T}
4756  \i \v{e}
4757  \i \v{E}
4758
4759 \end_layout
4760
4761 \begin_layout Paragraph
4762 See Also:
4763 \end_layout
4764
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 accent-acute.
4767 \end_layout
4768
4769 \begin_layout Subsection
4770 accent-cedilla
4771 \end_layout
4772
4773 \begin_layout Description
4774 Default\InsetSpace ~
4775 Bindings: None.
4776 \end_layout
4777
4778 \begin_layout Paragraph
4779 Examples:
4780 \end_layout
4781
4782 \begin_layout Standard
4783 This command produces the following accent:
4784 \end_layout
4785
4786 \begin_layout Standard
4787 \i \c{}
4788
4789 \end_layout
4790
4791 \begin_layout Standard
4792 Valid letters with a cedilla accent:
4793 \end_layout
4794
4795 \begin_layout Standard
4796 ç Ç \i \c{g}
4797  \i \c{k}
4798  \i \c{l}
4799  \i \c{n}
4800  \i \c{r}
4801  \i \c{s}
4802  \i \c{t}
4803  \i \c{G}
4804  \i \c{K}
4805  \i \c{L}
4806  \i \c{N}
4807  \i \c{R}
4808  \i \c{S}
4809  \i \c{T}
4810
4811 \end_layout
4812
4813 \begin_layout Paragraph
4814 See Also:
4815 \end_layout
4816
4817 \begin_layout Standard
4818 accent-acute.
4819 \end_layout
4820
4821 \begin_layout Subsection
4822 accent-circle
4823 \end_layout
4824
4825 \begin_layout Description
4826 Default\InsetSpace ~
4827 Bindings: None.
4828 \end_layout
4829
4830 \begin_layout Paragraph
4831 Examples:
4832 \end_layout
4833
4834 \begin_layout Standard
4835 This command produces the following accent:
4836 \end_layout
4837
4838 \begin_layout Standard
4839 \i \r{}
4840
4841 \end_layout
4842
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4844 Valid letters with a circle accent:
4845 \end_layout
4846
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4848 \i \r{a}
4849  \i \r{u}
4850  \i \r{A}
4851  \i \r{U}
4852
4853 \end_layout
4854
4855 \begin_layout Paragraph
4856 See Also:
4857 \end_layout
4858
4859 \begin_layout Standard
4860 accent-acute.
4861 \end_layout
4862
4863 \begin_layout Subsection
4864 accent-circumflex
4865 \end_layout
4866
4867 \begin_layout Description
4868 Default\InsetSpace ~
4869 Bindings: None.
4870 \end_layout
4871
4872 \begin_layout Paragraph
4873 Examples:
4874 \end_layout
4875
4876 \begin_layout Standard
4877 This command produces the following accent:
4878 \end_layout
4879
4880 \begin_layout Standard
4881 \i \^{}
4882
4883 \end_layout
4884
4885 \begin_layout Standard
4886 Valid letters with a circumflex accent:
4887 \end_layout
4888
4889 \begin_layout Standard
4890 â ê î ô û Â Ê Î Ô Û \i \^{c}
4891  \i \^{g}
4892  \i \^{h}
4893  \i \^{\j}
4894  \i \^{s}
4895  \i \^{C}
4896  \i \^{G}
4897  \i \^{H}
4898  \i \^{J}
4899  \i \^{S}
4900
4901 \end_layout
4902
4903 \begin_layout Paragraph
4904 See Also:
4905 \end_layout
4906
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 accent-acute.
4909 \end_layout
4910
4911 \begin_layout Subsection
4912 accent-dot
4913 \end_layout
4914
4915 \begin_layout Description
4916 Default\InsetSpace ~
4917 Bindings: None.
4918 \end_layout
4919
4920 \begin_layout Paragraph
4921 Examples:
4922 \end_layout
4923
4924 \begin_layout Standard
4925 This command produces the following accent:
4926 \end_layout
4927
4928 \begin_layout Standard
4929 \i \.{}
4930
4931 \end_layout
4932
4933 \begin_layout Standard
4934 Valid letters with a dot accent:
4935 \end_layout
4936
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 \i \.{e}
4939  \i \.{\i}
4940  \i \.{E}
4941  \i \.{I}
4942  \i \.{c}
4943  \i \.{g}
4944  \i \.{z}
4945  \i \.{C}
4946  \i \.{G}
4947  \i \.{Z}
4948
4949 \end_layout
4950
4951 \begin_layout Paragraph
4952 See Also:
4953 \end_layout
4954
4955 \begin_layout Standard
4956 accent-acute.
4957 \end_layout
4958
4959 \begin_layout Subsection
4960 accent-grave
4961 \end_layout
4962
4963 \begin_layout Description
4964 Default\InsetSpace ~
4965 Bindings: None.
4966 \end_layout
4967
4968 \begin_layout Paragraph
4969 Examples:
4970 \end_layout
4971
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 This command produces the following accent:
4974 \end_layout
4975
4976 \begin_layout Standard
4977 \i \`{}
4978
4979 \end_layout
4980
4981 \begin_layout Standard
4982 Valid letters with a grave accent:
4983 \end_layout
4984
4985 \begin_layout Standard
4986 à è ì ò ù À È Ì Ò Ù
4987 \end_layout
4988
4989 \begin_layout Paragraph
4990 See Also:
4991 \end_layout
4992
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 accent-acute.
4995 \end_layout
4996
4997 \begin_layout Subsection
4998 accent-hungarian-umlaut
4999 \end_layout
5000
5001 \begin_layout Description
5002 Default\InsetSpace ~
5003 Bindings: None.
5004 \end_layout
5005
5006 \begin_layout Paragraph
5007 Examples:
5008 \end_layout
5009
5010 \begin_layout Standard
5011 This command produces the following accent:
5012 \end_layout
5013
5014 \begin_layout Standard
5015 \i \H{}
5016
5017 \end_layout
5018
5019 \begin_layout Standard
5020 Valid letters with a hungarian umlaut accent:
5021 \end_layout
5022
5023 \begin_layout Standard
5024 \i \H{o}
5025  \i \H{u}
5026  \i \H{O}
5027  \i \H{U}
5028
5029 \end_layout
5030
5031 \begin_layout Paragraph
5032 See Also:
5033 \end_layout
5034
5035 \begin_layout Standard
5036 accent-acute.
5037 \end_layout
5038
5039 \begin_layout Subsection
5040 accent-macron
5041 \end_layout
5042
5043 \begin_layout Description
5044 Default\InsetSpace ~
5045 Bindings: None.
5046 \end_layout
5047
5048 \begin_layout Paragraph
5049 Examples:
5050 \end_layout
5051
5052 \begin_layout Standard
5053 This command produces the following accent:
5054 \end_layout
5055
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 \i \={}
5058
5059 \end_layout
5060
5061 \begin_layout Standard
5062 Valid letters with a macron accent:
5063 \end_layout
5064
5065 \begin_layout Standard
5066 \i \={a}
5067  \i \={e}
5068  \i \={\i}
5069  \i \={o}
5070  \i \={u}
5071  \i \={A}
5072  \i \={E}
5073  \i \={I}
5074  \i \={O}
5075  \i \={U}
5076
5077 \end_layout
5078
5079 \begin_layout Paragraph
5080 See Also:
5081 \end_layout
5082
5083 \begin_layout Standard
5084 accent-acute.
5085 \end_layout
5086
5087 \begin_layout Subsection
5088 accent-special-caron
5089 \end_layout
5090
5091 \begin_layout Description
5092 Default\InsetSpace ~
5093 Bindings: None.
5094 \end_layout
5095
5096 \begin_layout Paragraph
5097 Examples:
5098 \end_layout
5099
5100 \begin_layout Standard
5101 WARNING! THIS ACCENT COMMAND CURRENTLY CRASHES LyX! DO NOT USE!
5102 \end_layout
5103
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5105 This command produces the following accent:
5106 \end_layout
5107
5108 \begin_layout Standard
5109 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
5110
5111 \end_layout
5112
5113 \begin_layout Standard
5114 Some letters with a special caron accent:
5115 \end_layout
5116
5117 \begin_layout Standard
5118 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
5119
5120 \end_layout
5121
5122 \begin_layout Paragraph
5123 See Also:
5124 \end_layout
5125
5126 \begin_layout Standard
5127 accent-acute.
5128 \end_layout
5129
5130 \begin_layout Subsection
5131 accent-tie
5132 \end_layout
5133
5134 \begin_layout Description
5135 Default\InsetSpace ~
5136 Bindings: None.
5137 \end_layout
5138
5139 \begin_layout Paragraph
5140 Examples:
5141 \end_layout
5142
5143 \begin_layout Standard
5144 This command produces the following accent:
5145 \end_layout
5146
5147 \begin_layout Standard
5148 \i \t{}
5149
5150 \end_layout
5151
5152 \begin_layout Standard
5153 Valid letters with a tie accent: None.
5154  Just the accent itself.
5155 \end_layout
5156
5157 \begin_layout Paragraph
5158 See Also:
5159 \end_layout
5160
5161 \begin_layout Standard
5162 accent-acute.
5163 \end_layout
5164
5165 \begin_layout Subsection
5166 accent-tilde
5167 \end_layout
5168
5169 \begin_layout Description
5170 Default\InsetSpace ~
5171 Bindings: None.
5172 \end_layout
5173
5174 \begin_layout Paragraph
5175 Examples:
5176 \end_layout
5177
5178 \begin_layout Standard
5179 This command produces the following accent:
5180 \end_layout
5181
5182 \begin_layout Standard
5183 \i \~{}
5184
5185 \end_layout
5186
5187 \begin_layout Standard
5188 Valid letters with a tilde accent:
5189 \end_layout
5190
5191 \begin_layout Standard
5192 ñ Ñ ã \i \~{\i}
5193  õ \i \~{u}
5194  Ã \i \~{I}
5195  Õ \i \~{U}
5196
5197 \end_layout
5198
5199 \begin_layout Paragraph
5200 See Also:
5201 \end_layout
5202
5203 \begin_layout Standard
5204 accent-acute.
5205 \end_layout
5206
5207 \begin_layout Subsection
5208 accent-umlaut
5209 \end_layout
5210
5211 \begin_layout Description
5212 Default\InsetSpace ~
5213 Bindings: None.
5214 \end_layout
5215
5216 \begin_layout Paragraph
5217 Examples:
5218 \end_layout
5219
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5221 This command produces the following accent:
5222 \end_layout
5223
5224 \begin_layout Standard
5225 \i \"{}
5226
5227 \end_layout
5228
5229 \begin_layout Standard
5230 Some letters with an umlaut accent:
5231 \end_layout
5232
5233 \begin_layout Standard
5234 ä ë ï ö ü ÿ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü
5235 \end_layout
5236
5237 \begin_layout Paragraph
5238 See Also:
5239 \end_layout
5240
5241 \begin_layout Standard
5242 accent-acute.
5243 \end_layout
5244
5245 \begin_layout Subsection
5246 accent-underbar
5247 \end_layout
5248
5249 \begin_layout Description
5250 Default\InsetSpace ~
5251 Bindings: None.
5252 \end_layout
5253
5254 \begin_layout Paragraph
5255 Examples:
5256 \end_layout
5257
5258 \begin_layout Standard
5259 This command produces the following accent:
5260 \end_layout
5261
5262 \begin_layout Standard
5263 \i \b{}
5264
5265 \end_layout
5266
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5268 Some letters with an underbar accent: None.
5269  Just the accent itself.
5270 \end_layout
5271
5272 \begin_layout Paragraph
5273 See Also:
5274 \end_layout
5275
5276 \begin_layout Standard
5277 accent-acute.
5278 \end_layout
5279
5280 \begin_layout Subsection
5281 accent-underdot
5282 \end_layout
5283
5284 \begin_layout Description
5285 Default\InsetSpace ~
5286 Bindings: None.
5287 \end_layout
5288
5289 \begin_layout Paragraph
5290 Examples:
5291 \end_layout
5292
5293 \begin_layout Standard
5294 This command produces the following accent:
5295 \end_layout
5296
5297 \begin_layout Standard
5298 \i \d{}
5299
5300 \end_layout
5301
5302 \begin_layout Standard
5303 Valid letters with an underdot accent: None.
5304  Just the accent itself.
5305 \end_layout
5306
5307 \begin_layout Paragraph
5308 See Also:
5309 \end_layout
5310
5311 \begin_layout Standard
5312 accent-acute.
5313 \end_layout
5314
5315 \begin_layout Section
5316 B
5317 \end_layout
5318
5319 \begin_layout Subsection
5320 backward-select
5321 \end_layout
5322
5323 \begin_layout Description
5324 Default\InsetSpace ~
5325 Bindings:
5326 \end_layout
5327
5328 \begin_deeper
5329 \begin_layout List
5330 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5331
5332 \series bold
5333 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5334 -
5335 \series default
5336  
5337 \family sans
5338 S-Left
5339 \family default
5340  
5341 \end_layout
5342
5343 \end_deeper
5344 \begin_layout Paragraph
5345 Purpose:
5346 \end_layout
5347
5348 \begin_layout Standard
5349 Highlights a single character to the left of the current cursor location.
5350  If the cursor is at the left screen margin the cursor moves to the end
5351  of the previous line, and the whitespace in-between is selected.
5352  The selected text will be in reverse-video.
5353 \end_layout
5354
5355 \begin_layout Paragraph
5356 See Also:
5357 \end_layout
5358
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5360 char-backward;
5361 \end_layout
5362
5363 \begin_layout Standard
5364 forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-selec
5365 t; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
5366  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
5367 \end_layout
5368
5369 \begin_layout Subsection
5370 break-line
5371 \end_layout
5372
5373 \begin_layout Description
5374 Default\InsetSpace ~
5375 Bindings:
5376 \end_layout
5377
5378 \begin_deeper
5379 \begin_layout List
5380 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5381
5382 \series bold
5383 Menu\InsetSpace ~
5384 -
5385 \series default
5386  
5387 \family sans
5388 \bar under
5389 I
5390 \bar default
5391 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5392 S
5393 \bar under
5394 p
5395 \bar default
5396 ecial\InsetSpace ~
5397 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5398
5399 \bar under
5400 L
5401 \bar default
5402 inebreak
5403 \end_layout
5404
5405 \begin_layout List
5406 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5407
5408 \series bold
5409 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5410 -
5411 \series default
5412  
5413 \family sans
5414 C-Return
5415 \end_layout
5416
5417 \end_deeper
5418 \begin_layout Paragraph
5419 Purpose:
5420 \end_layout
5421
5422 \begin_layout Standard
5423 To forcibly split the current line without ending the current paragraph.
5424 \end_layout
5425
5426 \begin_layout Paragraph
5427 Usage:
5428 \end_layout
5429
5430 \begin_layout Standard
5431 This command has several purposes, depending on context.
5432  Its primary function is to manually end a line without ending the paragraph.
5433  This should only be done when you need some fine-tuning.
5434 \end_layout
5435
5436 \begin_layout Standard
5437 In math-mode, the 
5438 \family typewriter
5439 break-line
5440 \family default
5441  command automagically turns a one-line equation into a multiline expression,
5442  inserting the new equation line as well as all alignment delimiters.
5443 \end_layout
5444
5445 \begin_layout Paragraph
5446 See Also:
5447 \end_layout
5448
5449 \begin_layout Standard
5450 break-paragraph; break-paragraph-keep-layout.
5451 \end_layout
5452
5453 \begin_layout Subsection
5454 break-paragraph
5455 \end_layout
5456
5457 \begin_layout Description
5458 Default\InsetSpace ~
5459 Bindings:
5460 \end_layout
5461
5462 \begin_deeper
5463 \begin_layout List
5464 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5465
5466 \series bold
5467 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5468 -
5469 \series default
5470  
5471 \family sans
5472 Return
5473 \end_layout
5474
5475 \end_deeper
5476 \begin_layout Paragraph
5477 Purpose:
5478 \end_layout
5479
5480 \begin_layout Standard
5481 To terminate the current paragraph.
5482 \end_layout
5483
5484 \begin_layout Paragraph
5485 Usage:
5486 \end_layout
5487
5488 \begin_layout Standard
5489 This command does slightly different things, depending on context.
5490  Typically, it ends the current paragraph, breaks the current line, and
5491  starts a new paragraph in the 
5492 \family sans
5493 Standard
5494 \family default
5495  paragraph environment on the next line.
5496  It also typically removes all environment nesting.
5497 \end_layout
5498
5499 \begin_layout Standard
5500 If you are in the middle of a paragraph, 
5501 \family typewriter
5502 break-paragraph
5503 \family default
5504  splits it in two.
5505  If the paragraph is a list item, it creates a new list item in the process.
5506 \end_layout
5507
5508 \begin_layout Standard
5509 If you are at the end of a paragraph, 
5510 \family typewriter
5511 break-paragraph
5512 \family default
5513  starts the new paragraph after the current one.
5514  If you are at the beginning of a paragraph, the new paragraph starts 
5515 \emph on
5516 before
5517 \emph default
5518  the current one.
5519 \end_layout
5520
5521 \begin_layout Standard
5522
5523 \family typewriter
5524 break-paragraph
5525 \family default
5526  may start the new paragraph in an environment other than 
5527 \family sans
5528 Standard
5529 \family default
5530 , but the behavior is not consistent.
5531  For example, if you move to the middle of an 
5532 \family sans
5533 Itemize
5534 \family default
5535  list, to the end of one of the items or the beginning of the next item,
5536  
5537 \family typewriter
5538 break-paragraph
5539 \family default
5540  will not change the paragraph environment.
5541  It will still mess up the environment nesting, however.
5542 \end_layout
5543
5544 \begin_layout Paragraph
5545 Examples:
5546 \end_layout
5547
5548 \begin_layout Standard
5549 None.
5550  Your best bet is to just play with hitting return until you build an intuition
5551  for how this works.
5552 \end_layout
5553
5554 \begin_layout Paragraph
5555 See Also:
5556 \end_layout
5557
5558 \begin_layout Standard
5559 break-paragraph-keep-layout; break-line;
5560 \end_layout
5561
5562 \begin_layout Standard
5563 depth-decrement; depth-increment.
5564 \end_layout
5565
5566 \begin_layout Subsection
5567 break-paragraph-keep-layout
5568 \end_layout
5569
5570 \begin_layout Description
5571 Default\InsetSpace ~
5572 Bindings:
5573 \end_layout
5574
5575 \begin_deeper
5576 \begin_layout List
5577 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5578
5579 \series bold
5580 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5581 -
5582 \series default
5583  
5584 \family sans
5585 M-Return
5586 \end_layout
5587
5588 \end_deeper
5589 \begin_layout Paragraph
5590 Purpose:
5591 \end_layout
5592
5593 \begin_layout Standard
5594 To terminate the current paragraph without changing the paragraph environment
5595  or nesting depth.
5596 \end_layout
5597
5598 \begin_layout Paragraph
5599 Usage:
5600 \end_layout
5601
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 Its usage is very much the same as 
5604 \family typewriter
5605 break-paragraph
5606 \family default
5607 , with one important difference.
5608  The new paragraph 
5609 \emph on
5610 always
5611 \emph default
5612  has the same environment and nesting depth as the old one.
5613 \end_layout
5614
5615 \begin_layout Paragraph
5616 See Also:
5617 \end_layout
5618
5619 \begin_layout Standard
5620 break-paragraph; break-line;
5621 \end_layout
5622
5623 \begin_layout Standard
5624 depth-decrement; depth-increment.
5625 \end_layout
5626
5627 \begin_layout Subsection
5628 buffer-auto-save
5629 \end_layout
5630
5631 \begin_layout Description
5632 Default\InsetSpace ~
5633 Bindings:
5634 \end_layout
5635
5636 \begin_deeper
5637 \begin_layout List
5638 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5639
5640 \series bold
5641 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5642 -
5643 \series default
5644  
5645 \family sans
5646 C-x a
5647 \family default
5648  or 
5649 \family sans
5650 C-x C-a
5651 \family default
5652  in 
5653 \family typewriter
5654 emacs.bind
5655 \family default
5656  only.
5657 \end_layout
5658
5659 \end_deeper
5660 \begin_layout Paragraph
5661 Purpose:
5662 \end_layout
5663
5664 \begin_layout Standard
5665 Forces an autosave on the current document.
5666 \end_layout
5667
5668 \begin_layout Paragraph
5669 Usage:
5670 \end_layout
5671
5672 \begin_layout Standard
5673 Backward compatibility.
5674  This function used to be the only way to undo any editing.
5675  With the advent of a true undo/redo function in LyX, forcibly autosaving
5676  a document doesn't have much use.
5677  
5678 \emph on
5679 (The undo-mechanism has been limited to 100 steps in the beta-version.)
5680 \end_layout
5681
5682 \begin_layout Paragraph
5683 See Also:
5684 \end_layout
5685
5686 \begin_layout Standard
5687 buffer-load-auto-save
5688 \end_layout
5689
5690 \begin_layout Subsection
5691 buffer-begin
5692 \end_layout
5693
5694 \begin_layout Description
5695 Default\InsetSpace ~
5696 Bindings:
5697 \end_layout
5698
5699 \begin_deeper
5700 \begin_layout List
5701 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5702
5703 \series bold
5704 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5705 -
5706 \series default
5707  
5708 \family sans
5709 C-Home
5710 \family default
5711  in 
5712 \family typewriter
5713 cua.bind
5714 \family default
5715 .
5716 \end_layout
5717
5718 \begin_deeper
5719 \begin_layout Standard
5720
5721 \family sans
5722 Home
5723 \family default
5724  in 
5725 \family typewriter
5726 emacs.bind
5727 \family default
5728 .
5729 \end_layout
5730
5731 \end_deeper
5732 \end_deeper
5733 \begin_layout Paragraph
5734 Purpose:
5735 \end_layout
5736
5737 \begin_layout Standard
5738 Moves the cursor location to the top of the current buffer.
5739 \end_layout
5740
5741 \begin_layout Paragraph
5742 See Also:
5743 \end_layout
5744
5745 \begin_layout Standard
5746 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
5747  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-end.
5748 \end_layout
5749
5750 \begin_layout Subsection
5751 buffer-begin-select
5752 \end_layout
5753
5754 \begin_layout Description
5755 Default\InsetSpace ~
5756 Bindings:
5757 \end_layout
5758
5759 \begin_deeper
5760 \begin_layout List
5761 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5762
5763 \series bold
5764 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5765 -
5766 \series default
5767  
5768 \family sans
5769 S-C-Home
5770 \family default
5771  
5772 \end_layout
5773
5774 \end_deeper
5775 \begin_layout Paragraph
5776 Purpose:
5777 \end_layout
5778
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5780 Highlights text from the current cursor location to the top of the current
5781  buffer.
5782  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
5783 \end_layout
5784
5785 \begin_layout Paragraph
5786 See Also:
5787 \end_layout
5788
5789 \begin_layout Standard
5790 buffer-begin;
5791 \end_layout
5792
5793 \begin_layout Standard
5794 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
5795  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
5796  screen-down-select; buffer-end-select.
5797 \end_layout
5798
5799 \begin_layout Subsection
5800 buffer-chktex 
5801 \end_layout
5802
5803 \begin_layout Description
5804 Default\InsetSpace ~
5805 Bindings:
5806 \end_layout
5807
5808 \begin_deeper
5809 \begin_layout List
5810 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5811
5812 \series bold
5813 Menu\InsetSpace ~
5814 -
5815 \series default
5816  
5817 \family sans
5818 \bar under
5819 E
5820 \bar default
5821 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5822 C
5823 \bar under
5824 h
5825 \bar default
5826 eck TeX
5827 \end_layout
5828
5829 \begin_layout List
5830 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5831
5832 \series bold
5833 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5834 -
5835 \series default
5836  
5837 \family sans
5838 M-e h
5839 \family default
5840  (standard).
5841 \end_layout
5842
5843 \end_deeper
5844 \begin_layout Paragraph
5845 Purpose:
5846 \end_layout
5847
5848 \begin_layout Standard
5849 Checks document for typographical errors.
5850 \end_layout
5851
5852 \begin_layout Paragraph
5853 Usage:
5854 \end_layout
5855
5856 \begin_layout Standard
5857 This function runs 
5858 \family typewriter
5859 ChkTeX
5860 \family default
5861  on the document and inserts error boxes with the results.
5862  It is used to find common typographical errors.
5863 \end_layout
5864
5865 \begin_layout Paragraph
5866 See Also:
5867 \end_layout
5868
5869 \begin_layout Standard
5870 error-next; description in 
5871 \emph on
5872 Extended Features
5873 \emph default
5874 .
5875 \end_layout
5876
5877 \begin_layout Subsection
5878 buffer-close 
5879 \end_layout
5880
5881 \begin_layout Description
5882 Default\InsetSpace ~
5883 Bindings:
5884 \end_layout
5885
5886 \begin_deeper
5887 \begin_layout List
5888 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5889
5890 \series bold
5891 Menu\InsetSpace ~
5892 -
5893 \series default
5894  
5895 \family sans
5896 \bar under
5897 F
5898 \bar default
5899 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5900
5901 \bar under
5902 C
5903 \bar default
5904 lose
5905 \end_layout
5906
5907 \begin_layout List
5908 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5909
5910 \series bold
5911 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5912 -
5913 \series default
5914  
5915 \family sans
5916 M-f c
5917 \family default
5918  (standard).
5919 \end_layout
5920
5921 \begin_deeper
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5923
5924 \family sans
5925 C-w
5926 \family default
5927  in 
5928 \family typewriter
5929 cua.bind
5930 \family default
5931 .
5932 \newline
5933
5934 \family sans
5935 C-x k 
5936 \family default
5937 or 
5938 \family sans
5939 C-x C-k
5940 \family default
5941  in 
5942 \family typewriter
5943 emacs.bind.
5944 \end_layout
5945
5946 \end_deeper
5947 \end_deeper
5948 \begin_layout Paragraph
5949 Purpose:
5950 \end_layout
5951
5952 \begin_layout Standard
5953 Closes the current buffer.
5954  If changes have been made since it was first opened, or since the last
5955  
5956 \family typewriter
5957 buffer-save
5958 \family default
5959  or 
5960 \family typewriter
5961 buffer-save-as
5962 \family default
5963  command, you will be asked if you want to save the buffer to its file before
5964  closing the buffer.
5965 \end_layout
5966
5967 \begin_layout Paragraph
5968 See Also:
5969 \end_layout
5970
5971 \begin_layout Standard
5972 buffer-open.
5973 \end_layout
5974
5975 \begin_layout Subsection
5976 buffer-end
5977 \end_layout
5978
5979 \begin_layout Description
5980 Default\InsetSpace ~
5981 Bindings:
5982 \end_layout
5983
5984 \begin_deeper
5985 \begin_layout List
5986 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5987
5988 \series bold
5989 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5990 -
5991 \series default
5992  
5993 \family sans
5994 C-End
5995 \family default
5996  
5997 \family roman
5998 in 
5999 \family typewriter
6000 cua.bind
6001 \family default
6002 .
6003 \newline
6004
6005 \family sans
6006 End
6007 \family default
6008  in 
6009 \family typewriter
6010 emacs.bind
6011 \end_layout
6012
6013 \end_deeper
6014 \begin_layout Paragraph
6015 Purpose:
6016 \end_layout
6017
6018 \begin_layout Standard
6019 Moves both the screen display and the current cursor location to the end
6020  of the current buffer.
6021 \end_layout
6022
6023 \begin_layout Paragraph
6024 See Also:
6025 \end_layout
6026
6027 \begin_layout Standard
6028 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
6029  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin.
6030 \end_layout
6031
6032 \begin_layout Subsection
6033 buffer-end-select
6034 \end_layout
6035
6036 \begin_layout Description
6037 Default\InsetSpace ~
6038 Bindings:
6039 \end_layout
6040
6041 \begin_deeper
6042 \begin_layout List
6043 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6044
6045 \series bold
6046 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6047 -
6048 \series default
6049  
6050 \family sans
6051 S-C-End
6052 \family default
6053  
6054 \end_layout
6055
6056 \end_deeper
6057 \begin_layout Paragraph
6058 Purpose:
6059 \end_layout
6060
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6062 Selects text from the current cursor location to the bottom of the current
6063  buffer.
6064  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
6065 \end_layout
6066
6067 \begin_layout Paragraph
6068 See Also:
6069 \end_layout
6070
6071 \begin_layout Standard
6072 buffer-end-select;
6073 \end_layout
6074
6075 \begin_layout Standard
6076 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
6077  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
6078  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select.
6079 \end_layout
6080
6081 \begin_layout Subsection
6082 buffer-itemize-bullets-select
6083 \end_layout
6084
6085 \begin_layout Description
6086 Default\InsetSpace ~
6087 Bindings:
6088 \end_layout
6089
6090 \begin_deeper
6091 \begin_layout List
6092 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6093
6094 \series bold
6095 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6096 -
6097 \series default
6098  
6099 \family sans
6100 \bar under
6101 L
6102 \bar default
6103 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6104
6105 \bar under
6106 D
6107 \bar default
6108 ocument 
6109 \family default
6110 to bring up the 
6111 \series bold
6112 Document\InsetSpace ~
6113 Layout
6114 \series default
6115  popup.
6116 \end_layout
6117
6118 \begin_deeper
6119 \begin_layout Description
6120 Document\InsetSpace ~
6121 Layout: 
6122 \family sans
6123 \bar under
6124 B
6125 \bar default
6126 ullet Shapes
6127 \end_layout
6128
6129 \end_deeper
6130 \begin_layout List
6131 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6132
6133 \series bold
6134 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6135 -
6136 \series default
6137  M-l d M-b
6138 \end_layout
6139
6140 \begin_deeper
6141 \begin_layout Standard
6142 M-l i
6143 \end_layout
6144
6145 \end_deeper
6146 \end_deeper
6147 \begin_layout Paragraph
6148 Purpose:
6149 \end_layout
6150
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6152 Opens the document's 
6153 \series bold
6154 Itemize\InsetSpace ~
6155 Bullet\InsetSpace ~
6156 Selection
6157 \series default
6158  popup which allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various
6159  levels of an 
6160 \family sans
6161 Itemize
6162 \family default
6163  layout.
6164 \end_layout
6165
6166 \begin_layout Paragraph
6167 See Also:
6168 \end_layout
6169
6170 \begin_layout Standard
6171 Itemize Bullet Selection;
6172 \end_layout
6173
6174 \begin_layout Standard
6175
6176 \emph on
6177 Itemize Bullet Selection
6178 \emph default
6179  in 
6180 \emph on
6181 Extended Features
6182 \emph default
6183 ;
6184 \end_layout
6185
6186 \begin_layout Subsection
6187 buffer-load-auto-save
6188 \end_layout
6189
6190 \begin_layout Description
6191 Default\InsetSpace ~
6192 Bindings: None
6193 \end_layout
6194
6195 \begin_layout Paragraph
6196 Purpose:
6197 \end_layout
6198
6199 \begin_layout Standard
6200 Loads the autosave file.
6201 \end_layout
6202
6203 \begin_layout Paragraph
6204 Usage:
6205 \end_layout
6206
6207 \begin_layout Standard
6208 To invoke this function, you must use the 
6209 \family typewriter
6210 command-execute
6211 \family default
6212  key to enter 
6213 \family typewriter
6214 buffer-load-autosave
6215 \family default
6216  in the minibuffer.
6217 \end_layout
6218
6219 \begin_layout Standard
6220 Invoking this command once loads the autosave file (which has the suffix
6221  
6222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6223 \end_inset
6224
6225
6226 \family typewriter
6227 .bak
6228 \family default
6229
6230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6231 \end_inset
6232
6233 ) in place of the current document.
6234  Invoking it two times in a row loads the autosave backup file (which has
6235  the 
6236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6237 \end_inset
6238
6239
6240 \family typewriter
6241 .bak~
6242 \family default
6243
6244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6245 \end_inset
6246
6247  suffix) in place of the current document.
6248 \end_layout
6249
6250 \begin_layout Standard
6251 You cannot change the time interval between autosaves on the fly.
6252  The interval, in seconds, is set in the main 
6253 \family typewriter
6254 lyxrc
6255 \family default
6256  file or in the user's local 
6257 \family typewriter
6258 ${HOME}/.lyx/lyxrc
6259 \family default
6260 .
6261  
6262 \end_layout
6263
6264 \begin_layout Paragraph
6265 See Also:
6266 \end_layout
6267
6268 \begin_layout Standard
6269 command-execute; 
6270 \end_layout
6271
6272 \begin_layout Standard
6273 buffer-auto-save.
6274 \end_layout
6275
6276 \begin_layout Subsection
6277 buffer-new 
6278 \end_layout
6279
6280 \begin_layout Description
6281 Default\InsetSpace ~
6282 Bindings:
6283 \end_layout
6284
6285 \begin_deeper
6286 \begin_layout List
6287 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6288
6289 \series bold
6290 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6291 -
6292 \series default
6293  
6294 \family sans
6295 \bar under
6296 F
6297 \bar default
6298 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6299
6300 \bar under
6301 N
6302 \bar default
6303 ew
6304 \end_layout
6305
6306 \begin_layout List
6307 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6308
6309 \series bold
6310 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6311 -
6312 \series default
6313  
6314 \family sans
6315 M-f n
6316 \family default
6317  (standard).
6318 \end_layout
6319
6320 \begin_deeper
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6322
6323 \family sans
6324 C-n
6325 \family default
6326  in 
6327 \family typewriter
6328 cua.bind
6329 \family default
6330 .
6331 \end_layout
6332
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6334
6335 \family sans
6336 C-x d 
6337 \family roman
6338 or 
6339 \family sans
6340 C-x C-d
6341 \family default
6342  in 
6343 \family typewriter
6344 emacs.bind
6345 \family default
6346 .
6347 \end_layout
6348
6349 \end_deeper
6350 \end_deeper
6351 \begin_layout Paragraph
6352 Purpose:
6353 \end_layout
6354
6355 \begin_layout Standard
6356 Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document.
6357 \end_layout
6358
6359 \begin_layout Paragraph
6360 Usage:
6361 \end_layout
6362
6363 \begin_layout Standard
6364 This function first opens a 
6365 \family sans
6366 File Browser
6367 \family default
6368  window.
6369  You must now specify a new filename for the new document.
6370  You can use the 
6371 \family sans
6372 File Browser
6373 \family default
6374  to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must
6375  be unique.
6376  The file cannot already exist.
6377 \end_layout
6378
6379 \begin_layout Paragraph
6380 See Also:
6381 \end_layout
6382
6383 \begin_layout Standard
6384 File Browser; 
6385 \end_layout
6386
6387 \begin_layout Standard
6388 LyX Template Files; 
6389 \end_layout
6390
6391 \begin_layout Standard
6392
6393 \emph on
6394 Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date.
6395  - jw
6396 \end_layout
6397
6398 \begin_layout Standard
6399 buffer-new-template; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
6400 \end_layout
6401
6402 \begin_layout Subsection
6403 buffer-new-template 
6404 \end_layout
6405
6406 \begin_layout Description
6407 Default\InsetSpace ~
6408 Bindings:
6409 \end_layout
6410
6411 \begin_deeper
6412 \begin_layout List
6413 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6414
6415 \series bold
6416 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6417 -
6418 \series default
6419  
6420 \family sans
6421 \bar under
6422 F
6423 \bar default
6424 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6425 New from
6426 \bar under
6427  t
6428 \bar default
6429 emplate
6430 \end_layout
6431
6432 \begin_layout List
6433 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6434
6435 \series bold
6436 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6437 -
6438 \series default
6439  
6440 \family sans
6441 M-f t 
6442 \family default
6443 (standard).
6444 \end_layout
6445
6446 \begin_deeper
6447 \begin_layout Standard
6448
6449 \family sans
6450 C-N
6451 \family default
6452  in 
6453 \family typewriter
6454 cua.bind
6455 \family default
6456 .
6457 \end_layout
6458
6459 \end_deeper
6460 \end_deeper
6461 \begin_layout Paragraph
6462 Purpose:
6463 \end_layout
6464
6465 \begin_layout Standard
6466 Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document with a template document.
6467 \end_layout
6468
6469 \begin_layout Paragraph
6470 Usage:
6471 \end_layout
6472
6473 \begin_layout Standard
6474 This function first opens a 
6475 \family sans
6476 File Browser
6477 \family default
6478  window.
6479  You must now specify a new filename for the new document.
6480  You can use the 
6481 \family sans
6482 File Browser
6483 \family default
6484  to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must
6485  be unique.
6486  The file cannot already exist.
6487 \end_layout
6488
6489 \begin_layout Standard
6490 After you enter the filename and choose 
6491 \family sans
6492 OK
6493 \family default
6494 , the 
6495 \family sans
6496 File Browser
6497 \family default
6498  window opens again.
6499  This time, it has the title 
6500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6501 \end_inset
6502
6503 Choose Template.
6504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6505 \end_inset
6506
6507  If you wish to use a LyX template file for this new document, use the 
6508 \family sans
6509 File Browser
6510 \family default
6511  to choose one.
6512  Otherwise, hit the 
6513 \family sans
6514 Cancel
6515 \family default
6516  button.
6517 \end_layout
6518
6519 \begin_layout Paragraph
6520 See Also:
6521 \end_layout
6522
6523 \begin_layout Standard
6524 File Browser; 
6525 \end_layout
6526
6527 \begin_layout Standard
6528 LyX Template Files; 
6529 \end_layout
6530
6531 \begin_layout Standard
6532
6533 \emph on
6534 Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date.
6535  - jw
6536 \end_layout
6537
6538 \begin_layout Standard
6539 buffer-new; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
6540 \end_layout
6541
6542 \begin_layout Subsection
6543 buffer-open 
6544 \end_layout
6545
6546 \begin_layout Description
6547 Default\InsetSpace ~
6548 Bindings:
6549 \end_layout
6550
6551 \begin_deeper
6552 \begin_layout List
6553 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6554
6555 \series bold
6556 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6557 -
6558 \series default
6559  
6560 \family sans
6561 \bar under
6562 F
6563 \bar default
6564 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6565
6566 \bar under
6567 O
6568 \bar default
6569 pen
6570 \end_layout
6571
6572 \begin_layout List
6573 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6574
6575 \series bold
6576 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
6577 -
6578 \series default
6579  First button from the left.
6580  
6581 \end_layout
6582
6583 \begin_deeper
6584 \begin_layout Standard
6585 File folder with an arrow.
6586  
6587 \end_layout
6588
6589 \end_deeper
6590 \begin_layout List
6591 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6592
6593 \series bold
6594 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6595 -
6596 \series default
6597  
6598 \family sans
6599 M-f o
6600 \family default
6601  (standard).
6602 \end_layout
6603
6604 \begin_deeper
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606
6607 \family sans
6608 C-o
6609 \family default
6610  in 
6611 \family typewriter
6612 cua.bind
6613 \family default
6614 .
6615 \end_layout
6616
6617 \begin_layout Standard
6618
6619 \family sans
6620 C-x f 
6621 \family roman
6622 or
6623 \family sans
6624  C-x C-f
6625 \family default
6626  in 
6627 \family typewriter
6628 emacs.bind
6629 \family default
6630 .
6631 \end_layout
6632
6633 \end_deeper
6634 \end_deeper
6635 \begin_layout Paragraph
6636 Purpose:
6637 \end_layout
6638
6639 \begin_layout Standard
6640 Opens an existing file and places it in a new buffer.
6641 \end_layout
6642
6643 \begin_layout Paragraph
6644 Usage:
6645 \end_layout
6646
6647 \begin_layout Standard
6648 This function opens a 
6649 \family sans
6650 File Browser
6651 \family default
6652  window with the title 
6653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6654 \end_inset
6655
6656 Document to Open.
6657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6658 \end_inset
6659
6660  Choose the file to open and hit 
6661 \family sans
6662 O
6663 \family default
6664 K\SpecialChar \@.
6665
6666 \end_layout
6667
6668 \begin_layout Paragraph
6669 See Also:
6670 \end_layout
6671
6672 \begin_layout Standard
6673 File Browser; [
6674 \emph on
6675 Editor's Note: To be added.
6676  - jw 
6677 \emph default
6678 ]
6679 \end_layout
6680
6681 \begin_layout Standard
6682 buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
6683 \end_layout
6684
6685 \begin_layout Subsection
6686 buffer-previous 
6687 \end_layout
6688
6689 \begin_layout Description
6690 Default\InsetSpace ~
6691 Bindings:
6692 \end_layout
6693
6694 \begin_deeper
6695 \begin_layout List
6696 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6697
6698 \series bold
6699 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6700 -
6701 \series default
6702  
6703 \family sans
6704 M-d p
6705 \family default
6706  (standard).
6707 \end_layout
6708
6709 \begin_deeper
6710 \begin_layout Standard
6711
6712 \family sans
6713 C-x b 
6714 \family default
6715 or
6716 \family sans
6717  C-x C-b
6718 \family default
6719  in 
6720 \family typewriter
6721 emacs.bind
6722 \family default
6723 .
6724 \end_layout
6725
6726 \end_deeper
6727 \end_deeper
6728 \begin_layout Paragraph
6729 Purpose:
6730 \end_layout
6731
6732 \begin_layout Standard
6733 Changes from the current document to another open and previously viewed
6734  document.
6735  
6736 \end_layout
6737
6738 \begin_layout Paragraph
6739 Usage:
6740 \end_layout
6741
6742 \begin_layout Standard
6743 Self-explanatory.
6744 \end_layout
6745
6746 \begin_layout Standard
6747 If only one document is open, 
6748 \family typewriter
6749 buffer-previous
6750 \family default
6751  has no effect.
6752 \end_layout
6753
6754 \begin_layout Standard
6755 If more than two documents are open, 
6756 \family typewriter
6757 buffer-previous
6758 \family default
6759  switches to whichever document you were last working on.
6760 \end_layout
6761
6762 \begin_layout Standard
6763 You can also switch between open documents using the 
6764 \family sans
6765 Documents
6766 \family default
6767  menu.
6768 \end_layout
6769
6770 \begin_layout Standard
6771 Using 
6772 \family typewriter
6773 buffer-previous
6774 \family default
6775  several times in a row switches back and forth between two documents.
6776  This is useful for cutting and pasting between two different documents.
6777 \end_layout
6778
6779 \begin_layout Paragraph
6780 See Also:
6781 \end_layout
6782
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6784 Documents Menu.
6785  [
6786 \emph on
6787 Ed.
6788  Note - to be added.
6789  -jw
6790 \emph default
6791 ]
6792 \end_layout
6793
6794 \begin_layout Subsection
6795 buffer-print 
6796 \end_layout
6797
6798 \begin_layout Description
6799 Default\InsetSpace ~
6800 Bindings:
6801 \end_layout
6802
6803 \begin_deeper
6804 \begin_layout List
6805 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6806
6807 \series bold
6808 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6809 -
6810 \series default
6811  
6812 \family sans
6813 \bar under
6814 F
6815 \bar default
6816 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6817
6818 \bar under
6819 P
6820 \bar default
6821 rint
6822 \end_layout
6823
6824 \begin_layout List
6825 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6826
6827 \series bold
6828 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
6829 -
6830 \series default
6831  Button #3 from the left.
6832  
6833 \end_layout
6834
6835 \begin_deeper
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6837 A stylized printer.
6838 \end_layout
6839
6840 \end_deeper
6841 \begin_layout List
6842 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6843
6844 \series bold
6845 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6846 -
6847 \series default
6848  
6849 \family sans
6850 M-f p
6851 \family default
6852  (standard).
6853 \end_layout
6854
6855 \begin_deeper
6856 \begin_layout Standard
6857
6858 \family sans
6859 C-
6860 \family default
6861 p in 
6862 \family typewriter
6863 cua.
6864 \family default
6865 bind.
6866 \end_layout
6867
6868 \end_deeper
6869 \end_deeper
6870 \begin_layout Paragraph
6871 Purpose:
6872 \end_layout
6873
6874 \begin_layout Standard
6875 Prints the current document.
6876 \end_layout
6877
6878 \begin_layout Paragraph
6879 Usage:
6880 \end_layout
6881
6882 \begin_layout Standard
6883 This function opens the 
6884 \family sans
6885 Print
6886 \family default
6887  panel, which allows print control via buttons and typed inputs; a buffer
6888  can be printed either to a file or to a spooled print device.
6889  When printing to a printer, the printer name you specify in the 
6890 \family sans
6891 Printer
6892 \family default
6893  box must be configured for 
6894 \family typewriter
6895 dvips
6896 \family default
6897 .
6898 \begin_inset Foot
6899 status collapsed
6900
6901 \begin_layout Standard
6902 This is explained in greater detail in 
6903 \family typewriter
6904 UserGuide.lyx
6905 \family default
6906 .
6907 \end_layout
6908
6909 \end_inset
6910
6911  Most systems have 
6912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6913 \end_inset
6914
6915
6916 \family typewriter
6917 ps
6918 \family default
6919
6920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6921 \end_inset
6922
6923  as their default PostScript® printer, for which 
6924 \family typewriter
6925 dvips
6926 \family default
6927  comes preconfigured.
6928 \end_layout
6929
6930 \begin_layout Paragraph
6931 See Also:
6932 \end_layout
6933
6934 \begin_layout Standard
6935 The section on dvips in 
6936 \family typewriter
6937 UserGuide.lyx;
6938 \end_layout
6939
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6941 Print panel; [
6942 \emph on
6943 Ed.
6944  Note - To be added.
6945  - jw.
6946 \emph default
6947 ]
6948 \end_layout
6949
6950 \begin_layout Standard
6951 buffer-view; buffer-view-ps.
6952 \end_layout
6953
6954 \begin_layout Subsection
6955 buffer-typeset
6956 \end_layout
6957
6958 \begin_layout Description
6959 Default\InsetSpace ~
6960 Bindings:
6961 \end_layout
6962
6963 \begin_deeper
6964 \begin_layout List
6965 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6966
6967 \series bold
6968 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6969 -
6970 \series default
6971  
6972 \family sans
6973 \bar under
6974 F
6975 \bar default
6976 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6977
6978 \bar under
6979 U
6980 \bar default
6981 pdate dvi
6982 \end_layout
6983
6984 \begin_layout List
6985 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6986
6987 \series bold
6988 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6989 -
6990 \series default
6991  
6992 \family sans
6993 M-f u 
6994 \family default
6995 (standard).
6996 \end_layout
6997
6998 \begin_deeper
6999 \begin_layout Standard
7000
7001 \family sans
7002 C-D
7003 \family default
7004  in 
7005 \family typewriter
7006 cua.bind
7007 \family default
7008 .
7009 \end_layout
7010
7011 \begin_layout Standard
7012
7013 \family sans
7014 C-x r, C-x t, C-x C-r, 
7015 \family roman
7016 or
7017 \family sans
7018  C-x C-t 
7019 \family default
7020 in 
7021 \family typewriter
7022 emacs.bind
7023 \family default
7024 .
7025 \end_layout
7026
7027 \end_deeper
7028 \end_deeper
7029 \begin_layout Paragraph
7030 Purpose:
7031 \end_layout
7032
7033 \begin_layout Standard
7034 Updates the dvi file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX).
7035 \end_layout
7036
7037 \begin_layout Paragraph
7038 Usage:
7039 \end_layout
7040
7041 \begin_layout Standard
7042 A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer,
7043  and the file is processed with LaTeX.
7044  LaTeX messages are posted to the screen of the parent window, and approximate
7045  LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error
7046  box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on
7047  the error-box.
7048 \end_layout
7049
7050 \begin_layout Paragraph
7051 See Also:
7052 \end_layout
7053
7054 \begin_layout Standard
7055 error-next; buffer-typeset-ps.
7056  
7057 \end_layout
7058
7059 \begin_layout Subsection
7060 buffer-typeset-ps
7061 \end_layout
7062
7063 \begin_layout Description
7064 Default\InsetSpace ~
7065 Bindings:
7066 \end_layout
7067
7068 \begin_deeper
7069 \begin_layout List
7070 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7071
7072 \series bold
7073 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7074 -
7075 \series default
7076  
7077 \family sans
7078 \bar under
7079 F
7080 \bar default
7081 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7082 Updat
7083 \bar under
7084 e
7085 \bar default
7086  PostScript
7087 \end_layout
7088
7089 \begin_layout List
7090 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7091
7092 \series bold
7093 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7094 -
7095 \series default
7096  
7097 \family sans
7098 M-f e 
7099 \family default
7100 (standard).
7101 \end_layout
7102
7103 \begin_deeper
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7105
7106 \family sans
7107 C-T
7108 \family default
7109  in 
7110 \family typewriter
7111 cua.bind
7112 \family default
7113 .
7114 \end_layout
7115
7116 \end_deeper
7117 \end_deeper
7118 \begin_layout Paragraph
7119 Purpose:
7120 \end_layout
7121
7122 \begin_layout Standard
7123 Updates the PostScript® file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX and dvips).
7124 \end_layout
7125
7126 \begin_layout Paragraph
7127 Usage:
7128 \end_layout
7129
7130 \begin_layout Standard
7131 A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer,
7132  and the file is processed with LaTeX.
7133  Then, dvips is run to produce a PostScript® version scratch file.
7134  LaTeX messages are posted to the screen of the parent window, and approximate
7135  LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error
7136  box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on
7137  the error-box.
7138 \end_layout
7139
7140 \begin_layout Paragraph
7141 See Also:
7142 \end_layout
7143
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 error-next; buffer-typeset.
7146  
7147 \end_layout
7148
7149 \begin_layout Subsection
7150 buffer-view
7151 \end_layout
7152
7153 \begin_layout Description
7154 Default\InsetSpace ~
7155 Bindings:
7156 \end_layout
7157
7158 \begin_deeper
7159 \begin_layout List
7160 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7161
7162 \series bold
7163 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7164 -
7165 \series default
7166  
7167 \family sans
7168 \bar under
7169 F
7170 \bar default
7171 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7172 View\InsetSpace ~
7173 (
7174 \bar under
7175 x
7176 \bar default
7177 dvi)
7178 \end_layout
7179
7180 \begin_layout List
7181 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7182
7183 \series bold
7184 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7185 -
7186 \series default
7187  
7188 \family sans
7189 M-f d
7190 \family default
7191  (standard).
7192 \end_layout
7193
7194 \begin_deeper
7195 \begin_layout Standard
7196
7197 \family sans
7198 C-d
7199 \family default
7200  in 
7201 \family typewriter
7202 cua.bind
7203 \family default
7204 .
7205 \end_layout
7206
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208
7209 \family sans
7210 C-x p 
7211 \family default
7212 or
7213 \family sans
7214  C-x C-p
7215 \family default
7216  in 
7217 \family typewriter
7218 emacs.bind
7219 \family default
7220 .
7221 \end_layout
7222
7223 \end_deeper
7224 \end_deeper
7225 \begin_layout Paragraph
7226 Purpose:
7227 \end_layout
7228
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7230 Views the current buffer with the 
7231 \family typewriter
7232 xdvi
7233 \family default
7234  program.
7235 \end_layout
7236
7237 \begin_layout Paragraph
7238 Usage:
7239 \end_layout
7240
7241 \begin_layout Standard
7242 A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and a 
7243 \family typewriter
7244 xdvi
7245 \family default
7246  process window is then automatically created with which you can view the
7247  resulting 
7248 \family typewriter
7249 dvi
7250 \family default
7251  file.
7252  If
7253 \family typewriter
7254  
7255 \family default
7256 any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process stops
7257  at that point and control is returned to LyX.
7258 \end_layout
7259
7260 \begin_layout Paragraph
7261 See Also:
7262 \end_layout
7263
7264 \begin_layout Standard
7265 buffer-print; buffer-view-ps.
7266 \end_layout
7267
7268 \begin_layout Subsection
7269 buffer-view-ps
7270 \end_layout
7271
7272 \begin_layout Description
7273 Default\InsetSpace ~
7274 Bindings:
7275 \end_layout
7276
7277 \begin_deeper
7278 \begin_layout List
7279 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7280
7281 \series bold
7282 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7283 -
7284 \series default
7285  
7286 \family sans
7287 \bar under
7288 F
7289 \bar default
7290 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7291 View\InsetSpace ~
7292 (
7293 \bar under
7294 g
7295 \bar default
7296 hostview)
7297 \end_layout
7298
7299 \begin_layout List
7300 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7301
7302 \series bold
7303 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7304 -
7305 \series default
7306  
7307 \family sans
7308 M-f g
7309 \family default
7310  (standard).
7311 \end_layout
7312
7313 \begin_deeper
7314 \begin_layout Standard
7315
7316 \family sans
7317 C-t
7318 \family default
7319  in 
7320 \family typewriter
7321 cua.bind
7322 \family default
7323 .
7324 \end_layout
7325
7326 \begin_layout Standard
7327
7328 \family sans
7329 C-x g 
7330 \family default
7331 or
7332 \family sans
7333  C-x C-g
7334 \family default
7335  in 
7336 \family typewriter
7337 emacs.bind
7338 \family default
7339 .
7340 \end_layout
7341
7342 \end_deeper
7343 \end_deeper
7344 \begin_layout Paragraph
7345 Purpose:
7346 \end_layout
7347
7348 \begin_layout Standard
7349 Views the current buffer with the 
7350 \family typewriter
7351 ghostview
7352 \family default
7353  program.
7354 \end_layout
7355
7356 \begin_layout Paragraph
7357 Usage:
7358 \end_layout
7359
7360 \begin_layout Standard
7361 A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and 
7362 \family typewriter
7363 dvips 
7364 \family default
7365 is run on the resulting 
7366 \family typewriter
7367 dvi 
7368 \family default
7369 file to create a scratch PostScript® file.
7370  A 
7371 \family typewriter
7372 ghostview
7373 \family default
7374  process window is then automatically created in which you can view your
7375  work essentially in the same form as if it were printed.
7376  If
7377 \family typewriter
7378  
7379 \family default
7380 any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process stops
7381  at that point and control is returned to LyX.
7382 \end_layout
7383
7384 \begin_layout Paragraph
7385 See Also:
7386 \end_layout
7387
7388 \begin_layout Standard
7389 buffer-print; buffer-view.
7390 \end_layout
7391
7392 \begin_layout Subsection
7393 buffer-write
7394 \end_layout
7395
7396 \begin_layout Description
7397 Default\InsetSpace ~
7398 Bindings:
7399 \end_layout
7400
7401 \begin_deeper
7402 \begin_layout List
7403 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7404
7405 \series bold
7406 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7407 -
7408 \series default
7409  
7410 \family sans
7411 \bar under
7412 F
7413 \bar default
7414 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7415
7416 \bar under
7417 S
7418 \bar default
7419 ave
7420 \end_layout
7421
7422 \begin_layout List
7423 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7424
7425 \series bold
7426 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7427 -
7428 \series default
7429  
7430 \family sans
7431 M-f s
7432 \family default
7433  (standard).
7434 \end_layout
7435
7436 \begin_deeper
7437 \begin_layout Standard
7438
7439 \family sans
7440 C-s
7441 \family default
7442  in 
7443 \family typewriter
7444 cua.bind
7445 \family default
7446 .
7447 \newline
7448
7449 \family sans
7450 C-x s 
7451 \family default
7452 or 
7453 \family sans
7454 C-x C-x
7455 \family default
7456  in 
7457 \family typewriter
7458 emacs.bind.
7459 \end_layout
7460
7461 \end_deeper
7462 \end_deeper
7463 \begin_layout Paragraph
7464 Purpose:
7465 \end_layout
7466
7467 \begin_layout Standard
7468 Writes (saves) the current document to the original filename.
7469 \end_layout
7470
7471 \begin_layout Paragraph
7472 See Also:
7473 \end_layout
7474
7475 \begin_layout Standard
7476 buffer-write-as.
7477 \end_layout
7478
7479 \begin_layout Subsection
7480 buffer-write-as 
7481 \end_layout
7482
7483 \begin_layout Description
7484 Default\InsetSpace ~
7485 Bindings:
7486 \end_layout
7487
7488 \begin_deeper
7489 \begin_layout List
7490 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7491
7492 \series bold
7493 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7494 -
7495 \series default
7496  
7497 \family sans
7498 \bar under
7499 F
7500 \bar default
7501 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7502 Save\InsetSpace ~
7503
7504 \bar under
7505 A
7506 \bar default
7507 s
7508 \end_layout
7509
7510 \begin_layout List
7511 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7512
7513 \series bold
7514 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7515 -
7516 \series default
7517  
7518 \family sans
7519 M-f a
7520 \family default
7521  (standard).
7522 \end_layout
7523
7524 \begin_deeper
7525 \begin_layout Standard
7526
7527 \family sans
7528 C-S
7529 \family default
7530  in 
7531 \family typewriter
7532 cua.bind
7533 \family default
7534 .
7535 \end_layout
7536
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7538
7539 \family sans
7540 C-x w 
7541 \family default
7542 or
7543 \family sans
7544  C-x C-w
7545 \family default
7546  in 
7547 \family typewriter
7548 emacs.bind
7549 \family default
7550 .
7551 \end_layout
7552
7553 \end_deeper
7554 \end_deeper
7555 \begin_layout Paragraph
7556 Purpose:
7557 \end_layout
7558
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7560 Saves the current buffer to a different filename than that of the file originall
7561 y opened.
7562 \end_layout
7563
7564 \begin_layout Paragraph
7565 Usage:
7566 \end_layout
7567
7568 \begin_layout Standard
7569 This function opens an browser window that allows you to specify a new filename
7570  for the document.
7571 \end_layout
7572
7573 \begin_layout Paragraph
7574 See Also:
7575 \end_layout
7576
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7578 buffer-write.
7579 \end_layout
7580
7581 \begin_layout Section
7582 C-E
7583 \end_layout
7584
7585 \begin_layout Subsection
7586 cancel
7587 \end_layout
7588
7589 \begin_layout Description
7590 Default\InsetSpace ~
7591 Bindings:
7592 \end_layout
7593
7594 \begin_deeper
7595 \begin_layout List
7596 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7597
7598 \series bold
7599 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7600 -
7601 \series default
7602  
7603 \family sans
7604 Escape
7605 \family default
7606  in 
7607 \family typewriter
7608 cua.bind
7609 \family default
7610 .
7611 \end_layout
7612
7613 \begin_deeper
7614 \begin_layout Standard
7615
7616 \family sans
7617 C-g
7618 \family default
7619  in 
7620 \family typewriter
7621 emacs.bind
7622 \family default
7623 .
7624 \end_layout
7625
7626 \end_deeper
7627 \end_deeper
7628 \begin_layout Paragraph
7629 Purpose:
7630 \end_layout
7631
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7633 General cancel.
7634  Cancels the selection of a meta-key selection, a drop-down menu, or a pop-up
7635  window.
7636  Cancels entry of commands in the minibuffer.
7637  Also leaves math-mode.
7638 \end_layout
7639
7640 \begin_layout Paragraph
7641 Usage:
7642 \end_layout
7643
7644 \begin_layout Standard
7645
7646 \family typewriter
7647 Cancel
7648 \family default
7649  is the primary method of leaving math mode.
7650  Also, if a meta-key selection has been started, (for instance, 
7651 \family sans
7652 M-c
7653 \family default
7654 ), pressing the 
7655 \family typewriter
7656 \series medium
7657 cancel
7658 \family default
7659 \series bold
7660  
7661 \series medium
7662 key will abort the selection.
7663  Similarly, if a
7664 \series default
7665  
7666 \family typewriter
7667 find-replace
7668 \family default
7669  window is open, placi
7670 \series medium
7671 ng the cursor in the window and executing the 
7672 \family typewriter
7673 cancel
7674 \family default
7675  function will close the window, or if a drop-down menu has been selected,
7676  
7677 \family typewriter
7678 cancel
7679 \family default
7680  will close the menu.
7681  Lastly, if you are entering a command in the minibuffer, 
7682 \family typewriter
7683 cancel
7684 \family default
7685 \series default
7686  will abort entry and leave the minibuffer.
7687 \end_layout
7688
7689 \begin_layout Paragraph
7690 See Also:
7691 \end_layout
7692
7693 \begin_layout Standard
7694 command-execute; find-replace; math-mode.
7695 \end_layout
7696
7697 \begin_layout Subsection
7698 char-backward
7699 \end_layout
7700
7701 \begin_layout Description
7702 Default\InsetSpace ~
7703 Bindings:
7704 \end_layout
7705
7706 \begin_deeper
7707 \begin_layout List
7708 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7709
7710 \series bold
7711 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7712 -
7713 \series default
7714  
7715 \family sans
7716 Left
7717 \family default
7718  (standard).
7719 \end_layout
7720
7721 \begin_deeper
7722 \begin_layout Standard
7723
7724 \family sans
7725 C-b
7726 \family default
7727  in 
7728 \family typewriter
7729 emacs.bind
7730 \family default
7731 .
7732 \end_layout
7733
7734 \end_deeper
7735 \end_deeper
7736 \begin_layout Paragraph
7737 Purpose:
7738 \end_layout
7739
7740 \begin_layout Standard
7741 Moves the cursor to the left by one character.
7742  At the beginning of the line the cursor will move to the end of the previous
7743  line.
7744 \end_layout
7745
7746 \begin_layout Paragraph
7747 See Also:
7748 \end_layout
7749
7750 \begin_layout Standard
7751 char-forward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward;
7752  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
7753  buffer-end.
7754 \end_layout
7755
7756 \begin_layout Subsection
7757 char-forward
7758 \end_layout
7759
7760 \begin_layout Description
7761 Default\InsetSpace ~
7762 Bindings:
7763 \end_layout
7764
7765 \begin_deeper
7766 \begin_layout List
7767 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7768
7769 \series bold
7770 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7771 -
7772 \series default
7773  
7774 \family sans
7775 Right
7776 \family default
7777  (standard).
7778 \end_layout
7779
7780 \begin_deeper
7781 \begin_layout Standard
7782
7783 \family sans
7784 C-f 
7785 \family default
7786 in
7787 \family typewriter
7788  emacs.bind.
7789 \end_layout
7790
7791 \end_deeper
7792 \end_deeper
7793 \begin_layout Paragraph
7794 Purpose:
7795 \end_layout
7796
7797 \begin_layout Standard
7798 Moves the cursor to the right by one character.
7799  At the end of the line the cursor will move to the beginning of the next
7800  line.
7801 \end_layout
7802
7803 \begin_layout Paragraph
7804 See Also:
7805 \end_layout
7806
7807 \begin_layout Standard
7808 char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward;
7809  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
7810  buffer-end.
7811 \end_layout
7812
7813 \begin_layout Subsection
7814 command-execute
7815 \end_layout
7816
7817 \begin_layout Description
7818 Default\InsetSpace ~
7819 Bindings:
7820 \end_layout
7821
7822 \begin_deeper
7823 \begin_layout List
7824 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7825
7826 \series bold
7827 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7828 -
7829 \series default
7830  
7831 \family sans
7832 M-x
7833 \family default
7834  in 
7835 \family typewriter
7836 cua.bind
7837 \family default
7838  and 
7839 \family typewriter
7840 emacs.bind
7841 \family default
7842 .
7843 \end_layout
7844
7845 \end_deeper
7846 \begin_layout Paragraph
7847 Purpose:
7848 \end_layout
7849
7850 \begin_layout Standard
7851 Executes a LyX function.
7852 \end_layout
7853
7854 \begin_layout Paragraph
7855 Usage:
7856 \end_layout
7857
7858 \begin_layout Standard
7859 After you invoke 
7860 \family typewriter
7861 command-execute
7862 \family default
7863 , a cursor will appear in the minibuffer.
7864  Type the name of a LyX function.
7865  If the function takes any arguments, you can type them in after the function
7866  name, using a space to separate the two.
7867  Then hit 
7868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7869 \end_inset
7870
7871 Return.
7872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7873 \end_inset
7874
7875  You can use 
7876 \family sans
7877 tab
7878 \family default
7879  to auto-complete commands.
7880 \end_layout
7881
7882 \begin_layout Paragraph
7883 Examples:
7884 \end_layout
7885
7886 \begin_layout Itemize
7887 Example #1: 
7888 \end_layout
7889
7890 \begin_deeper
7891 \begin_layout Standard
7892 Click on the minibuffer with the mouse.
7893  Type 
7894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7895 \end_inset
7896
7897 accent-acute
7898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7899 \end_inset
7900
7901  followed by the 
7902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7903 \end_inset
7904
7905 Return
7906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7907 \end_inset
7908
7909  key.
7910  Now type the letter 
7911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7912 \end_inset
7913
7914 u
7915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7916 \end_inset
7917
7918 .
7919  You should get the character 
7920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7921 \end_inset
7922
7923 ú
7924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7925 \end_inset
7926
7927 .
7928 \end_layout
7929
7930 \end_deeper
7931 \begin_layout Itemize
7932 \noindent
7933 Example #2: Commands with Arguments:
7934 \end_layout
7935
7936 \begin_deeper
7937 \begin_layout Standard
7938 \noindent
7939 Type 
7940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7941 \end_inset
7942
7943 M-x
7944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7945 \end_inset
7946
7947 .
7948  Now type 
7949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7950 \end_inset
7951
7952 layout LyX-Code
7953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7954 \end_inset
7955
7956  followed by the 
7957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7958 \end_inset
7959
7960 Return
7961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7962 \end_inset
7963
7964  key.
7965  The current paragraph will now be in the LyX-Code environment.
7966  You could have specified any other valid paragraph environment as an argument
7967  to the 
7968 \family typewriter
7969 layout
7970 \family default
7971  command.
7972 \end_layout
7973
7974 \end_deeper
7975 \begin_layout Paragraph
7976 See Also:
7977 \end_layout
7978
7979 \begin_layout Standard
7980 accent-acute; layout.
7981 \end_layout
7982
7983 \begin_layout Subsection
7984 command-prefix
7985 \end_layout
7986
7987 \begin_layout Description
7988 Default\InsetSpace ~
7989 Bindings:
7990 \end_layout
7991
7992 \begin_deeper
7993 \begin_layout List
7994 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7995
7996 \series bold
7997 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7998 -
7999 \series default
8000  ?
8001 \end_layout
8002
8003 \begin_layout List
8004 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8005
8006 \series bold
8007 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
8008 -
8009 \series default
8010  ?
8011 \end_layout
8012
8013 \begin_layout List
8014 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8015
8016 \series bold
8017 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8018 -
8019 \series default
8020  ?
8021 \end_layout
8022
8023 \end_deeper
8024 \begin_layout Paragraph
8025 Purpose:
8026 \end_layout
8027
8028 \begin_layout Standard
8029 ?
8030 \end_layout
8031
8032 \begin_layout Paragraph
8033 Usage:
8034 \end_layout
8035
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8037 ?
8038 \end_layout
8039
8040 \begin_layout Paragraph
8041 Examples:
8042 \end_layout
8043
8044 \begin_layout Standard
8045 ?
8046 \end_layout
8047
8048 \begin_layout Paragraph
8049 See Also:
8050 \end_layout
8051
8052 \begin_layout Standard
8053 ?
8054 \end_layout
8055
8056 \begin_layout Subsection
8057 copy
8058 \end_layout
8059
8060 \begin_layout Description
8061 Default\InsetSpace ~
8062 Bindings:
8063 \end_layout
8064
8065 \begin_deeper
8066 \begin_layout List
8067 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8068
8069 \series bold
8070 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8071 -
8072 \series default
8073  
8074 \family sans
8075 \bar under
8076 E
8077 \bar default
8078 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8079 C
8080 \bar under
8081 o
8082 \bar default
8083 py
8084 \end_layout
8085
8086 \begin_layout List
8087 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8088
8089 \series bold
8090 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
8091 -
8092 \series default
8093  Fifth button from the left.
8094 \end_layout
8095
8096 \begin_deeper
8097 \begin_layout Standard
8098 Two pages with a + sign.
8099 \end_layout
8100
8101 \end_deeper
8102 \begin_layout List
8103 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8104
8105 \series bold
8106 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8107 -
8108 \series default
8109  
8110 \family sans
8111 M-e o
8112 \family default
8113  (standard).
8114 \end_layout
8115
8116 \begin_deeper
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118
8119 \family sans
8120 C-c
8121 \family default
8122  or 
8123 \family sans
8124 C-Insert 
8125 \family default
8126 in 
8127 \family typewriter
8128 cua.bind
8129 \family default
8130 .
8131 \end_layout
8132
8133 \begin_layout Standard
8134
8135 \family sans
8136 M-w
8137 \family default
8138  in 
8139 \family typewriter
8140 emacs.bind
8141 \family default
8142 .
8143 \end_layout
8144
8145 \end_deeper
8146 \end_deeper
8147 \begin_layout Paragraph
8148 Purpose:
8149 \end_layout
8150
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8152 Places a copy of the previously selected text into the paste buffer.
8153 \end_layout
8154
8155 \begin_layout Paragraph
8156 Usage:
8157 \end_layout
8158
8159 \begin_layout Standard
8160 Select text, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection commands,
8161  then either execute 
8162 \family typewriter
8163 cut
8164 \family default
8165  by either following the menu commands or pressing the appropriate keystrokes.
8166 \end_layout
8167
8168 \begin_layout Paragraph
8169 See Also:
8170 \end_layout
8171
8172 \begin_layout Standard
8173 cut; paste.
8174 \end_layout
8175
8176 \begin_layout Subsection
8177 cut
8178 \end_layout
8179
8180 \begin_layout Description
8181 Default\InsetSpace ~
8182 Bindings:
8183 \end_layout
8184
8185 \begin_deeper
8186 \begin_layout List
8187 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8188
8189 \series bold
8190 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8191 -
8192 \series default
8193  
8194 \family sans
8195 \bar under
8196 E
8197 \bar default
8198 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8199
8200 \bar under
8201 C
8202 \bar default
8203 ut
8204 \end_layout
8205
8206 \begin_layout List
8207 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8208
8209 \series bold
8210 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
8211 -
8212 \series default
8213  Sixth button from the left.
8214 \end_layout
8215
8216 \begin_deeper
8217 \begin_layout Standard
8218 An open pair of scissors.
8219 \end_layout
8220
8221 \end_deeper
8222 \begin_layout List
8223 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8224
8225 \series bold
8226 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8227 -
8228 \series default
8229  
8230 \family sans
8231 M-e c
8232 \family default
8233  (standard).
8234 \end_layout
8235
8236 \begin_deeper
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8238
8239 \family sans
8240 C-x 
8241 \family roman
8242 or
8243 \family sans
8244  S-Delete 
8245 \family default
8246 in 
8247 \family typewriter
8248 cua.bind
8249 \family default
8250 .
8251 \end_layout
8252
8253 \begin_layout Standard
8254
8255 \family sans
8256 C-w 
8257 \family default
8258 in 
8259 \family typewriter
8260 emacs.bind
8261 \family default
8262 .
8263 \end_layout
8264
8265 \end_deeper
8266 \end_deeper
8267 \begin_layout Paragraph
8268 Purpose:
8269 \end_layout
8270
8271 \begin_layout Standard
8272 Removes previously selected text and places the removed text into the copy
8273  paste buffer.
8274 \end_layout
8275
8276 \begin_layout Paragraph
8277 Usage:
8278 \end_layout
8279
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 Select text to be removed, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection
8282  commands, then execute 
8283 \family typewriter
8284 copy
8285 \family default
8286  by either following the menu commands, selecting the toolbar icon, or pressing
8287  the appropriate keystrokes.
8288 \end_layout
8289
8290 \begin_layout Paragraph
8291 See Also:
8292 \end_layout
8293
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8295 copy; paste.
8296 \end_layout
8297
8298 \begin_layout Subsection
8299 delete-backward
8300 \end_layout
8301
8302 \begin_layout Description
8303 Default\InsetSpace ~
8304 Bindings:
8305 \end_layout
8306
8307 \begin_deeper
8308 \begin_layout List
8309 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8310
8311 \series bold
8312 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8313 -
8314 \series default
8315  
8316 \family sans
8317 Backspace
8318 \family default
8319  .
8320 \end_layout
8321
8322 \end_deeper
8323 \begin_layout Paragraph
8324 Purpose:
8325 \end_layout
8326
8327 \begin_layout Standard
8328 Deletes the character to the left of the cursor.
8329 \end_layout
8330
8331 \begin_layout Paragraph
8332 Usage:
8333 \end_layout
8334
8335 \begin_layout Standard
8336 Self-explanatory.
8337  If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, two things may happen.
8338  First, if the previous and current paragraph have the same type of paragraph
8339  environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs.
8340  If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not
8341 \begin_inset Foot
8342 status collapsed
8343
8344 \begin_layout Standard
8345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8346 \end_inset
8347
8348 most likely not
8349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8350 \end_inset
8351
8352  means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved.
8353  Play around and see what happens.
8354 \end_layout
8355
8356 \end_inset
8357
8358  join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line.
8359 \end_layout
8360
8361 \begin_layout Paragraph
8362 See Also:
8363 \end_layout
8364
8365 \begin_layout Standard
8366 delete-forward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forward;
8367  line-delete-backward.
8368 \end_layout
8369
8370 \begin_layout Subsection
8371 delete-forward
8372 \end_layout
8373
8374 \begin_layout Description
8375 Default\InsetSpace ~
8376 Bindings:
8377 \end_layout
8378
8379 \begin_deeper
8380 \begin_layout List
8381 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8382
8383 \series bold
8384 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8385 -
8386 \series default
8387  
8388 \family sans
8389 Delete
8390 \family default
8391  (standard).
8392 \newline
8393
8394 \family sans
8395 C-d
8396 \family default
8397  in 
8398 \family typewriter
8399 emacs.bind
8400 \family default
8401 .
8402 \end_layout
8403
8404 \end_deeper
8405 \begin_layout Paragraph
8406 Purpose:
8407 \end_layout
8408
8409 \begin_layout Standard
8410 Deletes the character to the right of the cursor.
8411  
8412 \end_layout
8413
8414 \begin_layout Paragraph
8415 Usage:
8416 \end_layout
8417
8418 \begin_layout Standard
8419 Self-explanatory.
8420  If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, two things may happen.
8421  First, if the next and current paragraph have the same type of paragraph
8422  environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs.
8423  If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not
8424 \begin_inset Foot
8425 status collapsed
8426
8427 \begin_layout Standard
8428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8429 \end_inset
8430
8431 most likely not
8432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8433 \end_inset
8434
8435  means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved.
8436  Play around and see what happens.
8437 \end_layout
8438
8439 \end_inset
8440
8441  join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line.
8442 \end_layout
8443
8444 \begin_layout Paragraph
8445 See Also:
8446 \end_layout
8447
8448 \begin_layout Standard
8449 delete-backward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forward;
8450  line-delete-backward.
8451 \end_layout
8452
8453 \begin_layout Subsection
8454 depth-decrement
8455 \end_layout
8456
8457 \begin_layout Description
8458 Default\InsetSpace ~
8459 Bindings:
8460 \end_layout
8461
8462 \begin_deeper
8463 \begin_layout List
8464 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8465
8466 \series bold
8467 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8468 -
8469 \series default
8470  
8471 \family sans
8472 M-p Left 
8473 \family default
8474 (standard).
8475 \end_layout
8476
8477 \begin_deeper
8478 \begin_layout Standard
8479
8480 \family sans
8481 M-S-Left
8482 \family default
8483  in 
8484 \family typewriter
8485 cua.bind
8486 \family default
8487 .
8488 \end_layout
8489
8490 \end_deeper
8491 \end_deeper
8492 \begin_layout Paragraph
8493 Purpose:
8494 \end_layout
8495
8496 \begin_layout Standard
8497 To decrease the paragraph environment depth.
8498 \end_layout
8499
8500 \begin_layout Standard
8501 \noindent
8502 To un-nest two nested paragraph environments.
8503 \end_layout
8504
8505 \begin_layout Paragraph
8506 Usage:
8507 \end_layout
8508
8509 \begin_layout Standard
8510 To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that
8511  paragraph and invoke 
8512 \family typewriter
8513 depth-decrement
8514 \family default
8515 .
8516  If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group
8517  with the mouse and then invoke 
8518 \family typewriter
8519 depth-decrement
8520 \family default
8521 .
8522  
8523 \end_layout
8524
8525 \begin_layout Standard
8526 This command 
8527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8528 \end_inset
8529
8530 wraps.
8531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8532 \end_inset
8533
8534  Namely, if you reach the outermost environment depth, 
8535 \family typewriter
8536 depth-decrement
8537 \family default
8538  move the paragraph to the innermost environment depth.
8539 \end_layout
8540
8541 \begin_layout Paragraph
8542 See Also:
8543 \end_layout
8544
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8546 depth-next; depth-increment.
8547 \end_layout
8548
8549 \begin_layout Subsection
8550 depth-increment
8551 \end_layout
8552
8553 \begin_layout Description
8554 Default\InsetSpace ~
8555 Bindings:
8556 \end_layout
8557
8558 \begin_deeper
8559 \begin_layout List
8560 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8561
8562 \series bold
8563 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8564 -
8565 \series default
8566  
8567 \family sans
8568 \bar under
8569 L
8570 \bar default
8571 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8572 Change\InsetSpace ~
8573 En
8574 \bar under
8575 v
8576 \bar default
8577 ironment\InsetSpace ~
8578 Depth
8579 \end_layout
8580
8581 \begin_layout List
8582 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8583
8584 \series bold
8585 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
8586 -
8587 \series default
8588  Fifth button from the right.
8589  
8590 \end_layout
8591
8592 \begin_deeper
8593 \begin_layout Standard
8594 Icon indicates doubly indented text bounded by arrows.
8595 \end_layout
8596
8597 \end_deeper
8598 \begin_layout List
8599 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8600
8601 \series bold
8602 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8603 -
8604 \series default
8605  
8606 \family sans
8607 M-p Right 
8608 \family default
8609 (standard).
8610 \end_layout
8611
8612 \begin_deeper
8613 \begin_layout Standard
8614
8615 \family sans
8616 M-S-Right
8617 \family default
8618  in 
8619 \family typewriter
8620 cua.bind
8621 \family default
8622 .
8623 \end_layout
8624
8625 \end_deeper
8626 \end_deeper
8627 \begin_layout Paragraph
8628 Purpose:
8629 \end_layout
8630
8631 \begin_layout Standard
8632 To increase the paragraph environment depth.
8633 \end_layout
8634
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8636 \noindent
8637 To nest two paragraph environments.
8638 \end_layout
8639
8640 \begin_layout Paragraph
8641 Usage:
8642 \end_layout
8643
8644 \begin_layout Standard
8645 To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that
8646  paragraph and invoke 
8647 \family typewriter
8648 depth-increment
8649 \family default
8650 .
8651  If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group
8652  with the mouse and then invoke 
8653 \family typewriter
8654 depth-increment
8655 \family default
8656 .
8657  
8658 \end_layout
8659
8660 \begin_layout Standard
8661 This command 
8662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8663 \end_inset
8664
8665 wraps.
8666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8667 \end_inset
8668
8669  Namely, if you reach the innermost environment depth, 
8670 \family typewriter
8671 depth-increment
8672 \family default
8673  move the paragraph to the outermost environment depth.
8674 \end_layout
8675
8676 \begin_layout Paragraph
8677 See Also:
8678 \end_layout
8679
8680 \begin_layout Standard
8681 depth-decrement; depth-next.
8682 \end_layout
8683
8684 \begin_layout Subsection
8685 depth-next
8686 \end_layout
8687
8688 \begin_layout Description
8689 Default\InsetSpace ~
8690 Bindings:
8691 \end_layout
8692
8693 \begin_deeper
8694 \begin_layout List
8695 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8696
8697 \series bold
8698 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8699 -
8700 \series default
8701  
8702 \family sans
8703 M-l v
8704 \family default
8705 .
8706 \end_layout
8707
8708 \end_deeper
8709 \begin_layout Paragraph
8710 Purpose:
8711 \end_layout
8712
8713 \begin_layout Standard
8714 This command is simply an alias for 
8715 \family typewriter
8716 depth-increment
8717 \family default
8718 .
8719  
8720 \end_layout
8721
8722 \begin_layout Paragraph
8723 See Also:
8724 \end_layout
8725
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8727 depth-increment.
8728 \end_layout
8729
8730 \begin_layout Subsection
8731 down
8732 \end_layout
8733
8734 \begin_layout Description
8735 Default\InsetSpace ~
8736 Bindings:
8737 \end_layout
8738
8739 \begin_deeper
8740 \begin_layout List
8741 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8742
8743 \series bold
8744 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8745 -
8746 \series default
8747  
8748 \family sans
8749 Down
8750 \family default
8751  (standard).
8752 \end_layout
8753
8754 \begin_deeper
8755 \begin_layout Standard
8756
8757 \family sans
8758 C-n
8759 \family default
8760  in 
8761 \family typewriter
8762 emacs.bind
8763 \family default
8764 .
8765 \end_layout
8766
8767 \end_deeper
8768 \end_deeper
8769 \begin_layout Paragraph
8770 Purpose:
8771 \end_layout
8772
8773 \begin_layout Standard
8774 Moves the cursor down one line.
8775  If the cursor starting-position is at the bottom of the screen-display,
8776  the buffer scrolls upward to display the new current line about 1/4 of
8777  the screen-height from the bottom of the screen.
8778 \end_layout
8779
8780 \begin_layout Paragraph
8781 See Also:
8782 \end_layout
8783
8784 \begin_layout Standard
8785 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
8786  tab-forward; up; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
8787 \end_layout
8788
8789 \begin_layout Subsection
8790 down-select
8791 \end_layout
8792
8793 \begin_layout Description
8794 Default\InsetSpace ~
8795 Bindings:
8796 \end_layout
8797
8798 \begin_deeper
8799 \begin_layout List
8800 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8801
8802 \series bold
8803 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8804 -
8805 \series default
8806  
8807 \family sans
8808 S-Down
8809 \family default
8810  
8811 \end_layout
8812
8813 \end_deeper
8814 \begin_layout Paragraph
8815 Purpose:
8816 \end_layout
8817
8818 \begin_layout Standard
8819 To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one
8820  line down.
8821  If the next line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply moves
8822  to the end of the next line.
8823 \end_layout
8824
8825 \begin_layout Paragraph
8826 See Also:
8827 \end_layout
8828
8829 \begin_layout Standard
8830 down;
8831 \end_layout
8832
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8834 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-s
8835 elect; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
8836  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
8837 \end_layout
8838
8839 \begin_layout Subsection
8840 drop-layouts-choice
8841 \end_layout
8842
8843 \begin_layout Description
8844 Default\InsetSpace ~
8845 Bindings:
8846 \end_layout
8847
8848 \begin_deeper
8849 \begin_layout List
8850 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8851
8852 \series bold
8853 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8854 -
8855 \series default
8856  
8857 \family sans
8858 M-p c
8859 \family default
8860  (standard).
8861 \end_layout
8862
8863 \end_deeper
8864 \begin_layout Paragraph
8865 Purpose:
8866 \end_layout
8867
8868 \begin_layout Standard
8869 Opens up the combobox for selecting paragraph environments, which is to
8870  the left of the toolbar.
8871 \end_layout
8872
8873 \begin_layout Paragraph
8874 Usage:
8875 \end_layout
8876
8877 \begin_layout Standard
8878 Once the combobox is open, you can use the cursor keys to select a new paragraph
8879  environment.
8880  Hitting 
8881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8882 \end_inset
8883
8884 Return
8885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8886 \end_inset
8887
8888  chooses the paragraph environment currently highlighted.
8889  Hitting 
8890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8891 \end_inset
8892
8893 Escape
8894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8895 \end_inset
8896
8897  cancels the operation and closes the combobox.
8898 \end_layout
8899
8900 \begin_layout Paragraph
8901 See Also:
8902 \end_layout
8903
8904 \begin_layout Standard
8905 layout.
8906 \end_layout
8907
8908 \begin_layout Subsection
8909 error-next
8910 \end_layout
8911
8912 \begin_layout Description
8913 Default\InsetSpace ~
8914 Bindings:
8915 \end_layout
8916
8917 \begin_deeper
8918 \begin_layout List
8919 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8920
8921 \series bold
8922 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8923 -
8924 \series default
8925  
8926 \family sans
8927 \bar under
8928 E
8929 \bar default
8930 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8931 Go\InsetSpace ~
8932 to\InsetSpace ~
8933
8934 \bar under
8935 E
8936 \bar default
8937 rror
8938 \end_layout
8939
8940 \begin_layout List
8941 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8942
8943 \series bold
8944 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8945 -
8946 \series default
8947  
8948 \family sans
8949 M-e e
8950 \family default
8951  (standard).
8952 \end_layout
8953
8954 \begin_deeper
8955 \begin_layout Standard
8956
8957 \family sans
8958 C-g
8959 \family default
8960  in 
8961 \family typewriter
8962 cua.bind
8963 \family default
8964 .
8965 \end_layout
8966
8967 \end_deeper
8968 \end_deeper
8969 \begin_layout Paragraph
8970 Purpose:
8971 \end_layout
8972
8973 \begin_layout Standard
8974 Find the next LaTeX error in the buffer.
8975  
8976 \end_layout
8977
8978 \begin_layout Paragraph
8979 Usage:
8980 \end_layout
8981
8982 \begin_layout Standard
8983 You can only use this command under two conditions:
8984 \end_layout
8985
8986 \begin_layout Enumerate
8987 You've recently invoked 
8988 \family typewriter
8989 buffer-typeset
8990 \family default
8991
8992 \family typewriter
8993 buffer-typeset-ps
8994 \family default
8995
8996 \family typewriter
8997 buffer-view
8998 \family default
8999
9000 \family typewriter
9001 buffer-view-ps
9002 \family default
9003
9004 \family typewriter
9005 buffer-chktex
9006 \family default
9007  or 
9008 \family typewriter
9009 print
9010 \family default
9011  to run LaTeX on your document.
9012 \end_layout
9013
9014 \begin_layout Enumerate
9015 LaTeX found errors in the document.
9016 \end_layout
9017
9018 \begin_layout Standard
9019 If this happens, LyX will find the errors and mark them in the document
9020  with a box containing the word 
9021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9022 \end_inset
9023
9024 Error
9025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9026 \end_inset
9027
9028 .
9029 \end_layout
9030
9031 \begin_layout Paragraph
9032 Examples:
9033 \end_layout
9034
9035 \begin_layout Standard
9036 It's not easy to provide an example for this one.
9037  If you don't know LaTeX, and never intend to insert any LaTeX code into
9038  your LyX documents, you might not need to worry about this command.
9039  It's here for those users who 
9040 \emph on
9041 do
9042 \emph default
9043  know LaTeX and might enter incorrect LaTeX code into their documents.
9044 \end_layout
9045
9046 \begin_layout Paragraph
9047 See Also:
9048 \end_layout
9049
9050 \begin_layout Standard
9051 buffer-typeset; buffer-typeset-ps; buffer-view; buffer-view-ps; buffer-chktex;
9052  print.
9053 \end_layout
9054
9055 \begin_layout Section
9056
9057 \end_layout
9058
9059 \begin_layout Subsection
9060 figure-insert
9061 \end_layout
9062
9063 \begin_layout Description
9064 Default\InsetSpace ~
9065 Bindings:
9066 \end_layout
9067
9068 \begin_deeper
9069 \begin_layout List
9070 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9071
9072 \series bold
9073 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9074 -
9075 \series default
9076  
9077 \family sans
9078 \bar under
9079 I
9080 \bar default
9081 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9082 Fi
9083 \bar under
9084 g
9085 \bar default
9086 ure
9087 \end_layout
9088
9089 \begin_layout List
9090 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9091
9092 \series bold
9093 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
9094 -
9095 \series default
9096  Second button from the right.
9097 \newline
9098 A picture embedded in text.
9099 \end_layout
9100
9101 \begin_layout List
9102 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9103
9104 \series bold
9105 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9106 -
9107 \series default
9108  
9109 \family sans
9110 M-i g
9111 \family default
9112  
9113 \end_layout
9114
9115 \end_deeper
9116 \begin_layout Paragraph
9117 Purpose:
9118 \end_layout
9119
9120 \begin_layout Standard
9121 Insert graphics in the current document.
9122 \end_layout
9123
9124 \begin_layout Paragraph
9125 Usage:
9126 \end_layout
9127
9128 \begin_layout Standard
9129 This function opens the 
9130 \family sans
9131 Figure
9132 \family default
9133  panel, which contains two options:
9134 \end_layout
9135
9136 \begin_layout Enumerate
9137 Encapsulated Postscript
9138 \end_layout
9139
9140 \begin_layout Enumerate
9141 Inlined EPS
9142 \end_layout
9143
9144 \begin_layout Standard
9145 You'll get slightly different behavior depending on which type you select.
9146 \begin_inset Foot
9147 status collapsed
9148
9149 \begin_layout Standard
9150 This panel previously had a third option, 
9151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9152 \end_inset
9153
9154
9155 \family sans
9156 LaTeX or TeX
9157 \family default
9158
9159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9160 \end_inset
9161
9162 , for inclusion of LaTeX graphics.
9163  This function is now provided by means of the 
9164 \family sans
9165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9166 Include File menu entry.
9167 \end_layout
9168
9169 \end_inset
9170
9171
9172 \end_layout
9173
9174 \begin_layout Standard
9175 Placement is the difference in the two options.
9176  
9177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9178 \end_inset
9179
9180
9181 \family sans
9182 Inlined EPS
9183 \family default
9184
9185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9186 \end_inset
9187
9188  inserts the graphics within the current line, as if it were a normal character.
9189  This can have remarkably bizarre results on the line spacing if the imported
9190  graphics is very tall.
9191  The other option, 
9192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9193 \end_inset
9194
9195
9196 \family sans
9197 Encapsulated Postscript
9198 \family default
9199
9200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9201 \end_inset
9202
9203 , breaks the current line on either side of the figure, separating it from
9204  the text.
9205 \end_layout
9206
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 Note that this function merely creates a box for the appropriate graphics.
9209  You must still choose the file to import.
9210  For PostScript® files, double click on the box, which will initially contain
9211  only the letter 
9212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9213 \end_inset
9214
9215 F
9216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9217 \end_inset
9218
9219 , to open the 
9220 \family sans
9221 EPS Figure
9222 \family default
9223  panel.
9224  You can now use the options in the 
9225 \family sans
9226 EPS Panel 
9227 \family default
9228 to select and even display an encapsulated PostScript® file.
9229  
9230 \end_layout
9231
9232 \begin_layout Standard
9233
9234 \end_layout
9235
9236 \begin_layout Paragraph
9237 Examples:
9238 \end_layout
9239
9240 \begin_layout Standard
9241 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9242 \end_inset
9243
9244
9245 \end_layout
9246
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9248 Currently, none provided.
9249  This will change at some point in the future.
9250 \end_layout
9251
9252 \begin_layout Paragraph
9253 See Also:
9254 \end_layout
9255
9256 \begin_layout Standard
9257 EPS Figure panel.
9258  [
9259 \emph on
9260 Ed.
9261  Note - To be added.
9262  - jw.
9263 \emph default
9264 ]
9265 \end_layout
9266
9267 \begin_layout Subsection
9268 find-replace
9269 \end_layout
9270
9271 \begin_layout Description
9272 Default\InsetSpace ~
9273 Bindings:
9274 \end_layout
9275
9276 \begin_deeper
9277 \begin_layout List
9278 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9279
9280 \series bold
9281 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9282 -
9283 \series default
9284  
9285 \family sans
9286 \bar under
9287 E
9288 \bar default
9289 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9290
9291 \bar under
9292 F
9293 \bar default
9294 ind\InsetSpace ~
9295 &\InsetSpace ~
9296 Replace
9297 \end_layout
9298
9299 \begin_layout List
9300 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9301
9302 \series bold
9303 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9304 -
9305 \series default
9306  
9307 \family sans
9308 M-e f
9309 \family default
9310  (standard)
9311 \newline
9312
9313 \family sans
9314 C-f
9315 \family default
9316  in 
9317 \family typewriter
9318 cua.bind
9319 \family roman
9320  or
9321 \family typewriter
9322
9323 \newline
9324
9325 \family sans
9326 C-s 
9327 \family default
9328 and 
9329 \family sans
9330 M-%
9331 \family default
9332  
9333 \family roman
9334 in 
9335 \family typewriter
9336 emacs.bind.
9337 \end_layout
9338
9339 \end_deeper
9340 \begin_layout Paragraph
9341 Purpose:
9342 \end_layout
9343
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9345 To search for text and, if desired, replace it with other text.
9346 \end_layout
9347
9348 \begin_layout Paragraph
9349 Usage:
9350 \end_layout
9351
9352 \begin_layout Standard
9353 Invoking this command opens the 
9354 \family sans
9355 Find\InsetSpace ~
9356 &\InsetSpace ~
9357 Replace
9358 \family default
9359  panel.
9360  All searches start at the current cursor position.
9361  The target text is placed in the
9362 \family sans
9363  
9364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9365 \end_inset
9366
9367 find
9368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9369 \end_inset
9370
9371
9372 \family default
9373  box.
9374  The two arrow buttons choose the search direction.
9375  If LyX finds the text, the cursor moves to the text and remains at the
9376  new position.
9377  The target text may be optionally replaced with alternate text placed in
9378  
9379 \family roman
9380 the
9381 \family sans
9382  
9383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9384 \end_inset
9385
9386 replace
9387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9388 \end_inset
9389
9390
9391 \family default
9392  box.
9393 \end_layout
9394
9395 \begin_layout Standard
9396 The search is not case sensitive unless you have checked the 
9397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9398 \end_inset
9399
9400 case sensitive
9401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9402 \end_inset
9403
9404  button.
9405  If you check the 
9406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9407 \end_inset
9408
9409 Match word
9410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9411 \end_inset
9412
9413  button, then the search will only match on complete words, so 
9414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9415 \end_inset
9416
9417 Manual
9418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9419 \end_inset
9420
9421  will not be found, when searching for 
9422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9423 \end_inset
9424
9425 Manuals
9426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9427 \end_inset
9428
9429 .
9430 \end_layout
9431
9432 \begin_layout Paragraph
9433 See Also:
9434 \end_layout
9435
9436 \begin_layout Standard
9437 TBD\SpecialChar \@.
9438
9439 \end_layout
9440
9441 \begin_layout Subsection
9442 font-bold
9443 \end_layout
9444
9445 \begin_layout Description
9446 Default\InsetSpace ~
9447 Bindings:
9448 \end_layout
9449
9450 \begin_deeper
9451 \begin_layout List
9452 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9453
9454 \series bold
9455 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9456 -
9457 \series default
9458  
9459 \family sans
9460 \bar under
9461 L
9462 \bar default
9463 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9464
9465 \bar under
9466 B
9467 \bar default
9468 old\InsetSpace ~
9469 Style
9470 \family default
9471  and
9472 \end_layout
9473
9474 \begin_deeper
9475 \begin_layout Standard
9476
9477 \family sans
9478 \bar under
9479 L
9480 \bar default
9481 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9482
9483 \bar under
9484 C
9485 \bar default
9486 haracter...
9487
9488 \family default
9489  to open the 
9490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9491 \end_inset
9492
9493
9494 \family sans
9495 Character Layout
9496 \family default
9497
9498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9499 \end_inset
9500
9501  popup
9502 \end_layout
9503
9504 \begin_layout Description
9505 Character\InsetSpace ~
9506 Layout: option 
9507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9508 \end_inset
9509
9510
9511 \family sans
9512 Bold
9513 \family default
9514
9515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9516 \end_inset
9517
9518  from the 
9519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9520 \end_inset
9521
9522
9523 \family sans
9524 Series
9525 \family default
9526
9527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9528 \end_inset
9529
9530  list
9531 \end_layout
9532
9533 \end_deeper
9534 \begin_layout List
9535 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9536
9537 \series bold
9538 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9539 -
9540 \series default
9541  
9542 \family sans
9543 M-l\InsetSpace ~
9544 c
9545 \family default
9546  [to open the 
9547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9548 \end_inset
9549
9550
9551 \family sans
9552 Character Layout
9553 \family default
9554
9555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9556 \end_inset
9557
9558  popup]
9559 \end_layout
9560
9561 \begin_deeper
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9563
9564 \family sans
9565 M-l\InsetSpace ~
9566 b
9567 \family default
9568 , or 
9569 \family sans
9570 M-c\InsetSpace ~
9571 b
9572 \family default
9573  (standard)
9574 \end_layout
9575
9576 \begin_layout Standard
9577
9578 \family sans
9579 C-b 
9580 \family default
9581 in 
9582 \family typewriter
9583 cua.bind
9584 \family sans
9585 .
9586 \end_layout
9587
9588 \end_deeper
9589 \end_deeper
9590 \begin_layout Paragraph
9591 Purpose:
9592 \end_layout
9593
9594 \begin_layout Standard
9595 Changes the font to an emboldened series or, if the font is already emboldened,
9596  reverts to the default series.
9597 \end_layout
9598
9599 \begin_layout Paragraph
9600 Usage:
9601 \end_layout
9602
9603 \begin_layout Standard
9604 Rather than repeat the same thing for all 9 font selection functions, we'll
9605  describe the generic behavior of the font functions here.
9606  Some of the font commands have a toolbar button, others have a menu selection.
9607  All of them are in the 
9608 \family sans
9609 Character Layout
9610 \family default
9611  popup.
9612 \end_layout
9613
9614 \begin_layout Standard
9615 All of the font commands do the following to words:
9616 \end_layout
9617
9618 \begin_layout Enumerate
9619 If the cursor is in the middle of a word [between two whitespaces], the
9620  entire word changes to the new font.
9621 \end_layout
9622
9623 \begin_layout Enumerate
9624 If the cursor is at the beginning or end of a word, the font commands only
9625  affect any subsequently typed text.
9626 \end_layout
9627
9628 \begin_layout Enumerate
9629 You can also tack text in a different font onto a word.
9630  Just move the cursor out of the word to shut off the font, otherwise, you'll
9631  change the whole word into a single font.
9632 \end_layout
9633
9634 \begin_layout Standard
9635 You can also change the font of a block of text by selecting it with the
9636  mouse [or with the keyboard] and then invoking the font command.
9637 \end_layout
9638
9639 \begin_layout Standard
9640 Eight of the font commands, 
9641 \family typewriter
9642 font-code
9643 \family default
9644
9645 \family typewriter
9646 font-emph
9647 \family default
9648
9649 \family typewriter
9650 font-roman
9651 \family default
9652
9653 \family typewriter
9654 font-sans
9655 \family default
9656
9657 \family typewriter
9658 font-size
9659 \family default
9660
9661 \family typewriter
9662 font-smallcaps
9663 \family default
9664
9665 \family typewriter
9666 font-underline
9667 \family default
9668 , and 
9669 \family typewriter
9670 font-bold
9671 \family default
9672 , are toggles.
9673  They will remove a font if text is already in it and deactivate a font
9674  if it's active.
9675 \end_layout
9676
9677 \begin_layout Standard
9678 LyX automatically uses the font of the word next to the cursor.
9679  If the cursor is in the middle of a word, it uses the font of the text
9680  to the right of the cursor.
9681 \end_layout
9682
9683 \begin_layout Standard
9684 One last thing: we've provided this function because LaTeX has a bold font
9685  series.
9686  We know that many users are used to using boldface for emphasis, and you
9687  can make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct command
9688  in the LaTeX preamble.
9689  However, we suggest that you use 
9690 \family typewriter
9691 font-emph
9692 \family default
9693  to emphasize any text and only use 
9694 \family typewriter
9695 font-bold
9696 \family default
9697  when appropriate.
9698 \begin_inset Foot
9699 status collapsed
9700
9701 \begin_layout Standard
9702 For example, to make reference to a vector in the body of the text, many
9703  mathematician use a bold series.
9704 \end_layout
9705
9706 \end_inset
9707
9708
9709 \end_layout
9710
9711 \begin_layout Paragraph
9712 Examples:
9713 \end_layout
9714
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9716 This is an example of a bold font series:
9717 \end_layout
9718
9719 \begin_layout Quotation
9720
9721 \series bold
9722 This is bold text.
9723 \end_layout
9724
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9726 Suppose you have this sentence:
9727 \end_layout
9728
9729 \begin_layout Quotation
9730 Here is some text.
9731 \end_layout
9732
9733 \begin_layout Standard
9734 If you put the cursor in the word 
9735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9736 \end_inset
9737
9738 some
9739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9740 \end_inset
9741
9742  and invoke 
9743 \family typewriter
9744 font-bold
9745 \family default
9746 , you get:
9747 \end_layout
9748
9749 \begin_layout Quotation
9750 Here is 
9751 \series bold
9752 some
9753 \series default
9754  text.
9755 \end_layout
9756
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9758 If you take the first example, select the words 
9759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9760 \end_inset
9761
9762 This is,
9763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9764 \end_inset
9765
9766  and invoke 
9767 \family typewriter
9768 font-bold
9769 \family default
9770 , you get:
9771 \end_layout
9772
9773 \begin_layout Quotation
9774
9775 \series medium
9776 This is 
9777 \series bold
9778 bold text.
9779 \end_layout
9780
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 Now put the cursor at the end of the word 
9783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9784 \end_inset
9785
9786 text.
9787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9788 \end_inset
9789
9790  Delete the period, invoke 
9791 \family typewriter
9792 font-bold
9793 \family default
9794 , and type in some text.
9795  You'll get:
9796 \end_layout
9797
9798 \begin_layout Quotation
9799 This is 
9800 \series bold
9801 bold text
9802 \series medium
9803  and this is not.
9804 \end_layout
9805
9806 \begin_layout Standard
9807 If you take the sentence, 
9808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9809 \end_inset
9810
9811 Here is some text,
9812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9813 \end_inset
9814
9815  put the cursor before the 
9816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9817 \end_inset
9818
9819 t
9820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9821 \end_inset
9822
9823  in the word 
9824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9825 \end_inset
9826
9827 text
9828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9829 \end_inset
9830
9831 , invoke 
9832 \family typewriter
9833 font-bold
9834 \family default
9835 , and type in some text, you'll get:
9836 \end_layout
9837
9838 \begin_layout Quotation
9839 Here is some 
9840 \series bold
9841 newly added 
9842 \series default
9843 text.
9844 \end_layout
9845
9846 \begin_layout Standard
9847 Now put the cursor after the 
9848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9849 \end_inset
9850
9851 d
9852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9853 \end_inset
9854
9855  in 
9856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9857 \end_inset
9858
9859 added
9860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9861 \end_inset
9862
9863 , and type 
9864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9865 \end_inset
9866
9867  funky 
9868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9869 \end_inset
9870
9871  [it's important that you type the spaces, too].
9872  You'll get:
9873 \end_layout
9874
9875 \begin_layout Quotation
9876 Here is some 
9877 \series bold
9878 newly added funky 
9879 \series default
9880 text.
9881 \end_layout
9882
9883 \begin_layout Standard
9884 Lastly, we'll demonstrate mixed fonts.
9885  Again, start with the sentence, 
9886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9887 \end_inset
9888
9889 Here is some text.
9890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9891 \end_inset
9892
9893  We can do the following:
9894 \end_layout
9895
9896 \begin_layout Quotation
9897 Here is some
9898 \series bold
9899 thing
9900 \series default
9901  
9902 \series bold
9903 bold
9904 \series default
9905 text.
9906 \end_layout
9907
9908 \begin_layout Standard
9909 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9910 by 1) placing the cursor after the 
9911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9912 \end_inset
9913
9914 e
9915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9916 \end_inset
9917
9918  in 
9919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9920 \end_inset
9921
9922 some
9923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9924 \end_inset
9925
9926 ; 2) invoking 
9927 \family typewriter
9928 font-bold
9929 \family default
9930 ; 3) typing 
9931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9932 \end_inset
9933
9934 thing
9935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9936 \end_inset
9937
9938 ; 4) placing the cursor before the 
9939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9940 \end_inset
9941
9942 t
9943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9944 \end_inset
9945
9946  in 
9947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9948 \end_inset
9949
9950 text
9951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9952 \end_inset
9953
9954 ; 5) invoking 
9955 \family typewriter
9956 font-bold
9957 \family default
9958 ; 6) typing 
9959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9960 \end_inset
9961
9962 bold
9963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9964 \end_inset
9965
9966 ; and 7) moving the cursor out of the word.
9967  
9968 \end_layout
9969
9970 \begin_layout Standard
9971 The last step automatically shuts off the bold font.
9972  LyX automatically uses the font of the current word [the word next to the
9973  cursor].
9974  If you had not moved the cursor, but instead tried to turn off bold font
9975  by invoking 
9976 \family typewriter
9977 font-bold
9978 \family default
9979  again,
9980 \end_layout
9981
9982 \begin_layout Quotation
9983 Here is some
9984 \series bold
9985 thing
9986 \series default
9987  
9988 \series bold
9989 boldtext
9990 \series default
9991 .
9992 \end_layout
9993
9994 \begin_layout Standard
9995 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9996 would have been the result.
9997  If you'd tried to turn off bold font by invoking 
9998 \family typewriter
9999 font-default
10000 \family default
10001 ,
10002 \end_layout
10003
10004 \begin_layout Quotation
10005 Here is some
10006 \series bold
10007 thing
10008 \series default
10009  boldtext.
10010 \end_layout
10011
10012 \begin_layout Standard
10013 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10014 would have been the result.
10015  Now let's return to:
10016 \end_layout
10017
10018 \begin_layout Quotation
10019 Here is some
10020 \series bold
10021 thing
10022 \series default
10023  
10024 \series bold
10025 bold
10026 \series default
10027 text.
10028 \end_layout
10029
10030 \begin_layout Standard
10031 We'll try adding text in the middle of the words.
10032  Put the cursor between the 
10033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10034 \end_inset
10035
10036 e
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10038 \end_inset
10039
10040  and the 
10041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10042 \end_inset
10043
10044 t
10045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10046 \end_inset
10047
10048  in 
10049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10050 \end_inset
10051
10052 some
10053 \series bold
10054 thing
10055 \series default
10056
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10058 \end_inset
10059
10060 , type 
10061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10062 \end_inset
10063
10064 ly
10065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10066 \end_inset
10067
10068 , move the cursor between the 
10069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10070 \end_inset
10071
10072 d
10073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10074 \end_inset
10075
10076  and 
10077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10078 \end_inset
10079
10080 t
10081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10082 \end_inset
10083
10084  in 
10085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10086 \end_inset
10087
10088
10089 \series bold
10090 bold
10091 \series default
10092 text
10093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10094 \end_inset
10095
10096 , and type 
10097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10098 \end_inset
10099
10100 old
10101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10102 \end_inset
10103
10104 .
10105  This is what you'll get:
10106 \end_layout
10107
10108 \begin_layout Quotation
10109 Here is some
10110 \series bold
10111 lything
10112 \series default
10113  
10114 \series bold
10115 bold
10116 \series default
10117 oldtext.
10118 \end_layout
10119
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10121 \begin_inset VSpace 0.78cm
10122 \end_inset
10123
10124
10125 \end_layout
10126
10127 \begin_layout Standard
10128 Hopefully, these examples helped you understand how the font commands work.
10129  All 9 commands listed below in 
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10131 \end_inset
10132
10133
10134 \emph on
10135 See Also
10136 \emph default
10137
10138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10139 \end_inset
10140
10141  work the same way, so the above examples hold for them, too.
10142 \end_layout
10143
10144 \begin_layout Paragraph
10145 See Also:
10146 \end_layout
10147
10148 \begin_layout Standard
10149 Character Layout popup; [
10150 \emph on
10151 Ed.
10152  note - to be added.
10153  -jw
10154 \emph default
10155 ]
10156 \end_layout
10157
10158 \begin_layout Standard
10159 font-bold; font-code; font-default; font-emph; font-roman; font-sans; font-size;
10160  font-smallcaps; font-underline.
10161 \end_layout
10162
10163 \begin_layout Subsection
10164 font-code
10165 \end_layout
10166
10167 \begin_layout Description
10168 Default\InsetSpace ~
10169 Bindings:
10170 \end_layout
10171
10172 \begin_deeper
10173 \begin_layout List
10174 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10175
10176 \series bold
10177 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10178 -
10179 \series default
10180  
10181 \family sans
10182 \bar under
10183 L
10184 \bar default
10185 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10186
10187 \bar under
10188 C
10189 \bar default
10190 haracter...
10191
10192 \family default
10193  to open the 
10194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10195 \end_inset
10196
10197
10198 \family sans
10199 Character Layout
10200 \family default
10201
10202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10203 \end_inset
10204
10205  popup
10206 \end_layout
10207
10208 \begin_deeper
10209 \begin_layout Description
10210 CharacterLayout: option 
10211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10212 \end_inset
10213
10214
10215 \family sans
10216 Typewriter
10217 \family default
10218
10219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10220 \end_inset
10221
10222  from the 
10223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10224 \end_inset
10225
10226
10227 \family sans
10228 Family
10229 \family default
10230
10231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10232 \end_inset
10233
10234  list
10235 \end_layout
10236
10237 \end_deeper
10238 \begin_layout List
10239 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10240
10241 \series bold
10242 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10243 -
10244 \series default
10245  
10246 \family sans
10247 M-l\InsetSpace ~
10248 c
10249 \family default
10250  [to open the 
10251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10252 \end_inset
10253
10254
10255 \family sans
10256 Character Layout
10257 \family default
10258
10259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10260 \end_inset
10261
10262  popup]
10263 \end_layout
10264
10265 \begin_deeper
10266 \begin_layout Standard
10267
10268 \family sans
10269 M-c\InsetSpace ~
10270 p
10271 \family default
10272  (standard)
10273 \end_layout
10274
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276
10277 \family sans
10278 C-P
10279 \family default
10280  in 
10281 \family typewriter
10282 cua.bind
10283 \family default
10284 .
10285 \end_layout
10286
10287 \end_deeper
10288 \end_deeper
10289 \begin_layout Paragraph
10290 Purpose:
10291 \end_layout
10292
10293 \begin_layout Standard
10294 Changes the font to the typewriter family, or, if the font is already in
10295  this family, reverts to the default family.
10296 \end_layout
10297
10298 \begin_layout Paragraph
10299 Usage:
10300 \end_layout
10301
10302 \begin_layout Standard
10303 A lot of the usage for 
10304 \family typewriter
10305 font-code
10306 \family default
10307  works the same way as 
10308 \family typewriter
10309 font-bold
10310 \family default
10311 , so see the entry for 
10312 \family typewriter
10313 font-bold
10314 \family default
10315  to get an idea for how to use 
10316 \family typewriter
10317 font-code
10318 \family default
10319 .
10320 \end_layout
10321
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10323 Note that 
10324 \family typewriter
10325 font-code
10326 \family default
10327  shuts off 
10328 \family typewriter
10329 font-roman
10330 \family default
10331  and 
10332 \family typewriter
10333 font-sans
10334 \family default
10335  if either of these families is active.
10336 \end_layout
10337
10338 \begin_layout Paragraph
10339 Examples:
10340 \end_layout
10341
10342 \begin_layout Standard
10343 Here is an example of the typewriter font family, which 
10344 \family typewriter
10345 font-code
10346 \family default
10347  selects:
10348 \end_layout
10349
10350 \begin_layout Standard
10351
10352 \family typewriter
10353 This is Typewriter font.
10354 \end_layout
10355
10356 \begin_layout Paragraph
10357 See Also:
10358 \end_layout
10359
10360 \begin_layout Standard
10361 Character Layout popup; [
10362 \emph on
10363 Ed.
10364  note - to be added.
10365  -jw
10366 \emph default
10367 ]
10368 \end_layout
10369
10370 \begin_layout Standard
10371 font-bold; font-roman; font-sans.
10372 \end_layout
10373
10374 \begin_layout Subsection
10375 font-default
10376 \end_layout
10377
10378 \begin_layout Description
10379 Default\InsetSpace ~
10380 Bindings:
10381 \end_layout
10382
10383 \begin_deeper
10384 \begin_layout List
10385 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10386
10387 \series bold
10388 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10389 -
10390 \series default
10391  
10392 \family sans
10393 M-c\InsetSpace ~
10394 Space
10395 \family default
10396  
10397 \end_layout
10398
10399 \end_deeper
10400 \begin_layout Paragraph
10401 Purpose:
10402 \end_layout
10403
10404 \begin_layout Standard
10405 Changes the font to the default font.
10406  
10407 \end_layout
10408
10409 \begin_layout Paragraph
10410 Usage:
10411 \end_layout
10412
10413 \begin_layout Standard
10414 A lot of the usage for 
10415 \family typewriter
10416 font-default
10417 \family default
10418  works the same way as 
10419 \family typewriter
10420 font-bold
10421 \family default
10422 , so see the entry for 
10423 \family typewriter
10424 font-bold
10425 \family default
10426  to get an idea for how to use 
10427 \family typewriter
10428 font-default
10429 \family default
10430 .
10431 \end_layout
10432
10433 \begin_layout Paragraph
10434 Examples:
10435 \end_layout
10436
10437 \begin_layout Standard
10438 Suppose you had this mess in your text:
10439 \end_layout
10440
10441 \begin_layout Quotation
10442 Hel
10443 \family sans
10444 lo I
10445 \emph on
10446 'm 
10447 \family typewriter
10448 a re
10449 \emph default
10450 all
10451 \series bold
10452 y wei
10453 \family sans
10454 rd 
10455 \emph on
10456 sent
10457 \family default
10458 \series default
10459 \emph default
10460 en
10461 \emph on
10462 ce and 
10463 \noun on
10464 my na
10465 \series bold
10466 me
10467 \series default
10468 \emph default
10469  is 
10470 \family sans
10471 D
10472 \series bold
10473 e
10474 \emph on
10475 l
10476 \family default
10477 ir
10478 \family typewriter
10479 i
10480 \series medium
10481 u
10482 \emph default
10483 m
10484 \family default
10485 \series default
10486 .
10487 \end_layout
10488
10489 \begin_layout Standard
10490 Select this text and invoke 
10491 \family typewriter
10492 font-default
10493 \family default
10494 .
10495  You'll change it to:
10496 \end_layout
10497
10498 \begin_layout Quotation
10499 Hello I'm a really weird sentence and my name is Delirium.
10500 \end_layout
10501
10502 \begin_layout Paragraph
10503 See Also:
10504 \end_layout
10505
10506 \begin_layout Standard
10507 Character Layout popup; [
10508 \emph on
10509 Ed.
10510  note - to be added.
10511  -jw
10512 \emph default
10513 ]
10514 \end_layout
10515
10516 \begin_layout Standard
10517 font-bold.
10518 \end_layout
10519
10520 \begin_layout Subsection
10521 font-emph
10522 \end_layout
10523
10524 \begin_layout Description
10525 Default\InsetSpace ~
10526 Bindings:
10527 \end_layout
10528
10529 \begin_deeper
10530 \begin_layout List
10531 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10532
10533 \series bold
10534 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10535 -
10536 \series default
10537  
10538 \family sans
10539 \bar under
10540 L
10541 \bar default
10542 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10543
10544 \bar under
10545 E
10546 \bar default
10547 mphasize\InsetSpace ~
10548 Style
10549 \family default
10550  and
10551 \end_layout
10552
10553 \begin_deeper
10554 \begin_layout Standard
10555
10556 \family sans
10557 \bar under
10558 L
10559 \bar default
10560 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10561
10562 \bar under
10563 C
10564 \bar default
10565 haracter...
10566
10567 \family default
10568  to open the 
10569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10570 \end_inset
10571
10572
10573 \family sans
10574 Character Layout
10575 \family default
10576
10577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10578 \end_inset
10579
10580  popup
10581 \end_layout
10582
10583 \begin_layout Description
10584 CharacterLayout: option 
10585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10586 \end_inset
10587
10588
10589 \family sans
10590 Italic
10591 \family default
10592
10593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10594 \end_inset
10595
10596  from the 
10597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10598 \end_inset
10599
10600
10601 \family sans
10602 Shape
10603 \family default
10604
10605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10606 \end_inset
10607
10608  list
10609 \end_layout
10610
10611 \end_deeper
10612 \begin_layout List
10613 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10614
10615 \series bold
10616 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
10617 -
10618 \series default
10619  Button #7 from the left.
10620  
10621 \end_layout
10622
10623 \begin_deeper
10624 \begin_layout Standard
10625 An exclamation mark.
10626 \end_layout
10627
10628 \end_deeper
10629 \begin_layout List
10630 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10631
10632 \series bold
10633 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10634 -
10635 \series default
10636  
10637 \family sans
10638 M-l\InsetSpace ~
10639 c
10640 \family default
10641  [to open the 
10642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10643 \end_inset
10644
10645
10646 \family sans
10647 Character Layout
10648 \family default
10649
10650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10651 \end_inset
10652
10653  popup]
10654 \end_layout
10655
10656 \begin_deeper
10657 \begin_layout Standard
10658
10659 \family sans
10660 M-c\InsetSpace ~
10661 e, 
10662 \family default
10663 and
10664 \family sans
10665  M-l\InsetSpace ~
10666 e
10667 \family default
10668  (standard)
10669 \end_layout
10670
10671 \begin_layout Standard
10672
10673 \family sans
10674 C-e
10675 \family default
10676  in 
10677 \family typewriter
10678 cua.bind
10679 \family default
10680 .
10681 \end_layout
10682
10683 \end_deeper
10684 \end_deeper
10685 \begin_layout Paragraph
10686 Purpose:
10687 \end_layout
10688
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 Changes the font shape to the italic shape, or, if the font is already in
10691  this shape, reverts to the default font shape.
10692 \end_layout
10693
10694 \begin_layout Paragraph
10695 Usage:
10696 \end_layout
10697
10698 \begin_layout Standard
10699 A lot of the usage for 
10700 \family typewriter
10701 font-emph
10702 \family default
10703  works the same way as 
10704 \family typewriter
10705 font-bold
10706 \family default
10707 , so see the entry for 
10708 \family typewriter
10709 font-bold
10710 \family default
10711  to get an idea for how to use 
10712 \family typewriter
10713 font-emph
10714 \family default
10715 .
10716 \end_layout
10717
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10719 Note that 
10720 \family typewriter
10721 font-emph
10722 \family default
10723  shuts off 
10724 \family typewriter
10725 font-smallcaps
10726 \family default
10727  if that shape is active.
10728 \end_layout
10729
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10731 Many new users wonder why this isn't called 
10732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10733 \end_inset
10734
10735 font-italic,
10736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10737 \end_inset
10738
10739  and why boldface and underlined text don't have their own menu entries
10740  or toolbar buttons.
10741  LyX has adopted a convention from LaTeX: specify 
10742 \emph on
10743 what
10744 \emph default
10745  you want to do and let the computer take care of how to do it.
10746  The italic font shape is the standard way to emphasize text in typesetting.
10747  LyX [and LaTeX] has also adopted this convention.
10748  You can, of course, change which font is the emphasized font by making
10749  the appropriate changes to the LaTeX preamble, although this will only
10750  affect the final output.
10751  There are also some interesting things that LaTeX will do to emphasized
10752  text that LyX can't [yet] display.
10753  It will still be in the final output.
10754  For example, LaTeX does certain things for emphasized emphasized text automatic
10755 ally.
10756  If you used a specific font, you'd need to do the same thing manually,
10757  using specific font changes.
10758 \end_layout
10759
10760 \begin_layout Standard
10761 In short, the LyX team 
10762 \emph on
10763 strongly recommends
10764 \emph default
10765  that you use 
10766 \family typewriter
10767 font-emph
10768 \family default
10769  to emphasize any text [this includes book titles] and save any specific
10770  font command for those few special cases where you need to specify exactly
10771  how the text is typeset.
10772 \end_layout
10773
10774 \begin_layout Paragraph
10775 Examples:
10776 \end_layout
10777
10778 \begin_layout Standard
10779 Here's an example of emphasized text:
10780 \end_layout
10781
10782 \begin_layout Quotation
10783
10784 \emph on
10785 Always use 
10786 \family typewriter
10787 font-emph
10788 \family default
10789  instead of specific font names!
10790 \end_layout
10791
10792 \begin_layout Paragraph
10793 See Also:
10794 \end_layout
10795
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 Character Layout popup; [
10798 \emph on
10799 Ed.
10800  note - to be added.
10801  -jw
10802 \emph default
10803 ]
10804 \end_layout
10805
10806 \begin_layout Standard
10807 font-bold; font-smallcaps.
10808 \end_layout
10809
10810 \begin_layout Subsection
10811 font-free
10812 \end_layout
10813
10814 \begin_layout Description
10815 Default\InsetSpace ~
10816 Bindings:
10817 \end_layout
10818
10819 \begin_deeper
10820 \begin_layout List
10821 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10822
10823 \series bold
10824 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10825 -
10826 \series default
10827  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10828 Item
10829 \end_layout
10830
10831 \begin_layout List
10832 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10833
10834 \series bold
10835 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
10836 -
10837 \series default
10838  Button # from the left.
10839  
10840 \end_layout
10841
10842 \begin_deeper
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10844 Brief description of button icon.
10845 \end_layout
10846
10847 \end_deeper
10848 \begin_layout List
10849 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10850
10851 \series bold
10852 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10853 -
10854 \series default
10855  None.
10856 \end_layout
10857
10858 \end_deeper
10859 \begin_layout Paragraph
10860 Purpose:
10861 \end_layout
10862
10863 \begin_layout Standard
10864 Changes the font settings to the most recent setting in the 
10865 \family sans
10866 Character
10867 \family default
10868  pop-up.
10869 \end_layout
10870
10871 \begin_layout Paragraph
10872 Usage:
10873 \end_layout
10874
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10876 Description.
10877 \end_layout
10878
10879 \begin_layout Paragraph
10880 Examples:
10881 \end_layout
10882
10883 \begin_layout Standard
10884 Examples.
10885 \end_layout
10886
10887 \begin_layout Paragraph
10888 See Also:
10889 \end_layout
10890
10891 \begin_layout Standard
10892 Other entries or documents.
10893  Separate many references by either a 
10894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10895 \end_inset
10896
10897 ;
10898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10899 \end_inset
10900
10901  or place in multiple paragraphs.
10902 \end_layout
10903
10904 \begin_layout Subsection
10905 font-roman
10906 \end_layout
10907
10908 \begin_layout Description
10909 Default\InsetSpace ~
10910 Bindings:
10911 \end_layout
10912
10913 \begin_deeper
10914 \begin_layout List
10915 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10916
10917 \series bold
10918 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10919 -
10920 \series default
10921  
10922 \family sans
10923 \bar under
10924 L
10925 \bar default
10926 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10927
10928 \bar under
10929 C
10930 \bar default
10931 haracter...
10932
10933 \family default
10934  to open the 
10935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10936 \end_inset
10937
10938
10939 \family sans
10940 Character Layout
10941 \family default
10942
10943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10944 \end_inset
10945
10946  popup
10947 \end_layout
10948
10949 \begin_deeper
10950 \begin_layout Description
10951 CharacterLayout: option 
10952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10953 \end_inset
10954
10955
10956 \family sans
10957 Roman
10958 \family default
10959
10960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10961 \end_inset
10962
10963  from the 
10964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10965 \end_inset
10966
10967
10968 \family sans
10969 Family
10970 \family default
10971
10972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10973 \end_inset
10974
10975  list
10976 \end_layout
10977
10978 \end_deeper
10979 \begin_layout List
10980 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10981
10982 \series bold
10983 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10984 -
10985 \series default
10986  
10987 \family sans
10988 M-l\InsetSpace ~
10989 c
10990 \family default
10991  [to open the 
10992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10993 \end_inset
10994
10995
10996 \family sans
10997 Character Layout
10998 \family default
10999
11000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11001 \end_inset
11002
11003  popup]
11004 \end_layout
11005
11006 \begin_deeper
11007 \begin_layout Standard
11008
11009 \family sans
11010 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11011 r
11012 \family default
11013  (standard).
11014 \end_layout
11015
11016 \end_deeper
11017 \end_deeper
11018 \begin_layout Paragraph
11019 Purpose:
11020 \end_layout
11021
11022 \begin_layout Standard
11023 Changes the font to the roman family, or, if the font is already of this
11024  family, reverts to the default font family.
11025 \end_layout
11026
11027 \begin_layout Paragraph
11028 Usage:
11029 \end_layout
11030
11031 \begin_layout Standard
11032 A lot of the usage for 
11033 \family typewriter
11034 font-roman
11035 \family default
11036  works the same way as 
11037 \family typewriter
11038 font-bold
11039 \family default
11040 , so see the entry for 
11041 \family typewriter
11042 font-bold
11043 \family default
11044  to get an idea for how to use 
11045 \family typewriter
11046 font-roman
11047 \family default
11048 .
11049 \end_layout
11050
11051 \begin_layout Standard
11052 Note that 
11053 \family typewriter
11054 font-roman
11055 \family default
11056  shuts off 
11057 \family typewriter
11058 font-code
11059 \family default
11060  and 
11061 \family typewriter
11062 font-sans
11063 \family default
11064  if either of these families is active.
11065 \end_layout
11066
11067 \begin_layout Paragraph
11068 Examples:
11069 \end_layout
11070
11071 \begin_layout Standard
11072 Here is an explicit use of the roman font family:
11073 \end_layout
11074
11075 \begin_layout Quote
11076
11077 \family roman
11078 This is Roman font.
11079 \end_layout
11080
11081 \begin_layout Standard
11082 Note that roman is the default font family.
11083 \end_layout
11084
11085 \begin_layout Paragraph
11086 See Also:
11087 \end_layout
11088
11089 \begin_layout Standard
11090 Character Layout popup; [
11091 \emph on
11092 Ed.
11093  note - to be added.
11094  -jw
11095 \emph default
11096 ]
11097 \end_layout
11098
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11100 font-bold; font-code; font-roman; font-sans.
11101 \end_layout
11102
11103 \begin_layout Subsection
11104 font-sans
11105 \end_layout
11106
11107 \begin_layout Description
11108 Default\InsetSpace ~
11109 Bindings:
11110 \end_layout
11111
11112 \begin_deeper
11113 \begin_layout List
11114 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11115
11116 \series bold
11117 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11118 -
11119 \series default
11120  
11121 \family sans
11122 \bar under
11123 L
11124 \bar default
11125 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11126
11127 \bar under
11128 C
11129 \bar default
11130 haracter...
11131
11132 \family default
11133  to open the 
11134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11135 \end_inset
11136
11137
11138 \family sans
11139 Character Layout
11140 \family default
11141
11142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11143 \end_inset
11144
11145  popup
11146 \end_layout
11147
11148 \begin_deeper
11149 \begin_layout Description
11150 CharacterLayout: option 
11151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11152 \end_inset
11153
11154
11155 \family sans
11156 Sans Serif
11157 \family default
11158
11159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11160 \end_inset
11161
11162  from the 
11163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11164 \end_inset
11165
11166
11167 \family sans
11168 Family
11169 \family default
11170
11171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11172 \end_inset
11173
11174  list
11175 \end_layout
11176
11177 \end_deeper
11178 \begin_layout List
11179 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11180
11181 \series bold
11182 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11183 -
11184 \series default
11185  
11186 \family sans
11187 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11188 c
11189 \family default
11190  [to open the 
11191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11192 \end_inset
11193
11194
11195 \family sans
11196 Character Layout
11197 \family default
11198
11199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11200 \end_inset
11201
11202  popup]
11203 \end_layout
11204
11205 \begin_deeper
11206 \begin_layout Standard
11207
11208 \family sans
11209 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11210 s
11211 \family default
11212  (standard).
11213 \end_layout
11214
11215 \end_deeper
11216 \end_deeper
11217 \begin_layout Paragraph
11218 Purpose:
11219 \end_layout
11220
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11222 Changes the font shape to the sans serif family, or, if the font is already
11223  of this family, reverts to the default font family.
11224 \end_layout
11225
11226 \begin_layout Paragraph
11227 Usage:
11228 \end_layout
11229
11230 \begin_layout Standard
11231 A lot of the usage for 
11232 \family typewriter
11233 font-sans
11234 \family default
11235  works the same way as 
11236 \family typewriter
11237 font-bold
11238 \family default
11239 , so see the entry for 
11240 \family typewriter
11241 font-bold
11242 \family default
11243  to get an idea for how to use 
11244 \family typewriter
11245 font-sans
11246 \family default
11247 .
11248 \end_layout
11249
11250 \begin_layout Standard
11251 Note that 
11252 \family typewriter
11253 font-sans
11254 \family default
11255  shuts off 
11256 \family typewriter
11257 font-code
11258 \family default
11259  and 
11260 \family typewriter
11261 font-roman
11262 \family default
11263  if either of these families is active.
11264 \end_layout
11265
11266 \begin_layout Paragraph
11267 Examples:
11268 \end_layout
11269
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11271 Here is an example of the Sans Serif font family:
11272 \end_layout
11273
11274 \begin_layout Quote
11275
11276 \family sans
11277 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11278 \end_layout
11279
11280 \begin_layout Paragraph
11281 See Also:
11282 \end_layout
11283
11284 \begin_layout Standard
11285 Character Layout popup; [
11286 \emph on
11287 Ed.
11288  note - to be added.
11289  -jw
11290 \emph default
11291 ]
11292 \end_layout
11293
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 font-bold; font-code; font-roman.
11296 \end_layout
11297
11298 \begin_layout Subsection
11299 font-size
11300 \end_layout
11301
11302 \begin_layout Description
11303 Default\InsetSpace ~
11304 Bindings:
11305 \end_layout
11306
11307 \begin_deeper
11308 \begin_layout List
11309 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11310
11311 \series bold
11312 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11313 -
11314 \series default
11315  
11316 \family sans
11317 \bar under
11318 L
11319 \bar default
11320 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11321
11322 \bar under
11323 C
11324 \bar default
11325 haracter...
11326
11327 \family default
11328  to open the 
11329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11330 \end_inset
11331
11332
11333 \family sans
11334 Character Layout
11335 \family default
11336
11337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11338 \end_inset
11339
11340  popup
11341 \end_layout
11342
11343 \begin_deeper
11344 \begin_layout Description
11345 CharacterLayout: Any item from the 
11346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11347 \end_inset
11348
11349
11350 \family sans
11351 Size
11352 \family default
11353
11354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11355 \end_inset
11356
11357  list
11358 \end_layout
11359
11360 \end_deeper
11361 \begin_layout List
11362 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11363
11364 \series bold
11365 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11366 -
11367 \series default
11368  The 
11369 \family sans
11370 M-s
11371 \family default
11372  prefix, plus one of the following keys:
11373 \end_layout
11374
11375 \begin_deeper
11376 \begin_layout List
11377 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11378
11379 \family sans
11380 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11381 t
11382 \end_layout
11383
11384 \begin_layout List
11385 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11386
11387 \family sans
11388 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11389 1
11390 \family default
11391  "
11392 \family typewriter
11393 font-size tiny
11394 \family default
11395
11396 \end_layout
11397
11398 \begin_layout List
11399 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11400
11401 \family sans
11402 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11403 s
11404 \end_layout
11405
11406 \begin_layout List
11407 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11408
11409 \family sans
11410 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11411
11412 \family default
11413 "
11414 \family typewriter
11415 font-size small
11416 \family default
11417
11418 \end_layout
11419
11420 \begin_layout List
11421 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11422
11423 \family sans
11424 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11425 n
11426 \end_layout
11427
11428 \begin_layout List
11429 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11430
11431 \family sans
11432 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11433
11434 \family default
11435 "
11436 \family typewriter
11437 font-size normal
11438 \family default
11439
11440 \end_layout
11441
11442 \begin_layout List
11443 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11444
11445 \family sans
11446 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11447 l
11448 \end_layout
11449
11450 \begin_layout List
11451 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11452
11453 \family sans
11454 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11455
11456 \family default
11457 "
11458 \family typewriter
11459 font-size large
11460 \family default
11461
11462 \end_layout
11463
11464 \begin_layout List
11465 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11466
11467 \family sans
11468 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11469 S-L
11470 \end_layout
11471
11472 \begin_layout List
11473 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11474
11475 \family sans
11476 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11477
11478 \family default
11479 "
11480 \family typewriter
11481 font-size larger
11482 \family default
11483
11484 \end_layout
11485
11486 \begin_layout List
11487 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11488
11489 \family sans
11490 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11491 S-A
11492 \end_layout
11493
11494 \begin_layout List
11495 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11496
11497 \family sans
11498 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11499
11500 \family default
11501 "
11502 \family typewriter
11503 font-size largest
11504 \family default
11505
11506 \end_layout
11507
11508 \begin_layout List
11509 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11510
11511 \family sans
11512 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11513 h
11514 \end_layout
11515
11516 \begin_layout List
11517 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11518
11519 \family sans
11520 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11521
11522 \family default
11523 "
11524 \family typewriter
11525 font-size huge
11526 \family default
11527
11528 \end_layout
11529
11530 \begin_layout List
11531 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11532
11533 \family sans
11534 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11535 g
11536 \end_layout
11537
11538 \begin_layout List
11539 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11540
11541 \family sans
11542 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11543 S-H
11544 \end_layout
11545
11546 \begin_layout List
11547 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11548
11549 \family sans
11550 M-s\InsetSpace ~
11551
11552 \family default
11553 "
11554 \family typewriter
11555 font-size giant
11556 \family default
11557
11558 \end_layout
11559
11560 \begin_layout Quote
11561 Also:
11562 \end_layout
11563
11564 \begin_layout Standard
11565
11566 \family sans
11567 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11568 c
11569 \family default
11570  [to open the 
11571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11572 \end_inset
11573
11574
11575 \family sans
11576 Character Layout
11577 \family default
11578
11579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11580 \end_inset
11581
11582  popup]
11583 \end_layout
11584
11585 \end_deeper
11586 \end_deeper
11587 \begin_layout Paragraph
11588 Purpose:
11589 \end_layout
11590
11591 \begin_layout Standard
11592 Change the font size.
11593 \end_layout
11594
11595 \begin_layout Paragraph
11596 Usage:
11597 \end_layout
11598
11599 \begin_layout Standard
11600 This command requires an argument, which is the font size.
11601  You must provide the argument in the 
11602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11603 \end_inset
11604
11605
11606 \family typewriter
11607
11608 \backslash
11609 bind
11610 \family default
11611
11612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11613 \end_inset
11614
11615  command if you use 
11616 \family typewriter
11617 font-size
11618 \family default
11619  in a keybinding file, or in the minibuffer if you use 
11620 \family typewriter
11621 command-execute
11622 \family default
11623  to invoke it.
11624 \begin_inset Foot
11625 status collapsed
11626
11627 \begin_layout Standard
11628
11629 \emph on
11630 Editor's note: Don't do this - there is a bug.
11631  For some reason, 
11632 \family typewriter
11633 font-size
11634 \family default
11635  crashes LyX at the moment.
11636  - jw 10/6/96
11637 \end_layout
11638
11639 \end_inset
11640
11641
11642 \end_layout
11643
11644 \begin_layout Standard
11645 LaTeX describes font sizes in relative values.
11646  LyX uses the following terms: 
11647 \emph on
11648 tiny, small
11649 \emph default
11650
11651 \emph on
11652 normal
11653 \emph default
11654
11655 \emph on
11656 large
11657 \emph default
11658
11659 \emph on
11660 larger
11661 \emph default
11662
11663 \emph on
11664 largest
11665 \emph default
11666
11667 \emph on
11668 huge
11669 \emph default
11670
11671 \emph on
11672 giant
11673 \emph default
11674 .
11675  The 
11676 \emph on
11677 normal
11678 \emph default
11679  size can be set to 
11680 \family typewriter
11681 10pt
11682 \family default
11683
11684 \family typewriter
11685 11pt
11686 \family default
11687 , or 
11688 \family typewriter
11689 12pt
11690 \family default
11691 , with the other sizes set proportionally.
11692 \end_layout
11693
11694 \begin_layout Standard
11695 A lot of the usage for 
11696 \family typewriter
11697 font-size
11698 \family default
11699  works the same way as 
11700 \family typewriter
11701 font-bold
11702 \family default
11703 , so see the entry for 
11704 \family typewriter
11705 font-bold
11706 \family default
11707  to get an idea for how to use 
11708 \family typewriter
11709 font-size
11710 \family default
11711 .
11712 \end_layout
11713
11714 \begin_layout Standard
11715 You should avoid using 
11716 \family typewriter
11717 font-size
11718 \family default
11719  unless you need to do some fine-tuning.
11720  
11721 \emph on
11722 Never
11723 \emph default
11724  use 
11725 \family typewriter
11726 font-size
11727 \family default
11728  to make titles or section headings; LyX already does this for you and in
11729  a much better fashion.
11730 \end_layout
11731
11732 \begin_layout Paragraph
11733 Examples:
11734 \end_layout
11735
11736 \begin_layout Standard
11737 Here are all eight font sizes:
11738 \end_layout
11739
11740 \begin_layout Quotation
11741
11742 \size tiny
11743 tiny
11744 \size default
11745
11746 \size small
11747 small
11748 \size default
11749
11750 \size normal
11751 normal
11752 \size default
11753
11754 \size large
11755 large
11756 \size default
11757
11758 \size larger
11759 larger
11760 \size default
11761
11762 \size largest
11763 largest
11764 \size default
11765
11766 \size huge
11767 huge
11768 \size default
11769
11770 \size giant
11771 giant
11772 \size default
11773 .
11774 \end_layout
11775
11776 \begin_layout Paragraph
11777 See Also:
11778 \end_layout
11779
11780 \begin_layout Standard
11781 Character Layout popup; [
11782 \emph on
11783 Ed.
11784  note - to be added.
11785  -jw
11786 \emph default
11787 ]
11788 \end_layout
11789
11790 \begin_layout Standard
11791 command-execute;
11792 \end_layout
11793
11794 \begin_layout Standard
11795 font-bold.
11796 \end_layout
11797
11798 \begin_layout Subsection
11799 font-smallcaps
11800 \end_layout
11801
11802 \begin_layout Description
11803 Default\InsetSpace ~
11804 Bindings:
11805 \end_layout
11806
11807 \begin_deeper
11808 \begin_layout List
11809 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11810
11811 \series bold
11812 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11813 -
11814 \series default
11815  
11816 \family sans
11817 \bar under
11818 L
11819 \bar default
11820 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11821
11822 \bar under
11823 N
11824 \bar default
11825 oun\InsetSpace ~
11826 Style
11827 \family default
11828  and
11829 \end_layout
11830
11831 \begin_deeper
11832 \begin_layout Standard
11833
11834 \family sans
11835 \bar under
11836 L
11837 \bar default
11838 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11839
11840 \bar under
11841 C
11842 \bar default
11843 haracter...
11844
11845 \family default
11846  to open the 
11847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11848 \end_inset
11849
11850
11851 \family sans
11852 Character Layout
11853 \family default
11854
11855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11856 \end_inset
11857
11858  popup
11859 \end_layout
11860
11861 \begin_layout Description
11862 CharacterLayout: option 
11863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11864 \end_inset
11865
11866
11867 \family sans
11868 Small caps
11869 \family default
11870
11871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11872 \end_inset
11873
11874  from the 
11875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11876 \end_inset
11877
11878
11879 \family sans
11880 Shape
11881 \family default
11882
11883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11884 \end_inset
11885
11886  list
11887 \end_layout
11888
11889 \end_deeper
11890 \begin_layout List
11891 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11892
11893 \series bold
11894 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
11895 -
11896 \series default
11897  Button #8 from the left.
11898  
11899 \end_layout
11900
11901 \begin_deeper
11902 \begin_layout Standard
11903 A person.
11904 \end_layout
11905
11906 \end_deeper
11907 \begin_layout List
11908 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11909
11910 \series bold
11911 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11912 -
11913 \series default
11914  
11915 \family sans
11916 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11917 c
11918 \family default
11919  [to open the 
11920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11921 \end_inset
11922
11923
11924 \family sans
11925 Character Layout
11926 \family default
11927
11928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11929 \end_inset
11930
11931  popup]
11932 \end_layout
11933
11934 \begin_deeper
11935 \begin_layout Standard
11936
11937 \family sans
11938 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11939 n
11940 \family default
11941  and 
11942 \family sans
11943 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11944 c
11945 \family default
11946  (standard)
11947 \end_layout
11948
11949 \end_deeper
11950 \end_deeper
11951 \begin_layout Paragraph
11952 Purpose:
11953 \end_layout
11954
11955 \begin_layout Standard
11956 Changes the font shape to the small caps shape, or, if the font is already
11957  of this shape, reverts to the default font shape.
11958 \end_layout
11959
11960 \begin_layout Paragraph
11961 Usage:
11962 \end_layout
11963
11964 \begin_layout Standard
11965 A lot of the usage for 
11966 \family typewriter
11967 font-smallcaps
11968 \family default
11969  works the same way as 
11970 \family typewriter
11971 font-bold
11972 \family default
11973 , so see the entry for 
11974 \family typewriter
11975 font-bold
11976 \family default
11977  to get an idea for how to use 
11978 \family typewriter
11979 font-smallcaps
11980 \family default
11981 .
11982 \end_layout
11983
11984 \begin_layout Standard
11985 Note that 
11986 \family typewriter
11987 font-smallcaps
11988 \family default
11989  shuts off 
11990 \family typewriter
11991 font-emph
11992 \family default
11993  if that shape is active.
11994 \end_layout
11995
11996 \begin_layout Standard
11997 The small caps shape is typically used for proper names.
11998  Some countries use this convention more frequently than the US does, hence
11999  its prominence in LyX.
12000 \end_layout
12001
12002 \begin_layout Paragraph
12003 Examples:
12004 \end_layout
12005
12006 \begin_layout Standard
12007 Here's what the small caps shape looks like:
12008 \end_layout
12009
12010 \begin_layout Standard
12011
12012 \noun on
12013 This is all in the Small Caps font shape.
12014 \end_layout
12015
12016 \begin_layout Paragraph
12017 See Also:
12018 \end_layout
12019
12020 \begin_layout Standard
12021 Character Layout popup; [
12022 \emph on
12023 Ed.
12024  note - to be added.
12025  -jw
12026 \emph default
12027 ]
12028 \end_layout
12029
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 font-bold; font-emph .
12032 \end_layout
12033
12034 \begin_layout Subsection
12035 font-state
12036 \end_layout
12037
12038 \begin_layout Description
12039 Default\InsetSpace ~
12040 Bindings:
12041 \end_layout
12042
12043 \begin_deeper
12044 \begin_layout List
12045 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12046
12047 \series bold
12048 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12049 -
12050 \series default
12051  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12052 Item
12053 \end_layout
12054
12055 \begin_layout List
12056 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12057
12058 \series bold
12059 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
12060 -
12061 \series default
12062  Button # from the left.
12063  
12064 \end_layout
12065
12066 \begin_deeper
12067 \begin_layout Standard
12068 Brief description of button icon.
12069 \end_layout
12070
12071 \end_deeper
12072 \begin_layout List
12073 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12074
12075 \series bold
12076 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12077 -
12078 \series default
12079  None.
12080 \end_layout
12081
12082 \end_deeper
12083 \begin_layout Paragraph
12084 Purpose:
12085 \end_layout
12086
12087 \begin_layout Standard
12088 Description.
12089 \end_layout
12090
12091 \begin_layout Paragraph
12092 Usage:
12093 \end_layout
12094
12095 \begin_layout Standard
12096 Description.
12097 \end_layout
12098
12099 \begin_layout Paragraph
12100 Examples:
12101 \end_layout
12102
12103 \begin_layout Standard
12104 Examples.
12105 \end_layout
12106
12107 \begin_layout Paragraph
12108 See Also:
12109 \end_layout
12110
12111 \begin_layout Standard
12112 Other entries or documents.
12113  Separate many references by either a 
12114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12115 \end_inset
12116
12117 ;
12118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12119 \end_inset
12120
12121  or place in multiple paragraphs.
12122 \end_layout
12123
12124 \begin_layout Subsection
12125 font-underline
12126 \end_layout
12127
12128 \begin_layout Description
12129 Default\InsetSpace ~
12130 Bindings:
12131 \end_layout
12132
12133 \begin_deeper
12134 \begin_layout List
12135 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12136
12137 \series bold
12138 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12139 -
12140 \series default
12141  
12142 \family sans
12143 \bar under
12144 L
12145 \bar default
12146 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12147
12148 \bar under
12149 C
12150 \bar default
12151 haracter...
12152
12153 \family default
12154  to open the 
12155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12156 \end_inset
12157
12158
12159 \family sans
12160 Character Layout
12161 \family default
12162
12163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12164 \end_inset
12165
12166  popup
12167 \end_layout
12168
12169 \begin_deeper
12170 \begin_layout Description
12171 CharacterLayout: option 
12172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12173 \end_inset
12174
12175
12176 \family sans
12177 Underbar
12178 \family default
12179
12180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12181 \end_inset
12182
12183  from the 
12184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12185 \end_inset
12186
12187
12188 \family sans
12189 Bar
12190 \family default
12191
12192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12193 \end_inset
12194
12195  list
12196 \end_layout
12197
12198 \end_deeper
12199 \begin_layout List
12200 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12201
12202 \series bold
12203 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12204 -
12205 \series default
12206  
12207 \family sans
12208 M-l\InsetSpace ~
12209 c
12210 \family default
12211  [to open the 
12212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12213 \end_inset
12214
12215
12216 \family sans
12217 Character Layout
12218 \family default
12219
12220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12221 \end_inset
12222
12223  popup]
12224 \end_layout
12225
12226 \begin_deeper
12227 \begin_layout Standard
12228
12229 \family sans
12230 C-u 
12231 \family default
12232 or
12233 \family sans
12234  M-c u
12235 \family default
12236  (standard).
12237 \end_layout
12238
12239 \end_deeper
12240 \end_deeper
12241 \begin_layout Paragraph
12242 Purpose:
12243 \end_layout
12244
12245 \begin_layout Standard
12246 Adds an underbar to subsequent or selected text
12247 \family roman
12248 .
12249 \end_layout
12250
12251 \begin_layout Paragraph
12252 Usage:
12253 \end_layout
12254
12255 \begin_layout Standard
12256 A lot of the usage for 
12257 \family typewriter
12258 font-underline
12259 \family default
12260  works the same way as 
12261 \family typewriter
12262 font-bold
12263 \family default
12264 , so see the entry for 
12265 \family typewriter
12266 font-bold
12267 \family default
12268  to get an idea for how to use 
12269 \family typewriter
12270 font-underline
12271 \family default
12272 .
12273 \end_layout
12274
12275 \begin_layout Standard
12276 The LyX team has provided this function only for compatibility with LaTeX.
12277  We know that many users are used to underlining text for emphasis or for
12278  book titles.
12279  While you might need to do this on a typewriter, LyX is not a typewriter,
12280  nor should you use it like one.
12281  Now, you could make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct
12282  command in the LaTeX preamble.
12283  However, we suggest that you use 
12284 \family typewriter
12285 font-emph
12286 \family default
12287  to emphasize any text, including book titles, and avoid using 
12288 \family typewriter
12289 font-underline
12290 \family default
12291  at all.
12292 \begin_inset Foot
12293 status collapsed
12294
12295 \begin_layout Standard
12296 There is one - and only one - case that we can think of where you might
12297  need to use 
12298 \family typewriter
12299 font-underline
12300 \family default
12301 .
12302  Suppose you're writing the bibliography of a journal article.
12303  The journal you're submitting this article to typesets all volume numbers
12304  in an underlined font, and wishes all submissions to do the same.
12305  This is perhaps the only time you'd need to use 
12306 \family typewriter
12307 font-underline
12308 \family default
12309 .
12310 \end_layout
12311
12312 \end_inset
12313
12314
12315 \end_layout
12316
12317 \begin_layout Paragraph
12318 Examples:
12319 \end_layout
12320
12321 \begin_layout Standard
12322 Here's an example of the underbar font attribute:
12323 \end_layout
12324
12325 \begin_layout Quote
12326
12327 \bar under
12328 Avoid using underlined text!!!
12329 \end_layout
12330
12331 \begin_layout Paragraph
12332 See Also:
12333 \end_layout
12334
12335 \begin_layout Standard
12336 Character Layout popup; [
12337 \emph on
12338 Ed.
12339  note - to be added.
12340  -jw
12341 \emph default
12342 ]
12343 \end_layout
12344
12345 \begin_layout Standard
12346 font-bold.
12347  
12348 \end_layout
12349
12350 \begin_layout Subsection
12351 footnote-insert
12352 \end_layout
12353
12354 \begin_layout Description
12355 Default\InsetSpace ~
12356 Bindings:
12357 \end_layout
12358
12359 \begin_deeper
12360 \begin_layout List
12361 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12362
12363 \series bold
12364 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12365 -
12366 \series default
12367  
12368 \family sans
12369 \bar under
12370 I
12371 \bar default
12372 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12373
12374 \bar under
12375 F
12376 \bar default
12377 ootnote
12378 \end_layout
12379
12380 \begin_layout List
12381 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12382
12383 \series bold
12384 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
12385 -
12386 \series default
12387  Button # 7 from the right.
12388  
12389 \end_layout
12390
12391 \begin_deeper
12392 \begin_layout Standard
12393 A page with an arrow pointing to lines at the bottom of the page.
12394 \end_layout
12395
12396 \end_deeper
12397 \begin_layout List
12398 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12399
12400 \series bold
12401 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12402 -
12403 \series default
12404  
12405 \family sans
12406 M-i\InsetSpace ~
12407 f
12408 \family default
12409  
12410 \end_layout
12411
12412 \end_deeper
12413 \begin_layout Paragraph
12414 Purpose:
12415 \end_layout
12416
12417 \begin_layout Standard
12418 To insert a footnote.
12419 \end_layout
12420
12421 \begin_layout Paragraph
12422 Usage:
12423 \end_layout
12424
12425 \begin_layout Standard
12426 Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a footnote.
12427  A red box appears on the next line.
12428  If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the
12429  box [it doesn't really].
12430  Anything you enter in the box will be in the footnote.
12431 \end_layout
12432
12433 \begin_layout Standard
12434 To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word 
12435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12436 \end_inset
12437
12438
12439 \family sans
12440 foot
12441 \family default
12442
12443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12444 \end_inset
12445
12446  written in red on a grey background.
12447  Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the footnote.
12448  A closed footnote looks like the word 
12449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12450 \end_inset
12451
12452
12453 \family sans
12454 foot
12455 \family default
12456
12457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12458 \end_inset
12459
12460  written as a superscript in red.
12461 \end_layout
12462
12463 \begin_layout Standard
12464 You can also open and close footnotes, as well as other types of notes and
12465  labels, with the 
12466 \family typewriter
12467 open-stuff
12468 \family default
12469  command.
12470  See its entry for keybindings.
12471 \end_layout
12472
12473 \begin_layout Standard
12474 One last note: even though footnotes in LyX appear unnumbered, they are.
12475  LaTeX does the numbering for you, as well as putting the footnote at the
12476  bottom of the correct page, when it processes your file.
12477 \end_layout
12478
12479 \begin_layout Paragraph
12480 Examples:
12481 \end_layout
12482
12483 \begin_layout Standard
12484 This
12485 \begin_inset Foot
12486 status collapsed
12487
12488 \begin_layout Standard
12489 Hi! I'm a footnote!
12490 \end_layout
12491
12492 \end_inset
12493
12494  is a footnote.
12495 \end_layout
12496
12497 \begin_layout Paragraph
12498 See Also:
12499 \end_layout
12500
12501 \begin_layout Standard
12502 open-stuff; marginpar-insert;
12503 \end_layout
12504
12505 \begin_layout Standard
12506
12507 \emph on
12508 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
12509 \emph default
12510  in 
12511 \emph on
12512 Extended Features
12513 \emph default
12514 .
12515 \end_layout
12516
12517 \begin_layout Subsection
12518 forward-select
12519 \end_layout
12520
12521 \begin_layout Description
12522 Default\InsetSpace ~
12523 Bindings:
12524 \end_layout
12525
12526 \begin_deeper
12527 \begin_layout List
12528 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12529
12530 \series bold
12531 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12532 -
12533 \series default
12534  
12535 \family sans
12536 S-Right 
12537 \end_layout
12538
12539 \end_deeper
12540 \begin_layout Paragraph
12541 Purpose:
12542 \end_layout
12543
12544 \begin_layout Standard
12545 Highlight a single character to the right of the cursor.
12546  If the cursor is at the end of a line, the cursor moves to the beginning
12547  of the next line, and the whitespace in between is selected.
12548  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
12549 \end_layout
12550
12551 \begin_layout Paragraph
12552 See Also:
12553 \end_layout
12554
12555 \begin_layout Standard
12556 char-forward;
12557 \end_layout
12558
12559 \begin_layout Standard
12560 backward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-sele
12561 ct; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
12562  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
12563 \end_layout
12564
12565 \begin_layout Section
12566 G-K
12567 \end_layout
12568
12569 \begin_layout Subsection
12570 hfill-insert
12571 \end_layout
12572
12573 \begin_layout Description
12574 Default\InsetSpace ~
12575 Bindings:
12576 \end_layout
12577
12578 \begin_deeper
12579 \begin_layout List
12580 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12581
12582 \series bold
12583 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12584 -
12585 \series default
12586  
12587 \family sans
12588 \bar under
12589 I
12590 \bar default
12591 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12592
12593 \bar under
12594 S
12595 \bar default
12596 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12597 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12598
12599 \bar under
12600 H
12601 \bar default
12602 Fill
12603 \end_layout
12604
12605 \begin_layout List
12606 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12607
12608 \series bold
12609 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12610 -
12611 \series default
12612  
12613 \family sans
12614 C-i 
12615 \family default
12616 or
12617 \family sans
12618  M-i\InsetSpace ~
12619 h
12620 \end_layout
12621
12622 \end_deeper
12623 \begin_layout Paragraph
12624 Purpose:
12625 \end_layout
12626
12627 \begin_layout Standard
12628 Insert a LaTeX 
12629 \family typewriter
12630
12631 \backslash
12632 hfill
12633 \family default
12634  command.
12635 \end_layout
12636
12637 \begin_layout Paragraph
12638 Usage:
12639 \end_layout
12640
12641 \begin_layout Standard
12642 The LaTeX 
12643 \family typewriter
12644
12645 \backslash
12646 hfill
12647 \family default
12648  stands for 
12649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12650 \end_inset
12651
12652 horizontal fill.
12653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12654 \end_inset
12655
12656  As the name implies, an 
12657 \emph on
12658 HFill
12659 \emph default
12660  fills in the current line with blank space.
12661  You can put it at the beginning or end of a line, which will force the
12662  line against the right or left margin, respectively.
12663  However, an 
12664 \emph on
12665 HFill
12666 \emph default
12667  is most useful in the middle of a line.
12668  The example explains it best.
12669  The 
12670 \emph on
12671 HFill
12672 \emph default
12673  has pushed the text on either side of it to the left and right margins.
12674 \end_layout
12675
12676 \begin_layout Standard
12677 Important Note: by a 
12678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12679 \end_inset
12680
12681 margin,
12682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12683 \end_inset
12684
12685  we do 
12686 \emph on
12687 not
12688 \emph default
12689  mean the page margins.
12690  We mean the environment margin.
12691  For example, if your document has two columns per page, an 
12692 \emph on
12693 HFill
12694 \emph default
12695  fills in the line to the left and right margin 
12696 \emph on
12697 of the column
12698 \emph default
12699 , not the entire page.
12700  If you're in a table cell, 
12701 \emph on
12702 HFill
12703 \emph default
12704  fills to the cell borders, and so on.
12705 \end_layout
12706
12707 \begin_layout Standard
12708 You should only use 
12709 \family typewriter
12710 hfill-insert
12711 \family default
12712  for fine tuning.
12713  LyX has better ways to justify and format text.
12714 \end_layout
12715
12716 \begin_layout Paragraph
12717 Examples:
12718 \end_layout
12719
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 An 
12722 \family typewriter
12723
12724 \backslash
12725 hfill
12726 \family default
12727  command here 
12728 \hfill
12729  has pushed this text apart.
12730 \end_layout
12731
12732 \begin_layout Paragraph
12733 See Also:
12734 \end_layout
12735
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737
12738 \emph on
12739 Editor's Note: Eventually, vfills or the Paragraph popup.
12740  -jw
12741 \end_layout
12742
12743 \begin_layout Subsection
12744 hyphenation-point-insert
12745 \end_layout
12746
12747 \begin_layout Description
12748 Default\InsetSpace ~
12749 Bindings:
12750 \end_layout
12751
12752 \begin_deeper
12753 \begin_layout List
12754 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12755
12756 \series bold
12757 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12758 -
12759 \series default
12760  
12761 \family sans
12762 \bar under
12763 I
12764 \bar default
12765 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12766
12767 \bar under
12768 S
12769 \bar default
12770 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12771 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12772 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12773
12774 \bar under
12775 P
12776 \bar default
12777 oint
12778 \end_layout
12779
12780 \begin_layout List
12781 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12782
12783 \series bold
12784 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12785 -
12786 \series default
12787  
12788 \family sans
12789 M-i\InsetSpace ~
12790 Minus
12791 \family default
12792  (standard).
12793 \end_layout
12794
12795 \begin_deeper
12796 \begin_layout Standard
12797
12798 \family sans
12799 C-Minus
12800 \family default
12801  in 
12802 \family typewriter
12803 cua-bind
12804 \family default
12805 .
12806 \end_layout
12807
12808 \begin_layout Standard
12809
12810 \family sans
12811 C-h
12812 \family default
12813  in 
12814 \family typewriter
12815 emacs-bind
12816 \family default
12817 .
12818 \end_layout
12819
12820 \end_deeper
12821 \end_deeper
12822 \begin_layout Paragraph
12823 Purpose:
12824 \end_layout
12825
12826 \begin_layout Standard
12827 Insert a manual hyphenation point via the LaTeX 
12828 \family typewriter
12829
12830 \backslash
12831 -
12832 \family default
12833  command.
12834  
12835 \end_layout
12836
12837 \begin_layout Paragraph
12838 Usage:
12839 \end_layout
12840
12841 \begin_layout Standard
12842 While LaTeX is normally able to hyphenate most words, it has problems with
12843  other words, especially non-English words and technical terms.
12844  This command allows you to tell LaTeX to hyphenate a single instance of
12845  a word that LaTeX would otherwise be unable to hyphenate.
12846 \end_layout
12847
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 To allow LaTeX to properly hyphenate 
12850 \emph on
12851 gnomon
12852 \emph default
12853 , you type it as 
12854 \family typewriter
12855 gno
12856 \backslash
12857 -mon
12858 \family default
12859 , where you insert the 
12860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12861 \end_inset
12862
12863
12864 \family typewriter
12865
12866 \backslash
12867 -
12868 \family default
12869
12870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12871 \end_inset
12872
12873  by means of the hyphenation command.
12874  Use this command to do the same in LyX [see the example].
12875 \end_layout
12876
12877 \begin_layout Standard
12878 Note: To tell LaTeX how to hyphenate 
12879 \emph on
12880 all
12881 \emph default
12882  instances of a word in a document, insert a LaTeX 
12883 \family typewriter
12884
12885 \backslash
12886 hyphenation{}
12887 \family default
12888  command in the preamble,
12889 \begin_inset Foot
12890 status collapsed
12891
12892 \begin_layout Standard
12893 Edit the preamble from the menu by selecting 
12894 \family sans
12895 Layout
12896 \family default
12897 , then 
12898 \family sans
12899 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
12900 Preamble
12901 \family default
12902  .
12903 \end_layout
12904
12905 \end_inset
12906
12907  where the argument is a space-delimited list of the words to be hyphenated,
12908  with the hyphenation points noted by dashes, as in 
12909 \family typewriter
12910
12911 \backslash
12912 hyphenation{gno-mon gno-mons gno-mon-ly}
12913 \family default
12914 .
12915 \end_layout
12916
12917 \begin_layout Paragraph
12918 Examples:
12919 \end_layout
12920
12921 \begin_layout Standard
12922 This is what 
12923 \emph on
12924 gno\SpecialChar \-
12925 mon
12926 \emph default
12927  looks like in LyX when hyphenated.
12928 \end_layout
12929
12930 \begin_layout Paragraph
12931 See Also:
12932 \end_layout
12933
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 ?
12936 \end_layout
12937
12938 \begin_layout Subsection
12939 index-insert
12940 \end_layout
12941
12942 \begin_layout Description
12943 Default\InsetSpace ~
12944 Bindings:
12945 \end_layout
12946
12947 \begin_deeper
12948 \begin_layout List
12949 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12950
12951 \series bold
12952 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12953
12954 \family sans
12955 \series default
12956 \bar under
12957 I
12958 \bar default
12959 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12960 In
12961 \bar under
12962 d
12963 \bar default
12964 ex\InsetSpace ~
12965 entry
12966 \end_layout
12967
12968 \end_deeper
12969 \begin_layout Paragraph
12970 Purpose:
12971 \end_layout
12972
12973 \begin_layout Standard
12974 Add an entry that LaTeX can use to generate an index entry.
12975 \end_layout
12976
12977 \begin_layout Paragraph
12978 Usage:
12979 \end_layout
12980
12981 \begin_layout Standard
12982 LaTeX has the capability to compile an index based on keywords marked in
12983  the text.
12984  Within LyX, this is done using 
12985 \family typewriter
12986 index-insert
12987 \family default
12988  immediately adjacent to the word or phrase to be placed in the index.
12989  Note that leaving a space in between can occasionally result in the page
12990  number appearing in the index to be off by one page.
12991 \end_layout
12992
12993 \begin_layout Standard
12994 When using 
12995 \family typewriter
12996 index-insert
12997 \family default
12998  from the minibuffer, an argument can be used to give the text to use in
12999  the index entry.
13000  Regardless of how the entry was created in LyX, clicking on the index inset
13001  gives an editable popup window to allow changes in the entry.
13002 \end_layout
13003
13004 \begin_layout Paragraph
13005 Examples:
13006 \end_layout
13007
13008 \begin_layout Standard
13009 Here
13010 \begin_inset LatexCommand \index{example}
13011
13012 \end_inset
13013
13014  is what an index entry looks like.
13015 \end_layout
13016
13017 \begin_layout Paragraph
13018 See Also:
13019 \end_layout
13020
13021 \begin_layout Standard
13022
13023 \family typewriter
13024 index-print
13025 \end_layout
13026
13027 \begin_layout Subsection
13028 index-print
13029 \end_layout
13030
13031 \begin_layout List
13032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13033
13034 \series bold
13035 Default\InsetSpace ~
13036 Bindings:
13037 \end_layout
13038
13039 \begin_deeper
13040 \begin_layout List
13041 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13042
13043 \series bold
13044 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13045
13046 \family sans
13047 \series default
13048 \bar under
13049 I
13050 \bar default
13051 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13052 Lists\InsetSpace ~
13053 and\InsetSpace ~
13054
13055 \bar under
13056 T
13057 \bar default
13058 OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13059
13060 \bar under
13061 I
13062 \bar default
13063 ndex\InsetSpace ~
13064 list
13065 \end_layout
13066
13067 \begin_layout List
13068 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13069
13070 \series bold
13071 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13072 -
13073 \series default
13074  
13075 \family sans
13076 M-i\InsetSpace ~
13077 t\InsetSpace ~
13078 i
13079 \family default
13080  
13081 \end_layout
13082
13083 \end_deeper
13084 \begin_layout Paragraph
13085 Purpose:
13086 \end_layout
13087
13088 \begin_layout Standard
13089 Instruct LaTeX to print the index.
13090 \end_layout
13091
13092 \begin_layout Paragraph
13093 Usage:
13094 \end_layout
13095
13096 \begin_layout Standard
13097
13098 \family typewriter
13099 index-print
13100 \family default
13101  causes LaTeX to read index entries created by 
13102 \family typewriter
13103 index-insert
13104 \family default
13105 , generate an index, and add it to the output document.
13106  Within LyX, the only visible effect of 
13107 \family typewriter
13108 index-print
13109 \family default
13110  is to create an inset labeled 
13111 \family sans
13112 Print Index
13113 \family default
13114 .
13115 \end_layout
13116
13117 \begin_layout Paragraph
13118 See Also:
13119 \end_layout
13120
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122
13123 \family typewriter
13124 index-insert
13125 \end_layout
13126
13127 \begin_layout Subsection
13128 inset-formula-latex-deletable-insert
13129 \end_layout
13130
13131 \begin_layout Description
13132 Default\InsetSpace ~
13133 Bindings:
13134 \end_layout
13135
13136 \begin_deeper
13137 \begin_layout List
13138 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13139
13140 \series bold
13141 None.
13142 \end_layout
13143
13144 \end_deeper
13145 \begin_layout Paragraph
13146 Purpose:
13147 \end_layout
13148
13149 \begin_layout Standard
13150 I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of
13151  math-mode.
13152 \end_layout
13153
13154 \begin_layout Paragraph
13155 Usage:
13156 \end_layout
13157
13158 \begin_layout Standard
13159 ?
13160 \end_layout
13161
13162 \begin_layout Paragraph
13163 Examples:
13164 \end_layout
13165
13166 \begin_layout Standard
13167 ?
13168 \end_layout
13169
13170 \begin_layout Paragraph
13171 See Also:
13172 \end_layout
13173
13174 \begin_layout Standard
13175 ?
13176 \end_layout
13177
13178 \begin_layout Subsection
13179 inset-formula-latex-insert
13180 \end_layout
13181
13182 \begin_layout Description
13183 Default\InsetSpace ~
13184 Bindings:
13185 \end_layout
13186
13187 \begin_deeper
13188 \begin_layout List
13189 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13190
13191 \series bold
13192 None.
13193 \end_layout
13194
13195 \end_deeper
13196 \begin_layout Paragraph
13197 Purpose:
13198 \end_layout
13199
13200 \begin_layout Standard
13201 I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of
13202  math-mode.
13203 \end_layout
13204
13205 \begin_layout Paragraph
13206 Usage:
13207 \end_layout
13208
13209 \begin_layout Standard
13210 ?
13211 \end_layout
13212
13213 \begin_layout Paragraph
13214 Examples:
13215 \end_layout
13216
13217 \begin_layout Standard
13218 ?
13219 \end_layout
13220
13221 \begin_layout Paragraph
13222 See Also:
13223 \end_layout
13224
13225 \begin_layout Standard
13226 ?
13227 \end_layout
13228
13229 \begin_layout Subsection
13230 inset-latex-deletable-insert
13231 \end_layout
13232
13233 \begin_layout Description
13234 Default\InsetSpace ~
13235 Bindings:
13236 \end_layout
13237
13238 \begin_deeper
13239 \begin_layout List
13240 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13241
13242 \series bold
13243 None.
13244 \end_layout
13245
13246 \end_deeper
13247 \begin_layout Paragraph
13248 Purpose:
13249 \end_layout
13250
13251 \begin_layout Standard
13252 ?
13253 \end_layout
13254
13255 \begin_layout Paragraph
13256 Usage:
13257 \end_layout
13258
13259 \begin_layout Standard
13260 ?
13261 \end_layout
13262
13263 \begin_layout Paragraph
13264 Examples:
13265 \end_layout
13266
13267 \begin_layout Standard
13268 ?
13269 \end_layout
13270
13271 \begin_layout Paragraph
13272 See Also:
13273 \end_layout
13274
13275 \begin_layout Standard
13276 ?
13277 \end_layout
13278
13279 \begin_layout Subsection
13280 inset-latex-insert
13281 \end_layout
13282
13283 \begin_layout Description
13284 Default\InsetSpace ~
13285 Bindings:
13286 \end_layout
13287
13288 \begin_deeper
13289 \begin_layout List
13290 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13291
13292 \series bold
13293 None.
13294 \end_layout
13295
13296 \end_deeper
13297 \begin_layout Paragraph
13298 Purpose:
13299 \end_layout
13300
13301 \begin_layout Standard
13302 ?
13303 \end_layout
13304
13305 \begin_layout Paragraph
13306 Usage:
13307 \end_layout
13308
13309 \begin_layout Standard
13310 ?
13311 \end_layout
13312
13313 \begin_layout Paragraph
13314 Examples:
13315 \end_layout
13316
13317 \begin_layout Standard
13318 ?
13319 \end_layout
13320
13321 \begin_layout Paragraph
13322 See Also:
13323 \end_layout
13324
13325 \begin_layout Standard
13326 ?
13327 \end_layout
13328
13329 \begin_layout Subsection
13330 keymap-off
13331 \end_layout
13332
13333 \begin_layout Description
13334 Default\InsetSpace ~
13335 Bindings:
13336 \end_layout
13337
13338 \begin_deeper
13339 \begin_layout List
13340 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13341
13342 \series bold
13343 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13344 -
13345 \series default
13346  
13347 \family sans
13348 \bar under
13349 O
13350 \bar default
13351 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13352
13353 \bar under
13354 K
13355 \bar default
13356 eyboard
13357 \end_layout
13358
13359 \begin_deeper
13360 \begin_layout Description
13361 Key\InsetSpace ~
13362 Mappings:
13363 \series medium
13364  
13365 \family sans
13366 No\InsetSpace ~
13367 key\InsetSpace ~
13368 mapping
13369 \end_layout
13370
13371 \end_deeper
13372 \begin_layout List
13373 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13374
13375 \series bold
13376 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13377 -
13378 \series default
13379  
13380 \family sans
13381 M-k\InsetSpace ~
13382
13383 \family default
13384 or 
13385 \family sans
13386 M-k\InsetSpace ~
13387 x
13388 \end_layout
13389
13390 \end_deeper
13391 \begin_layout Paragraph
13392 Purpose:
13393 \end_layout
13394
13395 \begin_layout Standard
13396 Turn off keyboard character keymapping.
13397 \end_layout
13398
13399 \begin_layout Paragraph
13400 Usage:
13401 \end_layout
13402
13403 \begin_layout Standard
13404 In addition to the default keymap, the keyboard can have a primary keymap,
13405  a secondary keymap, or both.
13406  If you have previously defined and selected either the primary or secondary
13407  keymaps, you can turn-off this selection by issuing the 
13408 \family typewriter
13409 keymap-off
13410 \family default
13411  command.
13412 \end_layout
13413
13414 \begin_layout Standard
13415
13416 \emph on
13417 Editor's Note - We probably need to add some more info.
13418  - jw
13419 \end_layout
13420
13421 \begin_layout Paragraph
13422 Examples:
13423 \end_layout
13424
13425 \begin_layout Standard
13426 ?
13427 \end_layout
13428
13429 \begin_layout Paragraph
13430 See Also:
13431 \end_layout
13432
13433 \begin_layout Standard
13434 keymap-primary; keymap-secondary.
13435 \end_layout
13436
13437 \begin_layout Standard
13438 Keyboard keymapping is described in more detail in\SpecialChar \ldots{}
13439
13440 \end_layout
13441
13442 \begin_layout Subsection
13443 keymap-primary
13444 \end_layout
13445
13446 \begin_layout Description
13447 Default\InsetSpace ~
13448 Bindings:
13449 \end_layout
13450
13451 \begin_deeper
13452 \begin_layout List
13453 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13454
13455 \series bold
13456 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13457 -
13458 \series default
13459  
13460 \family sans
13461 \bar under
13462 O
13463 \bar default
13464 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13465
13466 \bar under
13467 K
13468 \bar default
13469 eyboard
13470 \end_layout
13471
13472 \begin_deeper
13473 \begin_layout Description
13474 Key\InsetSpace ~
13475 Mappings: 
13476 \family sans
13477 \series medium
13478 Primary\InsetSpace ~
13479 key\InsetSpace ~
13480 mapping
13481 \end_layout
13482
13483 \end_deeper
13484 \begin_layout List
13485 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13486
13487 \series bold
13488 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13489 -
13490 \series default
13491  
13492 \family sans
13493 M-k\InsetSpace ~
13494 1
13495 \end_layout
13496
13497 \end_deeper
13498 \begin_layout Paragraph
13499 Purpose:
13500 \end_layout
13501
13502 \begin_layout Standard
13503 Select the primary keymap.
13504 \end_layout
13505
13506 \begin_layout Paragraph
13507 Usage:
13508 \end_layout
13509
13510 \begin_layout Standard
13511 Self-explanatory.
13512  See 
13513 \family typewriter
13514 keymap-off
13515 \family default
13516  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
13517 \end_layout
13518
13519 \begin_layout Paragraph
13520 See Also:
13521 \end_layout
13522
13523 \begin_layout Standard
13524 keymap-off
13525 \end_layout
13526
13527 \begin_layout Subsection
13528 keymap-secondary
13529 \end_layout
13530
13531 \begin_layout Description
13532 Default\InsetSpace ~
13533 Bindings:
13534 \end_layout
13535
13536 \begin_deeper
13537 \begin_layout List
13538 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13539
13540 \series bold
13541 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13542 -
13543 \series default
13544  
13545 \family sans
13546 \bar under
13547 O
13548 \bar default
13549 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13550
13551 \bar under
13552 K
13553 \bar default
13554 eyboard
13555 \end_layout
13556
13557 \begin_deeper
13558 \begin_layout Description
13559 Key\InsetSpace ~
13560 Mappings: 
13561 \family sans
13562 \series medium
13563 Secondary\InsetSpace ~
13564 key\InsetSpace ~
13565 mapping
13566 \end_layout
13567
13568 \end_deeper
13569 \begin_layout List
13570 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13571
13572 \series bold
13573 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13574 -
13575 \series default
13576  
13577 \family sans
13578 M-k\InsetSpace ~
13579 2
13580 \end_layout
13581
13582 \end_deeper
13583 \begin_layout Paragraph
13584 Purpose:
13585 \end_layout
13586
13587 \begin_layout Standard
13588 Select the secondary keymap.
13589 \end_layout
13590
13591 \begin_layout Paragraph
13592 Usage:
13593 \end_layout
13594
13595 \begin_layout Standard
13596 Self-explanatory.
13597  See 
13598 \family typewriter
13599 keymap-off
13600 \family default
13601  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
13602 \end_layout
13603
13604 \begin_layout Paragraph
13605 See Also:
13606 \end_layout
13607
13608 \begin_layout Standard
13609 keymap-off
13610 \end_layout
13611
13612 \begin_layout Subsection
13613 keymap-toggle
13614 \end_layout
13615
13616 \begin_layout Description
13617 Default\InsetSpace ~
13618 Bindings:
13619 \end_layout
13620
13621 \begin_deeper
13622 \begin_layout List
13623 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13624
13625 \series bold
13626 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13627 -
13628 \series default
13629  
13630 \family sans
13631 \bar under
13632 O
13633 \bar default
13634 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13635
13636 \bar under
13637 K
13638 \bar default
13639 eyboard 
13640 \end_layout
13641
13642 \begin_deeper
13643 \begin_layout Description
13644 Key\InsetSpace ~
13645 Mappings
13646 \series medium
13647
13648 \family sans
13649 Mapping\InsetSpace ~
13650 Switch
13651 \end_layout
13652
13653 \end_deeper
13654 \begin_layout List
13655 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13656
13657 \series bold
13658 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13659 -
13660 \series default
13661  
13662 \family sans
13663 M-k\InsetSpace ~
13664 t
13665 \end_layout
13666
13667 \end_deeper
13668 \begin_layout Paragraph
13669 Purpose:
13670 \end_layout
13671
13672 \begin_layout Standard
13673 Allows you to toggle back and forth between the primary and secondary keymaps
13674  (either of which can be set to a value of 
13675 \family typewriter
13676 default
13677 \family default
13678 ).
13679 \end_layout
13680
13681 \begin_layout Paragraph
13682 Usage:
13683 \end_layout
13684
13685 \begin_layout Standard
13686 Self-explanatory.
13687  See 
13688 \family typewriter
13689 keymap-off
13690 \family default
13691  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
13692 \end_layout
13693
13694 \begin_layout Paragraph
13695 See Also:
13696 \end_layout
13697
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13699 keymap-off
13700 \end_layout
13701
13702 \begin_layout Section
13703 L
13704 \end_layout
13705
13706 \begin_layout Subsection
13707 label-insert
13708 \end_layout
13709
13710 \begin_layout Description
13711 Default\InsetSpace ~
13712 Bindings:
13713 \end_layout
13714
13715 \begin_deeper
13716 \begin_layout List
13717 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13718
13719 \series bold
13720 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13721 -
13722 \series default
13723  
13724 \family sans
13725 \bar under
13726 I
13727 \bar default
13728 nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13729
13730 \bar under
13731 L
13732 \bar default
13733 abel
13734 \end_layout
13735
13736 \begin_deeper
13737 \begin_layout Description
13738 Input: (enter label name in input box)
13739 \end_layout
13740
13741 \end_deeper
13742 \begin_layout List
13743 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13744
13745 \series bold
13746 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13747 -
13748 \series default
13749  
13750 \family sans
13751 M-i\InsetSpace ~
13752 l
13753 \end_layout
13754
13755 \end_deeper
13756 \begin_layout Paragraph
13757 Purpose:
13758 \end_layout
13759
13760 \begin_layout Standard
13761 Insert a label (and create a character string label key for it) for use
13762  in a cross-reference to either the current environment entity or the printed
13763  page number of the label location.
13764 \end_layout
13765
13766 \begin_layout Paragraph
13767 Usage:
13768 \end_layout
13769
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13771 This command inserts a LaTeX 
13772 \family typewriter
13773
13774 \backslash
13775 label{key}
13776 \family default
13777  command into the document, which contains a case-sensitive alphanumeric
13778  label 
13779 \family typewriter
13780 key
13781 \family default
13782  that you define.
13783  This command allows LaTeX to track the current environment and printed
13784  page number for subsequent
13785 \begin_inset Foot
13786 status collapsed
13787
13788 \begin_layout Standard
13789 Actually, it doesn't need to be a subsequent reference.
13790  You can reference a label 
13791 \emph on
13792 before
13793 \emph default
13794  it is defined, but you must then run LaTeX multiple times to allow LaTeX
13795  to resolve these types of references.
13796 \end_layout
13797
13798 \end_inset
13799
13800  cross-reference via the 
13801 \family typewriter
13802 ref-insert
13803 \family default
13804  command.
13805  The current environment is the section, table, figure, equation, enumerated
13806  item, 
13807 \emph on
13808 etc
13809 \emph default
13810 ., that the label is within.
13811  Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print
13812  your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which
13813  is the character string label that you defined.
13814  
13815 \end_layout
13816
13817 \begin_layout Standard
13818 Note that you can't define labels for math equations using this command.
13819  LyX labels equations using a combination of the 
13820 \family typewriter
13821 math-number
13822 \family default
13823  command and the actual LaTeX command 
13824 \family typewriter
13825
13826 \backslash
13827 label{key}
13828 \family default
13829 .
13830  See the User's Guide for more information about labelling and numbering
13831  equations.
13832 \end_layout
13833
13834 \begin_layout Paragraph
13835 Examples:
13836 \end_layout
13837
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 If the current environment is a section, as it is here at this point, you
13840  can insert a label with the following result:
13841 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{test label}
13842
13843 \end_inset
13844
13845 .
13846  This label can then be referenced, and the result will be the section number
13847  for this section, as Section\InsetSpace ~
13848
13849 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{test label}
13850
13851 \end_inset
13852
13853 .
13854 \end_layout
13855
13856 \begin_layout Paragraph
13857 See Also:
13858 \end_layout
13859
13860 \begin_layout Standard
13861 ref-insert; math-number.
13862  
13863 \end_layout
13864
13865 \begin_layout Standard
13866 You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing
13867  method in the LyX User's Guide or any LaTeX user's guide.
13868 \end_layout
13869
13870 \begin_layout Subsection
13871 latex-view-log
13872 \end_layout
13873
13874 \begin_layout Description
13875 Default\InsetSpace ~
13876 Bindings:
13877 \end_layout
13878
13879 \begin_deeper
13880 \begin_layout List
13881 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13882
13883 \series bold
13884 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13885 -
13886 \series default
13887  
13888 \family sans
13889 \bar under
13890 E
13891 \bar default
13892 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13893 Vie
13894 \bar under
13895 w
13896 \bar default
13897  LaTeX Log
13898 \end_layout
13899
13900 \begin_layout List
13901 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13902
13903 \series bold
13904 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13905 -
13906 \series default
13907  
13908 \family sans
13909 M-e\InsetSpace ~
13910 w
13911 \end_layout
13912
13913 \end_deeper
13914 \begin_layout Paragraph
13915 Purpose:
13916 \end_layout
13917
13918 \begin_layout Standard
13919 Displays the log file produced by LaTeX.
13920 \end_layout
13921
13922 \begin_layout Paragraph
13923 Usage:
13924 \end_layout
13925
13926 \begin_layout Standard
13927 Self-explanatory.
13928 \end_layout
13929
13930 \begin_layout Subsection
13931 layout
13932 \end_layout
13933
13934 \begin_layout Description
13935 Default\InsetSpace ~
13936 Bindings:
13937 \end_layout
13938
13939 \begin_deeper
13940 \begin_layout List
13941 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13942
13943 \series bold
13944 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
13945 -
13946 \series default
13947  Pull-down box at the left end of the toolbar.
13948 \end_layout
13949
13950 \begin_layout List
13951 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13952
13953 \series bold
13954 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13955 -
13956 \series default
13957  
13958 \family sans
13959 M-p 
13960 \family default
13961 prefix plus one of the following:
13962 \end_layout
13963
13964 \begin_deeper
13965 \begin_layout List
13966 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13967
13968 \family sans
13969 M-p\InsetSpace ~
13970 1
13971 \family default
13972  
13973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13974 \end_inset
13975
13976
13977 \family typewriter
13978 layout Chapter
13979 \family default
13980
13981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13982 \end_inset
13983
13984
13985 \end_layout
13986
13987 \begin_layout List
13988 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
13989
13990 \family sans
13991 M-p\InsetSpace ~
13992 2
13993 \family default
13994  
13995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13996 \end_inset
13997
13998
13999 \family typewriter
14000 layout Section
14001 \family default
14002
14003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14004 \end_inset
14005
14006
14007 \end_layout
14008
14009 \begin_layout List
14010 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14011
14012 \family sans
14013 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14014 3
14015 \family default
14016  
14017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14018 \end_inset
14019
14020
14021 \family typewriter
14022 layout Subsection
14023 \family default
14024
14025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14026 \end_inset
14027
14028
14029 \end_layout
14030
14031 \begin_layout List
14032 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14033
14034 \family sans
14035 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14036 4
14037 \family default
14038  
14039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14040 \end_inset
14041
14042
14043 \family typewriter
14044 layout Subsubsection
14045 \family default
14046
14047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14048 \end_inset
14049
14050
14051 \end_layout
14052
14053 \begin_layout List
14054 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14055
14056 \family sans
14057 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14058 5
14059 \family default
14060  
14061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14062 \end_inset
14063
14064
14065 \family typewriter
14066 layout Paragraph
14067 \family default
14068
14069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14070 \end_inset
14071
14072
14073 \end_layout
14074
14075 \begin_layout List
14076 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14077
14078 \family sans
14079 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14080 6
14081 \family default
14082  
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14084 \end_inset
14085
14086
14087 \family typewriter
14088 layout Subparagraph
14089 \family default
14090
14091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14092 \end_inset
14093
14094
14095 \end_layout
14096
14097 \begin_layout List
14098 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14099
14100 \family sans
14101 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14102 a
14103 \family default
14104  
14105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14106 \end_inset
14107
14108
14109 \family typewriter
14110 layout Abstract
14111 \family default
14112
14113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14114 \end_inset
14115
14116
14117 \end_layout
14118
14119 \begin_layout List
14120 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14121
14122 \family sans
14123 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14124 S-A
14125 \family default
14126  
14127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 \end_inset
14129
14130
14131 \family typewriter
14132 layout Author
14133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \end_inset
14135
14136
14137 \end_layout
14138
14139 \begin_layout List
14140 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14141
14142 \family sans
14143 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14144 M-a
14145 \family default
14146  
14147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14148 \end_inset
14149
14150
14151 \family typewriter
14152 layout Address
14153 \family default
14154
14155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14156 \end_inset
14157
14158
14159 \end_layout
14160
14161 \begin_layout List
14162 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14163
14164 \family sans
14165 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14166 C-a
14167 \family default
14168  
14169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14170 \end_inset
14171
14172
14173 \family typewriter
14174 layout RightAddress
14175 \family default
14176
14177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14178 \end_inset
14179
14180
14181 \end_layout
14182
14183 \begin_layout List
14184 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14185
14186 \family sans
14187 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14188 b
14189 \family default
14190  
14191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14192 \end_inset
14193
14194
14195 \family typewriter
14196 layout Itemize
14197 \family default
14198
14199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14200 \end_inset
14201
14202
14203 \end_layout
14204
14205 \begin_layout List
14206 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14207
14208 \family sans
14209 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14210 S-B
14211 \family default
14212  
14213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14214 \end_inset
14215
14216
14217 \family typewriter
14218 layout Bibliography
14219 \family default
14220
14221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14222 \end_inset
14223
14224
14225 \end_layout
14226
14227 \begin_layout List
14228 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14229
14230 \family sans
14231 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14232 c
14233 \family default
14234  
14235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14236 \end_inset
14237
14238
14239 \family typewriter
14240 layout LyX-Code
14241 \family default
14242
14243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14244 \end_inset
14245
14246
14247 \end_layout
14248
14249 \begin_layout List
14250 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14251
14252 \family sans
14253 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14254 S-C
14255 \family default
14256  
14257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14258 \end_inset
14259
14260
14261 \family typewriter
14262 layout Comment
14263 \family default
14264
14265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14266 \end_inset
14267
14268
14269 \end_layout
14270
14271 \begin_layout List
14272 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14273
14274 \family sans
14275 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14276 M-c
14277 \family default
14278  
14279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14280 \end_inset
14281
14282
14283 \family typewriter
14284 layout Caption
14285 \family default
14286
14287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14288 \end_inset
14289
14290
14291 \end_layout
14292
14293 \begin_layout List
14294 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14295
14296 \family sans
14297 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14298 d
14299 \family default
14300  
14301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14302 \end_inset
14303
14304
14305 \family typewriter
14306 layout Description
14307 \family default
14308
14309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14310 \end_inset
14311
14312
14313 \end_layout
14314
14315 \begin_layout List
14316 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14317
14318 \family sans
14319 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14320 S-D
14321 \family default
14322  
14323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14324 \end_inset
14325
14326
14327 \family typewriter
14328 layout Date
14329 \family default
14330
14331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14332 \end_inset
14333
14334
14335 \end_layout
14336
14337 \begin_layout List
14338 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14339
14340 \family sans
14341 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14342 e
14343 \family default
14344  
14345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14346 \end_inset
14347
14348
14349 \family typewriter
14350 layout Enumerate
14351 \family default
14352
14353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14354 \end_inset
14355
14356
14357 \end_layout
14358
14359 \begin_layout List
14360 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14361
14362 \family sans
14363 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14364 f
14365 \family default
14366  
14367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14368 \end_inset
14369
14370
14371 \family typewriter
14372 layout ShortFoilhead
14373 \family default
14374
14375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14376 \end_inset
14377
14378
14379 \end_layout
14380
14381 \begin_layout List
14382 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14383
14384 \family sans
14385 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14386 S-F
14387 \family default
14388  
14389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14390 \end_inset
14391
14392
14393 \family typewriter
14394 layout Foilhead
14395 \family default
14396
14397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14398 \end_inset
14399
14400
14401 \end_layout
14402
14403 \begin_layout List
14404 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14405
14406 \family sans
14407 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14408 i
14409 \family default
14410  
14411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14412 \end_inset
14413
14414
14415 \family typewriter
14416 layout Itemize
14417 \family default
14418
14419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14420 \end_inset
14421
14422
14423 \end_layout
14424
14425 \begin_layout List
14426 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14427
14428 \family sans
14429 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14430 l
14431 \family default
14432  
14433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14434 \end_inset
14435
14436
14437 \family typewriter
14438 layout List
14439 \family default
14440
14441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14442 \end_inset
14443
14444
14445 \end_layout
14446
14447 \begin_layout List
14448 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14449
14450 \family sans
14451 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14452 S-L
14453 \family default
14454  
14455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14456 \end_inset
14457
14458
14459 \family typewriter
14460 layout LaTeX
14461 \family default
14462
14463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14464 \end_inset
14465
14466
14467 \end_layout
14468
14469 \begin_layout List
14470 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14471
14472 \family sans
14473 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14474 n
14475 \family default
14476  
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14478 \end_inset
14479
14480
14481 \family typewriter
14482 layout Enumerate
14483 \family default
14484
14485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14486 \end_inset
14487
14488
14489 \end_layout
14490
14491 \begin_layout List
14492 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14493
14494 \family sans
14495 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14496 q
14497 \family default
14498  
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \end_inset
14501
14502
14503 \family typewriter
14504 layout Quote
14505 \family default
14506
14507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14508 \end_inset
14509
14510
14511 \end_layout
14512
14513 \begin_layout List
14514 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14515
14516 \family sans
14517 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14518 S-Q
14519 \family default
14520  
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14522 \end_inset
14523
14524
14525 \family typewriter
14526 layout Quotation
14527 \family default
14528
14529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14530 \end_inset
14531
14532
14533 \end_layout
14534
14535 \begin_layout List
14536 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14537
14538 \family sans
14539 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14540 r
14541 \family default
14542  
14543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14544 \end_inset
14545
14546
14547 \family typewriter
14548 layout ShortRotatefoilhead
14549 \family default
14550
14551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14552 \end_inset
14553
14554
14555 \end_layout
14556
14557 \begin_layout List
14558 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14559
14560 \family sans
14561 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14562 S-R
14563 \family default
14564  
14565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14566 \end_inset
14567
14568
14569 \family typewriter
14570 layout Rotatefoilhead
14571 \family default
14572
14573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14574 \end_inset
14575
14576
14577 \end_layout
14578
14579 \begin_layout List
14580 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14581
14582 \family sans
14583 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14584 s
14585 \family default
14586  
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14588 \end_inset
14589
14590
14591 \family typewriter
14592 layout Standard
14593 \family default
14594
14595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 \end_inset
14597
14598
14599 \end_layout
14600
14601 \begin_layout List
14602 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14603
14604 \family sans
14605 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14606 t
14607 \family default
14608  
14609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14610 \end_inset
14611
14612
14613 \family typewriter
14614 layout Title
14615 \family default
14616
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14618 \end_inset
14619
14620
14621 \end_layout
14622
14623 \begin_layout List
14624 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14625
14626 \family sans
14627 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14628 v
14629 \family default
14630  
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14632 \end_inset
14633
14634
14635 \family typewriter
14636 layout Verse
14637 \family default
14638
14639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14640 \end_inset
14641
14642
14643 \end_layout
14644
14645 \begin_layout List
14646 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14647
14648 \family sans
14649 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14650 x
14651 \family default
14652  
14653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14654 \end_inset
14655
14656
14657 \family typewriter
14658 layout LaTeX
14659 \family default
14660
14661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 \end_inset
14663
14664
14665 \end_layout
14666
14667 \begin_layout List
14668 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
14669
14670 \family sans
14671 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14672 S-at
14673 \family default
14674  
14675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14676 \end_inset
14677
14678
14679 \family typewriter
14680 layout Section*
14681 \family default
14682
14683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14684 \end_inset
14685
14686
14687 \end_layout
14688
14689 \begin_layout List
14690 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
14691
14692 \family sans
14693 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14694 S-numbersign
14695 \family default
14696  
14697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14698 \end_inset
14699
14700
14701 \family typewriter
14702 layout Subsection*
14703 \family default
14704
14705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14706 \end_inset
14707
14708
14709 \end_layout
14710
14711 \begin_layout List
14712 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
14713
14714 \family sans
14715 M-p\InsetSpace ~
14716 S-dollar
14717 \family default
14718  
14719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14720 \end_inset
14721
14722
14723 \family typewriter
14724 layout Subsubsection*
14725 \family default
14726
14727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14728 \end_inset
14729
14730
14731 \end_layout
14732
14733 \end_deeper
14734 \end_deeper
14735 \begin_layout Paragraph
14736 Purpose:
14737 \end_layout
14738
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14740 To select a paragraph environment.
14741 \end_layout
14742
14743 \begin_layout Paragraph
14744 Usage:
14745 \end_layout
14746
14747 \begin_layout Standard
14748 This function requires an argument, which is the name of the paragraph environme
14749 nt to use.
14750  Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
14751  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
14752 \end_layout
14753
14754 \begin_layout Standard
14755 There are more possible arguments than those listed in the keybindings.
14756  In fact, the possible arguments change depending on what document class
14757  you're using.
14758  In any case, there are so many different paragraph environments that we
14759  couldn't go into detail about each one here.
14760  [
14761 \emph on
14762 Editor's Note- Maybe we need another chapter, just for the layouts? - jw
14763 \emph default
14764 ]
14765 \end_layout
14766
14767 \begin_layout Paragraph
14768 See Also:
14769 \end_layout
14770
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14772 The appropriate section of UserGuide.lyx.
14773 \end_layout
14774
14775 \begin_layout Subsection
14776 layout-character
14777 \end_layout
14778
14779 \begin_layout Description
14780 Default\InsetSpace ~
14781 Bindings:
14782 \end_layout
14783
14784 \begin_deeper
14785 \begin_layout List
14786 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14787
14788 \series bold
14789 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14790 -
14791 \series default
14792  
14793 \family sans
14794 \bar under
14795 L
14796 \bar default
14797 ayout \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14798
14799 \bar under
14800 C
14801 \bar default
14802 haracter
14803 \end_layout
14804
14805 \begin_deeper
14806 \begin_layout Description
14807 Character\InsetSpace ~
14808 Layout: (controls for character font settings)
14809 \end_layout
14810
14811 \end_deeper
14812 \begin_layout List
14813 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14814
14815 \series bold
14816 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14817 -
14818 \series default
14819  
14820 \family sans
14821 M-l\InsetSpace ~
14822 c
14823 \end_layout
14824
14825 \end_deeper
14826 \begin_layout Paragraph
14827 Purpose:
14828 \end_layout
14829
14830 \begin_layout Standard
14831 Activates the 
14832 \family sans
14833 Character Layout
14834 \family default
14835  pop-up, which allows you to control the character family, series, shape,
14836  size, and underlining font details.
14837 \end_layout
14838
14839 \begin_layout Paragraph
14840 Usage:
14841 \end_layout
14842
14843 \begin_layout Standard
14844 You can change the character appearance just once, for selected text, or
14845  for all subsequently typed text.
14846 \end_layout
14847
14848 \begin_layout Standard
14849 Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
14850  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
14851 \end_layout
14852
14853 \begin_layout Paragraph
14854 See Also:
14855 \end_layout
14856
14857 \begin_layout Standard
14858 layout-paragraph; layout-document.
14859 \end_layout
14860
14861 \begin_layout Subsection
14862 layout-document
14863 \end_layout
14864
14865 \begin_layout Description
14866 Default\InsetSpace ~
14867 Bindings:
14868 \end_layout
14869
14870 \begin_deeper
14871 \begin_layout List
14872 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14873
14874 \series bold
14875 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14876 -
14877 \series default
14878  
14879 \family sans
14880 \bar under
14881 L
14882 \bar default
14883 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14884
14885 \bar under
14886 D
14887 \bar default
14888 ocument
14889 \end_layout
14890
14891 \begin_deeper
14892 \begin_layout Description
14893 Document\InsetSpace ~
14894 Layout: (controls for document format settings)
14895 \end_layout
14896
14897 \end_deeper
14898 \begin_layout List
14899 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14900
14901 \series bold
14902 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14903 -
14904 \series default
14905  
14906 \family sans
14907 M-l\InsetSpace ~
14908 d
14909 \end_layout
14910
14911 \end_deeper
14912 \begin_layout Paragraph
14913 Purpose:
14914 \end_layout
14915
14916 \begin_layout Standard
14917 Activates the 
14918 \family sans
14919 Document Layout
14920 \family default
14921  pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the entire document,
14922  including: class, pagestyle, default font type and size, language, paper
14923  size, number of paper sides and orientation, number of columns, paragraph
14924  separation method and spacing, section numbering and table of contents
14925  depth, and other parameters.
14926 \end_layout
14927
14928 \begin_layout Paragraph
14929 See Also:
14930 \end_layout
14931
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14933 layout-character; layout-paragraph.
14934 \end_layout
14935
14936 \begin_layout Subsection
14937 layout-paragraph
14938 \end_layout
14939
14940 \begin_layout Description
14941 Default\InsetSpace ~
14942 Bindings:
14943 \end_layout
14944
14945 \begin_deeper
14946 \begin_layout List
14947 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14948
14949 \series bold
14950 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14951 -
14952 \series default
14953  
14954 \family sans
14955 \bar under
14956 L
14957 \bar default
14958 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14959
14960 \bar under
14961 P
14962 \bar default
14963 aragraph
14964 \end_layout
14965
14966 \begin_deeper
14967 \begin_layout Description
14968 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
14969 Layout: (controls for paragraph format settings)
14970 \end_layout
14971
14972 \end_deeper
14973 \begin_layout List
14974 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14975
14976 \series bold
14977 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14978 -
14979 \series default
14980  
14981 \family sans
14982 M-l\InsetSpace ~
14983 p
14984 \end_layout
14985
14986 \end_deeper
14987 \begin_layout Paragraph
14988 Purpose:
14989 \end_layout
14990
14991 \begin_layout Standard
14992 Activates the 
14993 \family sans
14994 Paragraph Layout
14995 \family default
14996  pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the current paragraph,
14997  including: alignment, vertical spacing above and below the paragraph, line
14998  spacing, page breaking, indention, and label width (for appropriate paragraphs).
14999  
15000 \end_layout
15001
15002 \begin_layout Paragraph
15003 Usage:
15004 \end_layout
15005
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15007 You may make changes either to the current paragraph or to a group of selected
15008  paragraphs.
15009  Changes made to the current paragraph [or the selected group] do not affect
15010  other paragraphs.
15011 \end_layout
15012
15013 \begin_layout Standard
15014 Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
15015  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
15016 \end_layout
15017
15018 \begin_layout Paragraph
15019 See Also:
15020 \end_layout
15021
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15023 layout-character; layout-document.
15024 \end_layout
15025
15026 \begin_layout Subsection
15027 layout-preamble
15028 \end_layout
15029
15030 \begin_layout Description
15031 Default\InsetSpace ~
15032 Bindings:
15033 \end_layout
15034
15035 \begin_deeper
15036 \begin_layout List
15037 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15038
15039 \series bold
15040 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15041 -
15042 \series default
15043  
15044 \family sans
15045 \bar under
15046 L
15047 \bar default
15048 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15049
15050 \bar under
15051 L
15052 \bar default
15053 aTeX\InsetSpace ~
15054 Preamble
15055 \end_layout
15056
15057 \begin_deeper
15058 \begin_layout Description
15059 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
15060 Preamble: (edit window for direct modification of the LaTeX preamble)
15061 \end_layout
15062
15063 \end_deeper
15064 \begin_layout List
15065 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15066
15067 \series bold
15068 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15069 -
15070 \series default
15071  
15072 \family sans
15073 M-l\InsetSpace ~
15074 l
15075 \end_layout
15076
15077 \end_deeper
15078 \begin_layout Paragraph
15079 Purpose:
15080 \end_layout
15081
15082 \begin_layout Standard
15083 Activates the 
15084 \family sans
15085 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
15086 Preamble 
15087 \family default
15088 pop-up, which allows you to directly make additions to the LaTeX preamble
15089  that LyX inserts in the LaTeX version of the document.
15090 \end_layout
15091
15092 \begin_layout Paragraph
15093 Usage:
15094 \end_layout
15095
15096 \begin_layout Standard
15097 In the LaTeX preamble, you can insert non-standard LaTeX parameter settings
15098  or LaTeX commands.
15099  
15100 \end_layout
15101
15102 \begin_layout Standard
15103 Each document has its own preamble.
15104  LyX currently adds certain commands to the preamble based on settings you've
15105  chosen from within LyX.
15106  Some things LyX just can't do yet, but LaTeX can.
15107  Or, you may want to use some custom LaTeX macros.
15108  The 
15109 \family sans
15110 LaTeX Preamble
15111 \family default
15112  popup is where to do it.
15113 \end_layout
15114
15115 \begin_layout Paragraph
15116 Example:
15117 \end_layout
15118
15119 \begin_layout Standard
15120 The following is a typical preamble that changes default settings for twocolumn
15121  mode, creates a simple custom LaTeX command for later use in this document,
15122  and then reads in some other personal settings and/or macros from an external
15123  file.
15124  Remember, if you want your documents to be portable, you need to bundle
15125  any such external files with the document file(s):
15126 \end_layout
15127
15128 \begin_layout LyX-Code
15129
15130 \backslash
15131 columnsep 10pt
15132 \end_layout
15133
15134 \begin_layout LyX-Code
15135
15136 \backslash
15137 columnseprule 2pt
15138 \end_layout
15139
15140 \begin_layout LyX-Code
15141
15142 \backslash
15143 newcommand{
15144 \backslash
15145 astm}[2]{#1
15146 \backslash
15147 ,#2}
15148 \end_layout
15149
15150 \begin_layout LyX-Code
15151 %
15152 \end_layout
15153
15154 \begin_layout LyX-Code
15155
15156 \backslash
15157 input{
15158 \backslash
15159 home
15160 \backslash
15161 homenode
15162 \backslash
15163 myname
15164 \backslash
15165 latex
15166 \backslash
15167 macros
15168 \backslash
15169 my_macros.def}
15170 \end_layout
15171
15172 \begin_layout Paragraph
15173 See Also:
15174 \end_layout
15175
15176 \begin_layout Standard
15177 The appropriate chapter in LyX User's Guide.
15178 \end_layout
15179
15180 \begin_layout Subsection
15181 layout-quotes
15182 \end_layout
15183
15184 \begin_layout Description
15185 Default\InsetSpace ~
15186 Bindings:
15187 \end_layout
15188
15189 \begin_deeper
15190 \begin_layout List
15191 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15192
15193 \series bold
15194 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15195 -
15196 \series default
15197  
15198 \family sans
15199 \bar under
15200 L
15201 \bar default
15202 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15203
15204 \bar under
15205 Q
15206 \bar default
15207 uotes
15208 \end_layout
15209
15210 \begin_deeper
15211 \begin_layout Description
15212 Quotes: (controls for setting desired quotation marks)
15213 \end_layout
15214
15215 \end_deeper
15216 \begin_layout List
15217 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15218
15219 \series bold
15220 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15221 -
15222 \series default
15223  
15224 \family sans
15225 M-l\InsetSpace ~
15226 q
15227 \end_layout
15228
15229 \end_deeper
15230 \begin_layout Paragraph
15231 Purpose:
15232 \end_layout
15233
15234 \begin_layout Standard
15235 Activates the 
15236 \family sans
15237 Quotes
15238 \family default
15239  pop-up, which allows you to set the type of quote marks used by LyX.
15240 \end_layout
15241
15242 \begin_layout Paragraph
15243 Usage:
15244 \end_layout
15245
15246 \begin_layout Standard
15247 Self explanatory.
15248  Different languages use different symbols for the default quotes.
15249  For example, French uses 
15250 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15251 \end_inset
15252
15253
15254 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15255 \end_inset
15256
15257 , not 
15258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15259 \end_inset
15260
15261
15262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15263 \end_inset
15264
15265 .
15266  Selecting a different type of quote changes the behavior of the 
15267 \family sans
15268
15269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15270 \end_inset
15271
15272
15273 \family default
15274  and 
15275 \family sans
15276 '
15277 \family default
15278  keys.
15279  LyX supports a bunch of different quotes.
15280  If you need a special one not present, contact
15281 \family typewriter
15282  lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
15283 \family default
15284  and we'll see what we can come up with.
15285 \end_layout
15286
15287 \begin_layout Paragraph
15288 See Also:
15289 \end_layout
15290
15291 \begin_layout Standard
15292 ?
15293 \end_layout
15294
15295 \begin_layout Subsection
15296 line-begin
15297 \end_layout
15298
15299 \begin_layout Description
15300 Default\InsetSpace ~
15301 Bindings:
15302 \end_layout
15303
15304 \begin_deeper
15305 \begin_layout List
15306 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15307
15308 \series bold
15309 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15310 -
15311 \series default
15312  
15313 \family sans
15314 Home
15315 \family default
15316  in 
15317 \family typewriter
15318 cua.bind.
15319 \end_layout
15320
15321 \begin_deeper
15322 \begin_layout Standard
15323
15324 \family sans
15325 C-a
15326 \family default
15327  in 
15328 \family typewriter
15329 emacs.bind
15330 \family default
15331 .
15332 \end_layout
15333
15334 \end_deeper
15335 \end_deeper
15336 \begin_layout Paragraph
15337 Purpose:
15338 \end_layout
15339
15340 \begin_layout Standard
15341 Move the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
15342 \end_layout
15343
15344 \begin_layout Paragraph
15345 See Also:
15346 \end_layout
15347
15348 \begin_layout Standard
15349 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward;
15350  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
15351 \end_layout
15352
15353 \begin_layout Subsection
15354 line-begin-select
15355 \end_layout
15356
15357 \begin_layout Description
15358 Default\InsetSpace ~
15359 Bindings:
15360 \end_layout
15361
15362 \begin_deeper
15363 \begin_layout List
15364 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15365
15366 \series bold
15367 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15368 -
15369 \series default
15370  
15371 \family sans
15372 S-Home
15373 \end_layout
15374
15375 \end_deeper
15376 \begin_layout Paragraph
15377 Purpose:
15378 \end_layout
15379
15380 \begin_layout Standard
15381 Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location to the beginning
15382  of the current line.
15383  The selected text is shown in reverse video.
15384  
15385 \end_layout
15386
15387 \begin_layout Paragraph
15388 See Also:
15389 \end_layout
15390
15391 \begin_layout Standard
15392 line-begin;
15393 \end_layout
15394
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15396 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
15397  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
15398  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
15399 \end_layout
15400
15401 \begin_layout Subsection
15402 line-delete-forward
15403 \end_layout
15404
15405 \begin_layout Description
15406 Default\InsetSpace ~
15407 Bindings:
15408 \end_layout
15409
15410 \begin_deeper
15411 \begin_layout List
15412 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15413
15414 \series bold
15415 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15416 -
15417 \series default
15418  
15419 \family sans
15420 C-k
15421 \family default
15422  or 
15423 \family sans
15424 M-e\InsetSpace ~
15425 k
15426 \end_layout
15427
15428 \end_deeper
15429 \begin_layout Paragraph
15430 Purpose:
15431 \end_layout
15432
15433 \begin_layout Standard
15434 Delete text from the current cursor location to the end of the screen line.
15435  
15436 \end_layout
15437
15438 \begin_layout Paragraph
15439 Usage:
15440 \end_layout
15441
15442 \begin_layout Standard
15443 If the cursor is at the end of the line there is no action.
15444  If the cursor is at the beginning of the line, the text of the entire line
15445  is deleted but the empty line is retained for insertion of new text.
15446 \end_layout
15447
15448 \begin_layout Paragraph
15449 See Also:
15450 \end_layout
15451
15452 \begin_layout Standard
15453 ?
15454 \end_layout
15455
15456 \begin_layout Subsection
15457 line-end
15458 \end_layout
15459
15460 \begin_layout Description
15461 Default\InsetSpace ~
15462 Bindings:
15463 \end_layout
15464
15465 \begin_deeper
15466 \begin_layout List
15467 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15468
15469 \series bold
15470 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15471 -
15472 \series default
15473  
15474 \family sans
15475 End
15476 \family default
15477  in 
15478 \family typewriter
15479 cua.bind
15480 \family default
15481 .
15482 \end_layout
15483
15484 \begin_deeper
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15486
15487 \family sans
15488 C-e
15489 \family default
15490  in 
15491 \family typewriter
15492 emacs.bind
15493 \family default
15494 .
15495 \end_layout
15496
15497 \end_deeper
15498 \end_deeper
15499 \begin_layout Paragraph
15500 Purpose:
15501 \end_layout
15502
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15504 Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
15505 \end_layout
15506
15507 \begin_layout Paragraph
15508 See Also:
15509 \end_layout
15510
15511 \begin_layout Standard
15512 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward;
15513  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
15514  buffer-end.
15515 \end_layout
15516
15517 \begin_layout Subsection
15518 line-end-select
15519 \end_layout
15520
15521 \begin_layout Description
15522 Default\InsetSpace ~
15523 Bindings:
15524 \end_layout
15525
15526 \begin_deeper
15527 \begin_layout List
15528 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15529
15530 \series bold
15531 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15532 -
15533 \series default
15534  
15535 \family sans
15536 S-End
15537 \family default
15538  
15539 \end_layout
15540
15541 \end_deeper
15542 \begin_layout Paragraph
15543 Purpose:
15544 \end_layout
15545
15546 \begin_layout Standard
15547 Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location right to the end
15548  of the current line, in the current buffer.
15549  The selected text is shown in reverse video.
15550  
15551 \end_layout
15552
15553 \begin_layout Paragraph
15554 See Also:
15555 \end_layout
15556
15557 \begin_layout Standard
15558 line-end;
15559 \end_layout
15560
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15562 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
15563  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
15564  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
15565 \end_layout
15566
15567 \begin_layout Subsection
15568 lyx-quit
15569 \end_layout
15570
15571 \begin_layout Description
15572 Default\InsetSpace ~
15573 Bindings:
15574 \end_layout
15575
15576 \begin_deeper
15577 \begin_layout List
15578 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15579
15580 \series bold
15581 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15582 -
15583 \series default
15584  
15585 \family sans
15586 \bar under
15587 F
15588 \bar default
15589 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15590 E
15591 \bar under
15592 x
15593 \bar default
15594 it
15595 \end_layout
15596
15597 \begin_layout List
15598 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15599
15600 \series bold
15601 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15602 -
15603 \series default
15604  
15605 \family sans
15606 M-f\InsetSpace ~
15607 x
15608 \family default
15609  (standard).
15610 \end_layout
15611
15612 \begin_deeper
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15614
15615 \family sans
15616 C-q
15617 \family default
15618  in 
15619 \family typewriter
15620 cua.bind
15621 \family default
15622 .
15623 \end_layout
15624
15625 \begin_layout Standard
15626
15627 \family sans
15628 C-x\InsetSpace ~
15629
15630 \family roman
15631 or
15632 \family sans
15633  C-x\InsetSpace ~
15634 C-c
15635 \family default
15636  in 
15637 \family typewriter
15638 emacs.bind
15639 \family default
15640 .
15641 \end_layout
15642
15643 \end_deeper
15644 \end_deeper
15645 \begin_layout Paragraph
15646 Purpose:
15647 \end_layout
15648
15649 \begin_layout Standard
15650 Exit LyX and close all buffers and windows.
15651 \end_layout
15652
15653 \begin_layout Paragraph
15654 Usage:
15655 \end_layout
15656
15657 \begin_layout Standard
15658 After entering the command, a pop-up for each open and modified buffer appears,
15659  asking you if you want to save that buffer.
15660  This only happens if any open documents need saving.
15661 \end_layout
15662
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15664 At this point, one of two things happen.
15665  If you executed 
15666 \family typewriter
15667 lyx-quit
15668 \family default
15669  from the keyboard, LyX simply quits.
15670  If you used 
15671 \family sans
15672 Quit
15673 \family default
15674  from the 
15675 \family sans
15676 File
15677 \family default
15678  menu, however, LyX asks you if you really want to quit.
15679 \end_layout
15680
15681 \begin_layout Standard
15682 If you decide to customize the keybinding for this one, choose a complicated
15683  key sequence.
15684 \end_layout
15685
15686 \begin_layout Paragraph
15687 See Also:
15688 \end_layout
15689
15690 \begin_layout Standard
15691 ?
15692 \end_layout
15693
15694 \begin_layout Section
15695 M
15696 \end_layout
15697
15698 \begin_layout Subsection
15699 marginpar-insert
15700 \end_layout
15701
15702 \begin_layout Description
15703 Default\InsetSpace ~
15704 Bindings:
15705 \end_layout
15706
15707 \begin_deeper
15708 \begin_layout List
15709 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15710
15711 \series bold
15712 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15713 -
15714 \series default
15715  
15716 \family sans
15717 \bar under
15718 I
15719 \bar default
15720 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15721
15722 \bar under
15723 M
15724 \bar default
15725 argin note
15726 \end_layout
15727
15728 \begin_layout List
15729 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15730
15731 \series bold
15732 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
15733 -
15734 \series default
15735  Button 6 from the right.
15736  
15737 \end_layout
15738
15739 \begin_deeper
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15741 Text column on the left with a short text column on the right and an arrow
15742  pointing upwards at the shorter text.
15743 \end_layout
15744
15745 \end_deeper
15746 \begin_layout List
15747 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15748
15749 \series bold
15750 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15751
15752 \family sans
15753 \series default
15754  M-i m
15755 \end_layout
15756
15757 \end_deeper
15758 \begin_layout Paragraph
15759 Purpose:
15760 \end_layout
15761
15762 \begin_layout Standard
15763 Insert a margin note.
15764 \end_layout
15765
15766 \begin_layout Paragraph
15767 Usage:
15768 \end_layout
15769
15770 \begin_layout Standard
15771 Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a marginpar.
15772  A red box appears on the next line.
15773  If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the
15774  box [it doesn't really].
15775  Anything you enter in the box will be in the marginpar.
15776 \end_layout
15777
15778 \begin_layout Standard
15779 To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word 
15780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15781 \end_inset
15782
15783
15784 \family sans
15785 margin
15786 \family default
15787
15788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15789 \end_inset
15790
15791  written in red on a grey background.
15792  Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the marginpar.
15793  A closed marginpar looks like the word 
15794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15795 \end_inset
15796
15797
15798 \family sans
15799 margin
15800 \family default
15801
15802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15803 \end_inset
15804
15805  written as a superscript in red with an '!' in the left margin.
15806 \end_layout
15807
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15809 You can also open and close marginpars, as well as other types of notes
15810  and labels, with the 
15811 \family typewriter
15812 open-stuff
15813 \family default
15814  command.
15815  See its entry for keybindings.
15816 \end_layout
15817
15818 \begin_layout Standard
15819 One last note: marginpars aren't supported in minipage environments so LyX
15820  will warn you if you try to.
15821 \end_layout
15822
15823 \begin_layout Paragraph
15824 Examples:
15825 \end_layout
15826
15827 \begin_layout Standard
15828 This
15829 \begin_inset Marginal
15830 status collapsed
15831
15832 \begin_layout Standard
15833 Marginpar
15834 \end_layout
15835
15836 \end_inset
15837
15838  is a marginpar.
15839 \end_layout
15840
15841 \begin_layout Paragraph
15842 See Also:
15843 \end_layout
15844
15845 \begin_layout Standard
15846 open-stuff; footnote-insert;
15847 \end_layout
15848
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15850
15851 \emph on
15852 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
15853 \emph default
15854  in 
15855 \emph on
15856 Extended Features.
15857 \end_layout
15858
15859 \begin_layout Subsection
15860 mark-off
15861 \end_layout
15862
15863 \begin_layout Description
15864 Default\InsetSpace ~
15865 Bindings:
15866 \end_layout
15867
15868 \begin_deeper
15869 \begin_layout List
15870 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15871
15872 \series bold
15873 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15874 -
15875 \series default
15876  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15877 Item
15878 \end_layout
15879
15880 \begin_layout List
15881 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15882
15883 \series bold
15884 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
15885 -
15886 \series default
15887  Button # from the left.
15888  
15889 \end_layout
15890
15891 \begin_deeper
15892 \begin_layout Standard
15893 Brief description of button icon.
15894 \end_layout
15895
15896 \end_deeper
15897 \begin_layout List
15898 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15899
15900 \series bold
15901 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15902 -
15903 \series default
15904  
15905 \family sans
15906 M-e S-M
15907 \end_layout
15908
15909 \end_deeper
15910 \begin_layout Paragraph
15911 Purpose:
15912 \end_layout
15913
15914 \begin_layout Standard
15915 Turns off selection marking.
15916 \end_layout
15917
15918 \begin_layout Paragraph
15919 Usage:
15920 \end_layout
15921
15922 \begin_layout Standard
15923 Description.
15924 \end_layout
15925
15926 \begin_layout Paragraph
15927 Examples:
15928 \end_layout
15929
15930 \begin_layout Standard
15931 Examples.
15932 \end_layout
15933
15934 \begin_layout Paragraph
15935 See Also:
15936 \end_layout
15937
15938 \begin_layout Standard
15939 mark-on; mark-toggle; cut; copy;
15940 \end_layout
15941
15942 \begin_layout Subsection
15943 mark-on
15944 \end_layout
15945
15946 \begin_layout Description
15947 Default\InsetSpace ~
15948 Bindings:
15949 \end_layout
15950
15951 \begin_deeper
15952 \begin_layout List
15953 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15954
15955 \series bold
15956 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15957 -
15958 \series default
15959  
15960 \family sans
15961 M-e m
15962 \end_layout
15963
15964 \begin_deeper
15965 \begin_layout Standard
15966
15967 \family sans
15968 C-@
15969 \family default
15970  in 
15971 \family typewriter
15972 emacs.bind
15973 \family default
15974 .
15975 \end_layout
15976
15977 \end_deeper
15978 \end_deeper
15979 \begin_layout Paragraph
15980 Purpose:
15981 \end_layout
15982
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15984 Description.
15985 \end_layout
15986
15987 \begin_layout Paragraph
15988 Usage:
15989 \end_layout
15990
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15992 Description.
15993 \end_layout
15994
15995 \begin_layout Paragraph
15996 Examples:
15997 \end_layout
15998
15999 \begin_layout Standard
16000 Examples.
16001 \end_layout
16002
16003 \begin_layout Paragraph
16004 See Also:
16005 \end_layout
16006
16007 \begin_layout Standard
16008 mark-off; mark-toggle; cut; copy;
16009 \end_layout
16010
16011 \begin_layout Subsection
16012 mark-toggle
16013 \end_layout
16014
16015 \begin_layout Description
16016 Default\InsetSpace ~
16017 Bindings:
16018 \end_layout
16019
16020 \begin_deeper
16021 \begin_layout List
16022 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16023
16024 \series bold
16025 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16026 -
16027 \series default
16028  
16029 \family sans
16030 C-m
16031 \family default
16032  in 
16033 \family typewriter
16034 emacs.bind
16035 \family default
16036 .
16037 \end_layout
16038
16039 \end_deeper
16040 \begin_layout Paragraph
16041 Purpose:
16042 \end_layout
16043
16044 \begin_layout Standard
16045 Toggles selection marking on/off.
16046 \end_layout
16047
16048 \begin_layout Paragraph
16049 Usage:
16050 \end_layout
16051
16052 \begin_layout Standard
16053 Description.
16054 \end_layout
16055
16056 \begin_layout Paragraph
16057 Examples:
16058 \end_layout
16059
16060 \begin_layout Standard
16061 Examples.
16062 \end_layout
16063
16064 \begin_layout Paragraph
16065 See Also:
16066 \end_layout
16067
16068 \begin_layout Standard
16069 mark-off; mark-on; cut; copy;
16070 \end_layout
16071
16072 \begin_layout Subsection
16073 math-delim
16074 \end_layout
16075
16076 \begin_layout Description
16077 Default\InsetSpace ~
16078 Bindings:
16079 \end_layout
16080
16081 \begin_deeper
16082 \begin_layout List
16083 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16084
16085 \series bold
16086 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16087 -
16088 \series default
16089  
16090 \family sans
16091 \bar under
16092 M
16093 \bar default
16094 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16095
16096 \bar under
16097 M
16098 \bar default
16099 ath Panel
16100 \end_layout
16101
16102 \begin_deeper
16103 \begin_layout Description
16104 MathPanel: Third button from left to right.
16105  
16106 \end_layout
16107
16108 \begin_deeper
16109 \begin_layout Standard
16110 Two square brackets enclosing a blue rectangle.
16111 \end_layout
16112
16113 \end_deeper
16114 \end_deeper
16115 \end_deeper
16116 \begin_layout Paragraph
16117 Purpose:
16118 \end_layout
16119
16120 \begin_layout Standard
16121 To insert math delimiters [i.
16122  e.
16123  - parentheses, brackets, etc.].
16124 \end_layout
16125
16126 \begin_layout Paragraph
16127 Usage:
16128 \end_layout
16129
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16131 Requires two arguments, the left and right delimiters.
16132  Each delimiter can be specified by either a LaTeX name or a valid character
16133  .
16134  Use only one space between items.
16135 \end_layout
16136
16137 \begin_layout Standard
16138 If you use this function from the 
16139 \family sans
16140 Math Panel
16141 \family default
16142 , you'll get another popup that allows you to choose the left and right
16143  delimiters.
16144 \end_layout
16145
16146 \begin_layout Paragraph
16147 Examples: 
16148 \end_layout
16149
16150 \begin_layout Standard
16151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16152 \end_inset
16153
16154
16155 \family typewriter
16156 math-delim { rangle
16157 \family default
16158
16159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16160 \end_inset
16161
16162  result in 
16163 \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\rangle $
16164 \end_inset
16165
16166  with the cursor at the small rectangle.
16167  
16168 \end_layout
16169
16170 \begin_layout Paragraph
16171 See Also:
16172 \end_layout
16173
16174 \begin_layout Standard
16175 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16176 \end_layout
16177
16178 \begin_layout Subsection
16179 math-display
16180 \end_layout
16181
16182 \begin_layout Description
16183 Default\InsetSpace ~
16184 Bindings:
16185 \end_layout
16186
16187 \begin_deeper
16188 \begin_layout List
16189 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16190
16191 \series bold
16192 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16193 -
16194 \series default
16195  
16196 \family sans
16197 \bar under
16198 M
16199 \bar default
16200 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16201 D
16202 \bar under
16203 i
16204 \bar default
16205 splay
16206 \end_layout
16207
16208 \begin_deeper
16209 \begin_layout Description
16210 MathPanel: Rightmost button.
16211 \end_layout
16212
16213 \begin_deeper
16214 \begin_layout Standard
16215 A small blue rectangle with two horizontal lines below and above.
16216 \end_layout
16217
16218 \end_deeper
16219 \end_deeper
16220 \end_deeper
16221 \begin_layout Paragraph
16222 Purpose:
16223 \end_layout
16224
16225 \begin_layout Standard
16226 In text mode, this is used to create a new displayed equation.
16227  In math mode it changes the display status of a formula from inlined to
16228  display and vice-versa.
16229  
16230 \end_layout
16231
16232 \begin_layout Paragraph
16233 Usage:
16234 \end_layout
16235
16236 \begin_layout Standard
16237 Self-Explanatory
16238 \end_layout
16239
16240 \begin_layout Paragraph
16241 Examples:
16242 \end_layout
16243
16244 \begin_layout Standard
16245 This is a displayed equation:
16246 \end_layout
16247
16248 \begin_layout Standard
16249 \begin_inset Formula \[
16250 a=b+c\]
16251
16252 \end_inset
16253
16254
16255 \end_layout
16256
16257 \begin_layout Paragraph
16258 See Also:
16259 \end_layout
16260
16261 \begin_layout Standard
16262 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16263 \end_layout
16264
16265 \begin_layout Subsection
16266 math-greek
16267 \end_layout
16268
16269 \begin_layout Description
16270 Default\InsetSpace ~
16271 Bindings:
16272 \end_layout
16273
16274 \begin_deeper
16275 \begin_layout List
16276 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16277
16278 \series bold
16279 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16280 -
16281 \series default
16282  
16283 \family sans
16284 M-m g
16285 \family default
16286  
16287 \end_layout
16288
16289 \end_deeper
16290 \begin_layout Paragraph
16291 Purpose:
16292 \end_layout
16293
16294 \begin_layout Standard
16295 Enter a single Greek character.
16296  
16297 \end_layout
16298
16299 \begin_layout Paragraph
16300 Usage:
16301 \end_layout
16302
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16304 After invoking this function, the next character you type will be translated
16305  to a Greek character.
16306  Anything typed after that character will be a normal Latin character.
16307 \end_layout
16308
16309 \begin_layout Paragraph
16310 Examples:
16311 \end_layout
16312
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16314 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\Omega\alpha\beta$
16315 \end_inset
16316
16317 .
16318 \end_layout
16319
16320 \begin_layout Paragraph
16321 See Also:
16322 \end_layout
16323
16324 \begin_layout Standard
16325 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16326 \end_layout
16327
16328 \begin_layout Subsection
16329 math-greek-toggle
16330 \end_layout
16331
16332 \begin_layout Description
16333 Default\InsetSpace ~
16334 Bindings:
16335 \end_layout
16336
16337 \begin_deeper
16338 \begin_layout List
16339 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16340
16341 \series bold
16342 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16343 -
16344 \series default
16345  
16346 \family sans
16347 M-m S-G
16348 \family default
16349  
16350 \end_layout
16351
16352 \end_deeper
16353 \begin_layout Paragraph
16354 Purpose:
16355 \end_layout
16356
16357 \begin_layout Standard
16358 Turn on the math Greek keyboard.
16359  
16360 \end_layout
16361
16362 \begin_layout Paragraph
16363 Usage:
16364 \end_layout
16365
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16367 Every typed Latin character is mapped to Greek until this command is invoked
16368  again.
16369  If you leave math mode, the Greek keyboard remains active.
16370  
16371 \end_layout
16372
16373 \begin_layout Paragraph
16374 See Also:
16375 \end_layout
16376
16377 \begin_layout Standard
16378 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16379 \end_layout
16380
16381 \begin_layout Subsection
16382 math-insert
16383 \end_layout
16384
16385 \begin_layout Description
16386 Default\InsetSpace ~
16387 Bindings:
16388 \end_layout
16389
16390 \begin_deeper
16391 \begin_layout List
16392 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16393
16394 \series bold
16395 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16396 -
16397 \series default
16398  The 
16399 \family sans
16400 M-m
16401 \family default
16402  prefix, plus one of the following keys:
16403 \end_layout
16404
16405 \begin_deeper
16406 \begin_layout List
16407 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16408
16409 \family sans
16410 M-m\InsetSpace ~
16411
16412 \family default
16413 "
16414 \family typewriter
16415 math-insert 
16416 \backslash
16417 int
16418 \family default
16419
16420 \end_layout
16421
16422 \begin_layout List
16423 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16424
16425 \family sans
16426 M-m\InsetSpace ~
16427 o
16428 \family default
16429  "
16430 \family typewriter
16431 math-insert 
16432 \backslash
16433 oint
16434 \family default
16435
16436 \end_layout
16437
16438 \begin_layout List
16439 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16440
16441 \family sans
16442 M-m\InsetSpace ~
16443 p
16444 \family default
16445  "
16446 \family typewriter
16447 math-insert 
16448 \backslash
16449 partial
16450 \family default
16451
16452 \end_layout
16453
16454 \begin_layout List
16455 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16456
16457 \family sans
16458 M-m\InsetSpace ~
16459 s
16460 \family default
16461  "
16462 \family typewriter
16463 math-insert 
16464 \backslash
16465 sqrt
16466 \family default
16467
16468 \end_layout
16469
16470 \begin_layout List
16471 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
16472
16473 \family sans
16474 M-m\InsetSpace ~
16475 S-S
16476 \family default
16477  "
16478 \family typewriter
16479 math-insert 
16480 \backslash
16481 sum
16482 \family default
16483 "
16484 \end_layout
16485
16486 \end_deeper
16487 \end_deeper
16488 \begin_layout Paragraph
16489 Purpose:
16490 \end_layout
16491
16492 \begin_layout Standard
16493 To insert math objects or symbols.
16494  
16495 \end_layout
16496
16497 \begin_layout Paragraph
16498 Usage:
16499 \end_layout
16500
16501 \begin_layout Standard
16502 Requires an argument, which can be the LaTeX name of either a symbol or
16503  an object.
16504  The possible arguments are:
16505 \end_layout
16506
16507 \begin_layout Itemize
16508
16509 \family typewriter
16510 frac
16511 \end_layout
16512
16513 \begin_layout Itemize
16514
16515 \family typewriter
16516 int
16517 \end_layout
16518
16519 \begin_layout Itemize
16520
16521 \family typewriter
16522 oint
16523 \end_layout
16524
16525 \begin_layout Itemize
16526
16527 \family typewriter
16528 partial
16529 \end_layout
16530
16531 \begin_layout Itemize
16532
16533 \family typewriter
16534 sqrt
16535 \end_layout
16536
16537 \begin_layout Itemize
16538
16539 \family typewriter
16540 sum
16541 \end_layout
16542
16543 \begin_layout Paragraph
16544 Examples:
16545 \end_layout
16546
16547 \begin_layout Standard
16548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16549 \end_inset
16550
16551
16552 \family typewriter
16553 math-insert 
16554 \backslash
16555 int
16556 \family default
16557
16558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16559 \end_inset
16560
16561  or 
16562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16563 \end_inset
16564
16565
16566 \family typewriter
16567 math-insert 
16568 \backslash
16569 frac
16570 \family default
16571
16572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16573 \end_inset
16574
16575 .
16576 \end_layout
16577
16578 \begin_layout Paragraph
16579 See Also:
16580 \end_layout
16581
16582 \begin_layout Standard
16583 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16584 \end_layout
16585
16586 \begin_layout Subsection
16587 math-limits
16588 \end_layout
16589
16590 \begin_layout Description
16591 Default\InsetSpace ~
16592 Bindings:
16593 \end_layout
16594
16595 \begin_deeper
16596 \begin_layout List
16597 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16598
16599 \series bold
16600 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16601 -
16602 \series default
16603  
16604 \family sans
16605 M-m l
16606 \family default
16607  
16608 \end_layout
16609
16610 \end_deeper
16611 \begin_layout Paragraph
16612 Purpose:
16613 \end_layout
16614
16615 \begin_layout Standard
16616 To change the appearance of the limits above and below an integral symbol,
16617  a limit, a summation, etc.
16618  
16619 \end_layout
16620
16621 \begin_layout Paragraph
16622 Usage:
16623 \end_layout
16624
16625 \begin_layout Standard
16626 Put the cursor 
16627 \emph on
16628 before
16629 \emph default
16630  [i.e.
16631  to the left] of the symbol with the limits, then invoke 
16632 \family typewriter
16633 math-limits
16634 \family default
16635 .
16636 \end_layout
16637
16638 \begin_layout Paragraph
16639 Examples:
16640 \end_layout
16641
16642 \begin_layout Standard
16643 This is a normal integral 
16644 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \int_{0}^{\infty}}$
16645 \end_inset
16646
16647  and this was changed with limits 
16648 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{0}^{\infty}$
16649 \end_inset
16650
16651 .
16652 \end_layout
16653
16654 \begin_layout Paragraph
16655 See Also:
16656 \end_layout
16657
16658 \begin_layout Standard
16659 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16660 \end_layout
16661
16662 \begin_layout Subsection
16663 math-matrix
16664 \end_layout
16665
16666 \begin_layout Description
16667 Default\InsetSpace ~
16668 Bindings:
16669 \end_layout
16670
16671 \begin_deeper
16672 \begin_layout List
16673 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16674
16675 \series bold
16676 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16677 -
16678 \series default
16679  
16680 \family sans
16681 \bar under
16682 M
16683 \bar default
16684 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16685
16686 \bar under
16687 M
16688 \bar default
16689 ath Panel
16690 \end_layout
16691
16692 \begin_deeper
16693 \begin_layout Description
16694 MathPanel: A grid of 
16695 \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$
16696 \end_inset
16697
16698  small blue rectangles.
16699 \end_layout
16700
16701 \end_deeper
16702 \end_deeper
16703 \begin_layout Paragraph
16704 Purpose:
16705 \end_layout
16706
16707 \begin_layout Standard
16708 To insert a matrix.
16709  
16710 \end_layout
16711
16712 \begin_layout Paragraph
16713 Usage:
16714 \end_layout
16715
16716 \begin_layout Standard
16717 This command requires as arguments the dimensions of the matrix (two integer
16718  numbers separated by an space) and, optionally, the alignment.
16719  The alignment is a word composed of the vertical alignment (
16720 \family typewriter
16721 b
16722 \family default
16723
16724 \family typewriter
16725 c
16726 \family default
16727  or 
16728 \family typewriter
16729 t
16730 \family default
16731 ) and the horizontal alignments (
16732 \family typewriter
16733 l
16734 \family default
16735
16736 \family typewriter
16737 c
16738 \family default
16739  or 
16740 \family typewriter
16741 r
16742 \family default
16743 ).
16744 \end_layout
16745
16746 \begin_layout Paragraph
16747 Examples:
16748 \end_layout
16749
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16751
16752 \family typewriter
16753 math-matrix 3 3 bccc 
16754 \family default
16755 results in 
16756 \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc}
16757 \\\\\end{array}$
16758 \end_inset
16759
16760 , a 
16761 \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$
16762 \end_inset
16763
16764  matrix with its bottom at the baseline and all columns centered.
16765 \end_layout
16766
16767 \begin_layout Paragraph
16768 See Also:
16769 \end_layout
16770
16771 \begin_layout Standard
16772 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16773 \end_layout
16774
16775 \begin_layout Subsection
16776 math-mode
16777 \end_layout
16778
16779 \begin_layout Description
16780 Default\InsetSpace ~
16781 Bindings:
16782 \end_layout
16783
16784 \begin_deeper
16785 \begin_layout List
16786 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16787
16788 \series bold
16789 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16790 -
16791 \series default
16792  
16793 \family sans
16794 \bar under
16795 M
16796 \bar default
16797 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16798
16799 \bar under
16800 M
16801 \bar default
16802 ath mode
16803 \end_layout
16804
16805 \begin_layout List
16806 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16807
16808 \series bold
16809 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
16810 -
16811 \series default
16812  Second button from the right.
16813  
16814 \end_layout
16815
16816 \begin_deeper
16817 \begin_layout Standard
16818 A blue equation.
16819 \end_layout
16820
16821 \end_deeper
16822 \begin_layout List
16823 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16824
16825 \series bold
16826 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16827 -
16828 \series default
16829  
16830 \family sans
16831 M-c m
16832 \family default
16833  
16834 \end_layout
16835
16836 \end_deeper
16837 \begin_layout Paragraph
16838 Purpose:
16839 \end_layout
16840
16841 \begin_layout Standard
16842 Set math mode.
16843 \end_layout
16844
16845 \begin_layout Paragraph
16846 Usage:
16847 \end_layout
16848
16849 \begin_layout Standard
16850 In text mode you can insert a math expression.
16851 \end_layout
16852
16853 \begin_layout Paragraph
16854 Examples:
16855 \end_layout
16856
16857 \begin_layout Standard
16858 Most of the entries for math functions have examples of math mode in them.
16859  Here's another example:
16860 \end_layout
16861
16862 \begin_layout Standard
16863 Here is some text.
16864  Now suppose I wanted an inlined equation, such as 
16865 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{A\cdot e^{x}}{x+1}$
16866 \end_inset
16867
16868 , in my text.
16869  I'd use math mode.
16870 \end_layout
16871
16872 \begin_layout Paragraph
16873 See Also:
16874 \end_layout
16875
16876 \begin_layout Standard
16877 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16878 \end_layout
16879
16880 \begin_layout Subsection
16881 math-nonumber
16882 \end_layout
16883
16884 \begin_layout Description
16885 Default\InsetSpace ~
16886 Bindings: None
16887 \end_layout
16888
16889 \begin_layout Paragraph
16890 Purpose:
16891 \end_layout
16892
16893 \begin_layout Standard
16894 To suppress the number of a line in a numbered equation array.
16895 \end_layout
16896
16897 \begin_layout Paragraph
16898 Usage:
16899 \end_layout
16900
16901 \begin_layout Standard
16902 The cursor position must be at the line whose number will be suppressed.
16903 \end_layout
16904
16905 \begin_layout Paragraph
16906 Examples:
16907 \end_layout
16908
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16910 This example contains a two-line, numbered equation.
16911  Ordinarily, both lines get numbered, which makes no sense for this equation:
16912 \end_layout
16913
16914 \begin_layout Standard
16915 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
16916 (x+y)(x-y) & = & x^{2}-xy+xy-y^{2}\nonumber \\
16917  & = & x^{2}-y^{2}\end{eqnarray}
16918
16919 \end_inset
16920
16921
16922 \end_layout
16923
16924 \begin_layout Standard
16925 Notice that only the bottom line has a number.
16926  The top line had its number suppressed using 
16927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16928 \end_inset
16929
16930
16931 \family typewriter
16932 math-nonumber
16933 \family default
16934
16935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16936 \end_inset
16937
16938 .
16939 \end_layout
16940
16941 \begin_layout Paragraph
16942 See Also:
16943 \end_layout
16944
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16946 UserGuide, chapter Math.
16947 \end_layout
16948
16949 \begin_layout Subsection
16950 math-number
16951 \end_layout
16952
16953 \begin_layout Description
16954 Default\InsetSpace ~
16955 Bindings:
16956 \end_layout
16957
16958 \begin_deeper
16959 \begin_layout List
16960 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16961
16962 \series bold
16963 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16964 -
16965 \series default
16966  
16967 \family sans
16968 M-m n
16969 \family default
16970  
16971 \end_layout
16972
16973 \end_deeper
16974 \begin_layout Paragraph
16975 Purpose:
16976 \end_layout
16977
16978 \begin_layout Standard
16979 Toggles the numbering status of an equation.
16980  Changes the LaTeX environment automatically.
16981  
16982 \end_layout
16983
16984 \begin_layout Paragraph
16985 Usage:
16986 \end_layout
16987
16988 \begin_layout Standard
16989 Self-explanatory
16990 \end_layout
16991
16992 \begin_layout Paragraph
16993 Examples:
16994 \end_layout
16995
16996 \begin_layout Standard
16997 This is a numbered equation
16998 \end_layout
16999
17000 \begin_layout Standard
17001 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
17002 x=2-y\end{equation}
17003
17004 \end_inset
17005
17006
17007 \end_layout
17008
17009 \begin_layout Standard
17010 And this is not
17011 \end_layout
17012
17013 \begin_layout Standard
17014 \begin_inset Formula \[
17015 x=y-2\]
17016
17017 \end_inset
17018
17019
17020 \end_layout
17021
17022 \begin_layout Paragraph
17023 See Also:
17024 \end_layout
17025
17026 \begin_layout Standard
17027 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17028 \end_layout
17029
17030 \begin_layout Subsection
17031 math-size
17032 \end_layout
17033
17034 \begin_layout Description
17035 Default\InsetSpace ~
17036 Bindings:
17037 \end_layout
17038
17039 \begin_deeper
17040 \begin_layout List
17041 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17042
17043 \series bold
17044 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17045 -
17046 \series default
17047  
17048 \family sans
17049 M-m ?
17050 \end_layout
17051
17052 \end_deeper
17053 \begin_layout Standard
17054
17055 \emph on
17056 Editor's Note - there may be no default binding for this command.
17057  - jw
17058 \end_layout
17059
17060 \begin_layout Paragraph
17061 Purpose:
17062 \end_layout
17063
17064 \begin_layout Standard
17065 To change arbitrarily the size used by math fonts inside a context.
17066  Provides an interface to the LaTeX math mode font size commands.
17067 \end_layout
17068
17069 \begin_layout Paragraph
17070 Usage:
17071 \end_layout
17072
17073 \begin_layout Standard
17074 Requires one argument.
17075  Valid arguments are 
17076 \family typewriter
17077 displaystyle
17078 \family default
17079
17080 \family typewriter
17081 textstyle
17082 \family default
17083
17084 \family typewriter
17085 scriptstyle
17086 \family default
17087  and 
17088 \family typewriter
17089 scriptscriptstyle
17090 \family default
17091 .
17092 \end_layout
17093
17094 \begin_layout Standard
17095 As for how to use these arbitrary font sizes, see a good LaTeX book.
17096  You should use this for fine-tuning only.
17097  LyX [and LaTeX] will ordinarily set an appropriate font size for you.
17098  
17099 \end_layout
17100
17101 \begin_layout Paragraph
17102 Examples:
17103 \end_layout
17104
17105 \begin_layout Standard
17106 This is the normal size of a fraction inside text 
17107 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
17108 \end_inset
17109
17110 , and this other 
17111 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
17112 \end_inset
17113
17114  is the result of using 
17115 \family typewriter
17116 math-size displaystyle.
17117
17118 \family default
17119  [There's no visible difference between the two inside LyX, but there will
17120  be a difference once you print.]
17121 \end_layout
17122
17123 \begin_layout Paragraph
17124 See Also:
17125 \end_layout
17126
17127 \begin_layout Standard
17128 UserGuide, chapter Math; 
17129 \end_layout
17130
17131 \begin_layout Standard
17132 any good LaTeX guide.
17133 \end_layout
17134
17135 \begin_layout Subsection
17136 melt
17137 \end_layout
17138
17139 \begin_layout Description
17140 Default\InsetSpace ~
17141 Bindings:
17142 \end_layout
17143
17144 \begin_deeper
17145 \begin_layout List
17146 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17147
17148 \series bold
17149 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17150 -
17151 \series default
17152  
17153 \family sans
17154 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17155 Floats\InsetSpace ~
17156 &\InsetSpace ~
17157 Insets\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17158 Melt
17159 \end_layout
17160
17161 \begin_layout List
17162 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17163
17164 \series bold
17165 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17166 -
17167 \series default
17168  This button is not activated as default.
17169 \end_layout
17170
17171 \begin_deeper
17172 \begin_layout Standard
17173 The icon shows two small 
17174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17175 \end_inset
17176
17177 blobs
17178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17179 \end_inset
17180
17181  with an arrow between them pointing down towards a larger 
17182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17183 \end_inset
17184
17185 blob.
17186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17187 \end_inset
17188
17189
17190 \end_layout
17191
17192 \end_deeper
17193 \begin_layout List
17194 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17195
17196 \series bold
17197 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17198 -
17199 \series default
17200  No default keybinding
17201 \end_layout
17202
17203 \end_deeper
17204 \begin_layout Paragraph
17205 Purpose:
17206 \end_layout
17207
17208 \begin_layout Standard
17209 To move the contents of a floating inset to the body at the location where
17210  it appears in the LyX window.
17211 \end_layout
17212
17213 \begin_layout Paragraph
17214 Usage:
17215 \end_layout
17216
17217 \begin_layout Standard
17218 Place the cursor inside the unfolded float.
17219 \end_layout
17220
17221 \begin_layout Paragraph
17222 See Also:
17223 \end_layout
17224
17225 \begin_layout Standard
17226 footnote-insert; open-stuff; marginpar-insert
17227 \end_layout
17228
17229 \begin_layout Standard
17230 Floats are described in detail in chapter 4 of the 
17231 \emph on
17232 Userguide.
17233 \end_layout
17234
17235 \begin_layout Subsection
17236 menu-open
17237 \end_layout
17238
17239 \begin_layout Description
17240 Default\InsetSpace ~
17241 Bindings:
17242 \end_layout
17243
17244 \begin_deeper
17245 \begin_layout List
17246 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17247
17248 \series bold
17249 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17250 -
17251 \series default
17252  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17253 Item
17254 \end_layout
17255
17256 \begin_layout List
17257 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17258
17259 \series bold
17260 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17261 -
17262 \series default
17263  Button # from the left.
17264  
17265 \end_layout
17266
17267 \begin_deeper
17268 \begin_layout Standard
17269 Brief description of button icon.
17270 \end_layout
17271
17272 \end_deeper
17273 \begin_layout List
17274 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17275
17276 \series bold
17277 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17278 -
17279 \series default
17280  
17281 \family sans
17282 C-S-M-W-key
17283 \family default
17284  in 
17285 \family typewriter
17286 file1.bind
17287 \family default
17288 .
17289 \end_layout
17290
17291 \begin_deeper
17292 \begin_layout Standard
17293
17294 \family sans
17295 C-S-M-W-key
17296 \family default
17297  in 
17298 \family typewriter
17299 file2.bind
17300 \family default
17301 .
17302 \end_layout
17303
17304 \end_deeper
17305 \end_deeper
17306 \begin_layout Paragraph
17307 Purpose:
17308 \end_layout
17309
17310 \begin_layout Standard
17311 Description.
17312 \end_layout
17313
17314 \begin_layout Paragraph
17315 Usage:
17316 \end_layout
17317
17318 \begin_layout Standard
17319 Description.
17320 \end_layout
17321
17322 \begin_layout Paragraph
17323 Examples:
17324 \end_layout
17325
17326 \begin_layout Standard
17327 Examples.
17328 \end_layout
17329
17330 \begin_layout Paragraph
17331 See Also:
17332 \end_layout
17333
17334 \begin_layout Standard
17335 Other entries or documents.
17336  Separate many references by either a 
17337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17338 \end_inset
17339
17340 ;
17341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17342 \end_inset
17343
17344  or place in multiple paragraphs.
17345 \end_layout
17346
17347 \begin_layout Subsection
17348 meta-prefix
17349 \end_layout
17350
17351 \begin_layout Description
17352 Default\InsetSpace ~
17353 Bindings:
17354 \end_layout
17355
17356 \begin_deeper
17357 \begin_layout List
17358 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17359
17360 \series bold
17361 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17362 -
17363 \series default
17364  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17365 Item
17366 \end_layout
17367
17368 \begin_layout List
17369 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17370
17371 \series bold
17372 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17373 -
17374 \series default
17375  Button # from the left.
17376  
17377 \end_layout
17378
17379 \begin_deeper
17380 \begin_layout Standard
17381 Brief description of button icon.
17382 \end_layout
17383
17384 \end_deeper
17385 \begin_layout List
17386 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17387
17388 \series bold
17389 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17390 -
17391 \series default
17392  
17393 \family sans
17394 C-S-M-W-key
17395 \family default
17396  in 
17397 \family typewriter
17398 file1.bind
17399 \family default
17400 .
17401 \end_layout
17402
17403 \begin_deeper
17404 \begin_layout Standard
17405
17406 \family sans
17407 C-S-M-W-key
17408 \family default
17409  in 
17410 \family typewriter
17411 file2.bind
17412 \family default
17413 .
17414 \end_layout
17415
17416 \end_deeper
17417 \end_deeper
17418 \begin_layout Paragraph
17419 Purpose:
17420 \end_layout
17421
17422 \begin_layout Standard
17423 Description.
17424 \end_layout
17425
17426 \begin_layout Paragraph
17427 Usage:
17428 \end_layout
17429
17430 \begin_layout Standard
17431 Description.
17432 \end_layout
17433
17434 \begin_layout Paragraph
17435 Examples:
17436 \end_layout
17437
17438 \begin_layout Standard
17439 Examples.
17440 \end_layout
17441
17442 \begin_layout Paragraph
17443 See Also:
17444 \end_layout
17445
17446 \begin_layout Standard
17447 Other entries or documents.
17448  Separate many references by either a 
17449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17450 \end_inset
17451
17452 ;
17453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17454 \end_inset
17455
17456  or place in multiple paragraphs.
17457 \end_layout
17458
17459 \begin_layout Section
17460 N-R
17461 \end_layout
17462
17463 \begin_layout Subsection
17464 note-insert
17465 \end_layout
17466
17467 \begin_layout Description
17468 Default\InsetSpace ~
17469 Bindings:
17470 \end_layout
17471
17472 \begin_deeper
17473 \begin_layout List
17474 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17475
17476 \series bold
17477 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17478 -
17479 \series default
17480  
17481 \family sans
17482 \bar under
17483 I
17484 \bar default
17485 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17486
17487 \bar under
17488 N
17489 \bar default
17490 ote
17491 \end_layout
17492
17493 \begin_layout List
17494 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17495
17496 \series bold
17497 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17498 -
17499 \series default
17500  
17501 \family sans
17502 M-i\InsetSpace ~
17503 n
17504 \family default
17505  
17506 \end_layout
17507
17508 \end_deeper
17509 \begin_layout Paragraph
17510 Purpose:
17511 \end_layout
17512
17513 \begin_layout Standard
17514 Creates at the current cursor position, and for screen interactive use only,
17515  a LyX Note, which is visible by the word 
17516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17517 \end_inset
17518
17519 Note
17520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17521 \end_inset
17522
17523  within a bright-yellow box.
17524  The box is tied to a pop-up, within which you can insert a message.
17525 \end_layout
17526
17527 \begin_layout Paragraph
17528 Usage:
17529 \end_layout
17530
17531 \begin_layout Standard
17532 After inserting the note at the desired text position, click on the note
17533  to see bring-up the pop-up, and type-in your message.
17534  Neither the box nor the message appear in the printed output.
17535 \end_layout
17536
17537 \begin_layout Paragraph
17538 Examples:
17539 \end_layout
17540
17541 \begin_layout Standard
17542 \begin_inset Note Note
17543 status collapsed
17544
17545 \begin_layout Standard
17546 fields Wed Oct 9 13:57:36 1996
17547 \end_layout
17548
17549 \begin_layout Standard
17550 You can move through the document, from note to note, via the
17551 \end_layout
17552
17553 \begin_layout Standard
17554 note-next command.
17555 \end_layout
17556
17557 \end_inset
17558
17559 To the immediate left is an inserted note.
17560  Click on the box with your mouse to see the message.
17561 \end_layout
17562
17563 \begin_layout Paragraph
17564 See Also:
17565 \end_layout
17566
17567 \begin_layout Standard
17568 note-next; open-stuff.
17569 \end_layout
17570
17571 \begin_layout Subsection
17572 note-next
17573 \end_layout
17574
17575 \begin_layout Description
17576 Default\InsetSpace ~
17577 Bindings:
17578 \end_layout
17579
17580 \begin_deeper
17581 \begin_layout List
17582 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17583
17584 \series bold
17585 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17586 -
17587 \series default
17588  
17589 \family sans
17590 \bar under
17591 E
17592 \bar default
17593 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17594 Go
17595 \family default
17596 \InsetSpace ~
17597
17598 \family sans
17599 to
17600 \family default
17601 \InsetSpace ~
17602
17603 \family sans
17604 \bar under
17605 N
17606 \bar default
17607 ote
17608 \end_layout
17609
17610 \begin_layout List
17611 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17612
17613 \series bold
17614 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17615 -
17616 \series default
17617  
17618 \family sans
17619 M-e\InsetSpace ~
17620 n
17621 \family default
17622  
17623 \end_layout
17624
17625 \end_deeper
17626 \begin_layout Paragraph
17627 Purpose:
17628 \end_layout
17629
17630 \begin_layout Standard
17631 Move the current cursor and screen location to the next LyX 
17632 \family sans
17633 Note
17634 \family default
17635  in the current buffer.
17636  There is no action if there are no more notes in the document (or no notes
17637  at all).
17638 \end_layout
17639
17640 \begin_layout Paragraph
17641 See Also:
17642 \end_layout
17643
17644 \begin_layout Standard
17645 note-insert.
17646 \end_layout
17647
17648 \begin_layout Subsection
17649 open-stuff
17650 \end_layout
17651
17652 \begin_layout Description
17653 Default\InsetSpace ~
17654 Bindings:
17655 \end_layout
17656
17657 \begin_deeper
17658 \begin_layout List
17659 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17660
17661 \series bold
17662 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17663 -
17664 \series default
17665  
17666 \family sans
17667 \bar under
17668 E
17669 \bar default
17670 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17671 Floats\InsetSpace ~
17672 &\InsetSpace ~
17673
17674 \bar under
17675 I
17676 \bar default
17677 nsets\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17678
17679 \bar under
17680 O
17681 \bar default
17682 pen/Close
17683 \end_layout
17684
17685 \begin_layout List
17686 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17687
17688 \series bold
17689 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17690 -
17691 \series default
17692  
17693 \family sans
17694 C-o
17695 \family default
17696  
17697 \newline
17698 (or use the appropriate mouse button action)
17699 \end_layout
17700
17701 \end_deeper
17702 \begin_layout Paragraph
17703 Purpose:
17704 \end_layout
17705
17706 \begin_layout Standard
17707 Opens a LyX inset for editing or parameter modification.
17708 \end_layout
17709
17710 \begin_layout Paragraph
17711 Usage:
17712 \end_layout
17713
17714 \begin_layout Standard
17715 Place the cursor to the left of the entity and execute the command.
17716  Or, click on the center of the object with the mouse.
17717  
17718 \family sans
17719 open-stuff 
17720 \family default
17721 will open a math-mode block (left mouse button, single click), figure, note,
17722  footnote or margin note (left mouse button, double-click).
17723 \end_layout
17724
17725 \begin_layout Standard
17726 Typically, the object you're opening is some sort of inset or float.
17727  You can use 
17728 \family typewriter
17729 melt
17730 \family default
17731  to remove the float and merge the text back into the body of the document.
17732 \end_layout
17733
17734 \begin_layout Paragraph
17735 See Also:
17736 \end_layout
17737
17738 \begin_layout Standard
17739 melt.
17740 \end_layout
17741
17742 \begin_layout Subsection
17743 paste
17744 \end_layout
17745
17746 \begin_layout Description
17747 Default\InsetSpace ~
17748 Bindings:
17749 \end_layout
17750
17751 \begin_deeper
17752 \begin_layout List
17753 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17754
17755 \series bold
17756 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17757 -
17758 \series default
17759  
17760 \family sans
17761 \bar under
17762 E
17763 \bar default
17764 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17765
17766 \bar under
17767 P
17768 \bar default
17769 aste
17770 \end_layout
17771
17772 \begin_layout List
17773 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17774
17775 \series bold
17776 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17777 -
17778 \series default
17779  Button #6 from the left.
17780  
17781 \end_layout
17782
17783 \begin_deeper
17784 \begin_layout Standard
17785 Schematic of a clipboard with arrow to a document.
17786 \end_layout
17787
17788 \end_deeper
17789 \begin_layout List
17790 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17791
17792 \series bold
17793 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17794 -
17795 \series default
17796  
17797 \family sans
17798 M-e\InsetSpace ~
17799 p
17800 \end_layout
17801
17802 \begin_deeper
17803 \begin_layout Standard
17804
17805 \family sans
17806 C-v
17807 \family default
17808  or 
17809 \family sans
17810 S-Insert
17811 \family default
17812  in 
17813 \family typewriter
17814 cua.bind
17815 \family default
17816 .
17817 \newline
17818
17819 \family sans
17820 C-y
17821 \family default
17822  in 
17823 \family typewriter
17824 emacs.bind
17825 \family default
17826 .
17827 \end_layout
17828
17829 \end_deeper
17830 \end_deeper
17831 \begin_layout Paragraph
17832 Purpose:
17833 \end_layout
17834
17835 \begin_layout Standard
17836 Paste the contents of the paste buffer into the current buffer, at the current
17837  cursor location.
17838 \end_layout
17839
17840 \begin_layout Paragraph
17841 Usage:
17842 \end_layout
17843
17844 \begin_layout Standard
17845 Upon starting LyX, the paste buffer is initially empty.
17846  During a 
17847 \family typewriter
17848 cut
17849 \family sans
17850  
17851 \family default
17852 or 
17853 \family typewriter
17854 copy
17855 \family sans
17856  
17857 \family default
17858 operation, the selected text will be stored in the paste buffer, overwriting
17859  anything previously stored in the buffer.
17860 \end_layout
17861
17862 \begin_layout Standard
17863 If a selection is highlighted at the current cursor location, LyX 
17864 \family typewriter
17865 paste
17866 \family sans
17867  
17868 \family default
17869 inserts the paste buffer text 
17870 \emph on
17871 after
17872 \emph default
17873  the selection.
17874  It does not overwrite; it only operates in 
17875 \emph on
17876 insert 
17877 \emph default
17878 mode.
17879 \end_layout
17880
17881 \begin_layout Paragraph
17882 See Also:
17883 \end_layout
17884
17885 \begin_layout Standard
17886 cut; copy.
17887 \end_layout
17888
17889 \begin_layout Subsection
17890 prefix-arg
17891 \end_layout
17892
17893 \begin_layout Description
17894 Default\InsetSpace ~
17895 Bindings:
17896 \end_layout
17897
17898 \begin_deeper
17899 \begin_layout List
17900 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17901
17902 \series bold
17903 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17904 -
17905 \series default
17906  ?
17907 \end_layout
17908
17909 \begin_layout List
17910 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17911
17912 \series bold
17913 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17914 -
17915 \series default
17916  ?
17917 \end_layout
17918
17919 \begin_deeper
17920 \begin_layout Standard
17921 ?
17922 \end_layout
17923
17924 \end_deeper
17925 \begin_layout List
17926 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17927
17928 \series bold
17929 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17930 -
17931 \series default
17932  ?
17933 \end_layout
17934
17935 \end_deeper
17936 \begin_layout Paragraph
17937 Purpose:
17938 \end_layout
17939
17940 \begin_layout Standard
17941 ?
17942 \end_layout
17943
17944 \begin_layout Paragraph
17945 Usage:
17946 \end_layout
17947
17948 \begin_layout Standard
17949 ?
17950 \end_layout
17951
17952 \begin_layout Paragraph
17953 Examples:
17954 \end_layout
17955
17956 \begin_layout Standard
17957 ?
17958 \end_layout
17959
17960 \begin_layout Paragraph
17961 See Also:
17962 \end_layout
17963
17964 \begin_layout Standard
17965 ?
17966 \end_layout
17967
17968 \begin_layout Subsection
17969 protected-space-insert
17970 \end_layout
17971
17972 \begin_layout Description
17973 Default\InsetSpace ~
17974 Bindings:
17975 \end_layout
17976
17977 \begin_deeper
17978 \begin_layout List
17979 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17980
17981 \series bold
17982 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17983 -
17984 \series default
17985  
17986 \family sans
17987 \bar under
17988 I
17989 \bar default
17990 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17991 S
17992 \bar under
17993 p
17994 \bar default
17995 ecial
17996 \family default
17997 \InsetSpace ~
17998
17999 \family sans
18000 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18001 Protected
18002 \family default
18003 \InsetSpace ~
18004
18005 \family sans
18006 \bar under
18007 B
18008 \bar default
18009 lank
18010 \end_layout
18011
18012 \begin_layout List
18013 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18014
18015 \series bold
18016 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18017 -
18018 \series default
18019  
18020 \family sans
18021 C-Space
18022 \family default
18023  
18024 \end_layout
18025
18026 \end_deeper
18027 \begin_layout Paragraph
18028 Purpose:
18029 \end_layout
18030
18031 \begin_layout Standard
18032 Insert an interword space at which a line break will not be allowed either
18033  on the LyX screen or in the LaTeX output.
18034  
18035 \end_layout
18036
18037 \begin_layout Paragraph
18038 Usage:
18039 \end_layout
18040
18041 \begin_layout Standard
18042 The protected space is represented on the screen as a small, magenta, 
18043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18044 \end_inset
18045
18046 square cup
18047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18048 \end_inset
18049
18050  symbol, like this \InsetSpace ~
18051 , which if you are reading a printed copy looks something
18052  like 
18053 \begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$
18054 \end_inset
18055
18056 .
18057 \end_layout
18058
18059 \begin_layout Standard
18060 This is sometimes also called a 
18061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18062 \end_inset
18063
18064 hard space
18065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18066 \end_inset
18067
18068  or a 
18069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18070 \end_inset
18071
18072 fixed space
18073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18074 \end_inset
18075
18076  because it is not resized like other whitespace.
18077 \end_layout
18078
18079 \begin_layout Standard
18080 Use the protected space for phrases that you don't want broken at the end
18081  of a line, or to insert more than one word into certain kinds of headings.
18082  For example, the 
18083 \family sans
18084 Description
18085 \family default
18086  list always treats the first word of the paragraph as an item label and
18087  boldfaces it.
18088  If you wanted to use more than one word as an item label, use protected
18089  space between the words.
18090 \end_layout
18091
18092 \begin_layout Standard
18093
18094 \emph on
18095 Never
18096 \emph default
18097  use 
18098 \family typewriter
18099 protected-space
18100 \family default
18101  as a substitute tab-stop! LyX has far, far better ways of formatting text,
18102  so use them.
18103 \end_layout
18104
18105 \begin_layout Paragraph
18106 Examples:
18107 \end_layout
18108
18109 \begin_layout Standard
18110 This phrase, 
18111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18112 \end_inset
18113
18114 the\InsetSpace ~
18115 whole\InsetSpace ~
18116 nine\InsetSpace ~
18117 yards,
18118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18119 \end_inset
18120
18121  will not be broken at the end of a line.
18122  And if we had a description list with multi-word labels:
18123 \end_layout
18124
18125 \begin_layout Description
18126 entry\InsetSpace ~
18127 #1 This is one.
18128 \end_layout
18129
18130 \begin_layout Description
18131 entry\InsetSpace ~
18132 #2 This is two.
18133  Notice the protected space between the words in the item label.
18134 \end_layout
18135
18136 \begin_layout Paragraph
18137 See Also:
18138 \end_layout
18139
18140 \begin_layout Standard
18141 The User's Guide
18142 \end_layout
18143
18144 \begin_layout Subsection
18145 quote-insert
18146 \end_layout
18147
18148 \begin_layout Description
18149 Default\InsetSpace ~
18150 Bindings:
18151 \end_layout
18152
18153 \begin_deeper
18154 \begin_layout List
18155 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18156
18157 \series bold
18158 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18159 -
18160 \series default
18161  
18162 \family sans
18163 C-q
18164 \family roman
18165 ,
18166 \family sans
18167  S-C-
18168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18169 \end_inset
18170
18171
18172 \family roman
18173 ,
18174 \family sans
18175  M-i\InsetSpace ~
18176 '
18177 \family roman
18178 , or
18179 \family sans
18180  M-i\InsetSpace ~
18181 S-
18182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18183 \end_inset
18184
18185
18186 \family default
18187  
18188 \end_layout
18189
18190 \end_deeper
18191 \begin_layout Paragraph
18192 Purpose:
18193 \end_layout
18194
18195 \begin_layout Standard
18196 Insert a typewriter-style double quote symbol, ", at the current cursor
18197  location.
18198 \end_layout
18199
18200 \begin_layout Paragraph
18201 Usage:
18202 \end_layout
18203
18204 \begin_layout Standard
18205 On the default keyboard, the grave and apostrophe keys produce matching
18206  single quote characters, and the double-quote key produces context-sensitive
18207  anti-symmetric double quotes.
18208  While it should normally be used only in rare situations, the 
18209 \family typewriter
18210 quote-insert
18211 \family sans
18212  
18213 \family default
18214 command allows you to easily produce the
18215 \family sans
18216  
18217 \family default
18218 less esthetically pleasing typewriter-style double quote symbol.
18219 \end_layout
18220
18221 \begin_layout Standard
18222 This command also allows you to create a double-quote character when you've
18223  changed the behavior of the 
18224 \family sans
18225
18226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18227 \end_inset
18228
18229
18230 \family default
18231  key using the 
18232 \family typewriter
18233 layout-quotes
18234 \family default
18235  command.
18236 \end_layout
18237
18238 \begin_layout Paragraph
18239 See Also:
18240 \end_layout
18241
18242 \begin_layout Standard
18243 layout-quotes.
18244 \end_layout
18245
18246 \begin_layout Subsection
18247 redo
18248 \end_layout
18249
18250 \begin_layout Description
18251 Default\InsetSpace ~
18252 Bindings:
18253 \end_layout
18254
18255 \begin_deeper
18256 \begin_layout List
18257 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18258
18259 \series bold
18260 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18261 -
18262 \series default
18263  
18264 \family sans
18265 \bar under
18266 E
18267 \bar default
18268 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18269
18270 \bar under
18271 R
18272 \bar default
18273 edo
18274 \end_layout
18275
18276 \begin_layout List
18277 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18278
18279 \series bold
18280 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18281 -
18282 \series default
18283  
18284 \family sans
18285 M-e\InsetSpace ~
18286 r
18287 \family default
18288  
18289 \end_layout
18290
18291 \begin_deeper
18292 \begin_layout Standard
18293
18294 \family sans
18295 C-Z
18296 \family default
18297  in 
18298 \family typewriter
18299 cua.bind
18300 \family default
18301 .
18302 \end_layout
18303
18304 \end_deeper
18305 \end_deeper
18306 \begin_layout Paragraph
18307 Purpose:
18308 \end_layout
18309
18310 \begin_layout Standard
18311 Attempts to redo the last major editing command that was undone with the
18312  
18313 \family typewriter
18314 undo
18315 \family sans
18316  
18317 \family default
18318 command.
18319 \end_layout
18320
18321 \begin_layout Paragraph
18322 Usage:
18323 \end_layout
18324
18325 \begin_layout Standard
18326 Self-explanatory.
18327  
18328 \family typewriter
18329 redo
18330 \family default
18331  may not always succeed, or it may redo more editing than you expected.
18332  The only limit to how many times you can perform a 
18333 \family typewriter
18334 redo
18335 \family default
18336  is the beginning of the undo buffer.
18337 \end_layout
18338
18339 \begin_layout Paragraph
18340 See Also:
18341 \end_layout
18342
18343 \begin_layout Standard
18344 undo.
18345  
18346 \end_layout
18347
18348 \begin_layout Subsection
18349 ref-insert
18350 \end_layout
18351
18352 \begin_layout Description
18353 Default\InsetSpace ~
18354 Bindings:
18355 \end_layout
18356
18357 \begin_deeper
18358 \begin_layout List
18359 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18360
18361 \series bold
18362 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18363 -
18364 \series default
18365  
18366 \family sans
18367 \bar under
18368 I
18369 \bar default
18370 nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18371 Cross-
18372 \bar under
18373 R
18374 \bar default
18375 eference
18376 \end_layout
18377
18378 \begin_deeper
18379 \begin_layout Description
18380 Insert\InsetSpace ~
18381 Reference: (cross-reference control panel)
18382 \end_layout
18383
18384 \end_deeper
18385 \begin_layout List
18386 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18387
18388 \series bold
18389 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18390 -
18391 \series default
18392  
18393 \family sans
18394 M-i\InsetSpace ~
18395 r
18396 \end_layout
18397
18398 \end_deeper
18399 \begin_layout Paragraph
18400 Purpose:
18401 \end_layout
18402
18403 \begin_layout Standard
18404 Insert a cross-reference (using a character string label key), based on
18405  a previously defined label.
18406 \end_layout
18407
18408 \begin_layout Paragraph
18409 Usage:
18410 \end_layout
18411
18412 \begin_layout Standard
18413 This command inserts either a LaTeX 
18414 \family typewriter
18415
18416 \backslash
18417 ref{key}
18418 \emph on
18419  
18420 \family default
18421 \emph default
18422 or a 
18423 \family typewriter
18424
18425 \backslash
18426 pageref{key}
18427 \family default
18428  command, as appropriate, into the document.
18429  The 
18430 \family typewriter
18431 key
18432 \family default
18433  parameter is the case-sensitive alphanumeric label that you previously
18434  defined using 
18435 \family typewriter
18436 label-insert
18437 \family default
18438 .
18439  Executing the 
18440 \family typewriter
18441 ref-insert
18442 \family sans
18443  
18444 \family default
18445 command brings up the 
18446 \family sans
18447 Insert\InsetSpace ~
18448 Reference
18449 \family default
18450  pop-up control panel, which shows you a selection list of previously defined
18451  references.
18452  Also on this panel, you are given the option of referencing either the
18453  environment reference related to that label (like the section number) or
18454  the page number at which the label is located.
18455 \end_layout
18456
18457 \begin_layout Standard
18458 The 
18459 \family typewriter
18460
18461 \backslash
18462 ref(key)
18463 \family default
18464  command allows LaTeX to track the specified key and substitute the appropriate
18465  cross-reference.
18466  The environment referenced can be a section, table, figure, equation number,
18467  enumerated item, 
18468 \emph on
18469 etc
18470 \emph default
18471 .
18472  Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print
18473  your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which
18474  is the character string label key that you defined.
18475  
18476 \end_layout
18477
18478 \begin_layout Standard
18479 Note that labels defined in math mode don't become visible to the 
18480 \family sans
18481 Insert\InsetSpace ~
18482 Reference
18483 \family default
18484  popup until after you close and reopen the document.
18485 \end_layout
18486
18487 \begin_layout Paragraph
18488 Examples:
18489 \end_layout
18490
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 See 
18493 \family typewriter
18494 label-ref
18495 \family sans
18496  
18497 \family default
18498 for an example of referencing a section number.
18499  That same label from that example can also be used to reference the page
18500  number at that location; for example, the page number of that location
18501  is Page\InsetSpace ~
18502
18503 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{test label}
18504
18505 \end_inset
18506
18507 .
18508 \end_layout
18509
18510 \begin_layout Paragraph
18511 See Also:
18512 \end_layout
18513
18514 \begin_layout Standard
18515 label-insert; math-number.
18516  
18517 \end_layout
18518
18519 \begin_layout Standard
18520 You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing
18521  method in the LyX User's Guide or any good LaTeX user's guide.
18522 \end_layout
18523
18524 \begin_layout Section
18525 S
18526 \end_layout
18527
18528 \begin_layout Subsection
18529 screen-down
18530 \end_layout
18531
18532 \begin_layout Description
18533 Default\InsetSpace ~
18534 Bindings:
18535 \end_layout
18536
18537 \begin_deeper
18538 \begin_layout List
18539 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18540
18541 \series bold
18542 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18543 -
18544 \series default
18545  
18546 \family sans
18547 PageDown
18548 \family default
18549  
18550 \end_layout
18551
18552 \begin_deeper
18553 \begin_layout Standard
18554
18555 \family sans
18556 C-v 
18557 \family roman
18558 or
18559 \family sans
18560  C-x\InsetSpace ~
18561 ]
18562 \family default
18563  in 
18564 \family typewriter
18565 emacs.bind
18566 \family default
18567 .
18568 \end_layout
18569
18570 \end_deeper
18571 \end_deeper
18572 \begin_layout Paragraph
18573 Purpose:
18574 \end_layout
18575
18576 \begin_layout Standard
18577 Moves the cursor down one screenful of text while maintaining the current
18578  relative cursor screen position.
18579 \end_layout
18580
18581 \begin_layout Paragraph
18582 Usage:
18583 \end_layout
18584
18585 \begin_layout Standard
18586 Self-explanatory.
18587  Note that repeated 
18588 \family typewriter
18589 screen-down
18590 \family default
18591  and 
18592 \family typewriter
18593 screen-up
18594 \family default
18595  commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location.
18596 \end_layout
18597
18598 \begin_layout Paragraph
18599 See Also:
18600 \end_layout
18601
18602 \begin_layout Standard
18603 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
18604  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
18605 \end_layout
18606
18607 \begin_layout Subsection
18608 screen-down-select
18609 \end_layout
18610
18611 \begin_layout Description
18612 Default\InsetSpace ~
18613 Bindings:
18614 \end_layout
18615
18616 \begin_deeper
18617 \begin_layout List
18618 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18619
18620 \series bold
18621 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18622 -
18623 \series default
18624  
18625 \family sans
18626 S-PageDown
18627 \family default
18628  
18629 \end_layout
18630
18631 \end_deeper
18632 \begin_layout Paragraph
18633 Purpose:
18634 \end_layout
18635
18636 \begin_layout Standard
18637 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions
18638  during a 
18639 \family typewriter
18640 screen-down
18641 \family sans
18642  
18643 \family default
18644 move.
18645  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
18646 \end_layout
18647
18648 \begin_layout Paragraph
18649 See Also:
18650 \end_layout
18651
18652 \begin_layout Standard
18653 screen-down;
18654 \end_layout
18655
18656 \begin_layout Standard
18657 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
18658  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
18659  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
18660 \end_layout
18661
18662 \begin_layout Subsection
18663 screen-recenter
18664 \end_layout
18665
18666 \begin_layout Description
18667 Default\InsetSpace ~
18668 Bindings:
18669 \end_layout
18670
18671 \begin_deeper
18672 \begin_layout List
18673 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18674
18675 \series bold
18676 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18677 -
18678 \series default
18679  
18680 \family sans
18681 C-l
18682 \family default
18683  in 
18684 \family typewriter
18685 emacs.bind
18686 \family default
18687 .
18688 \end_layout
18689
18690 \end_deeper
18691 \begin_layout Paragraph
18692 Purpose:
18693 \end_layout
18694
18695 \begin_layout Standard
18696 Repositions the screen so that it is centered on the current cursor location.
18697  The position of the cursor in the text does not change.
18698 \end_layout
18699
18700 \begin_layout Paragraph
18701 See Also:
18702 \end_layout
18703
18704 \begin_layout Standard
18705 ?
18706 \end_layout
18707
18708 \begin_layout Subsection
18709 screen-up
18710 \end_layout
18711
18712 \begin_layout Description
18713 Default\InsetSpace ~
18714 Bindings:
18715 \end_layout
18716
18717 \begin_deeper
18718 \begin_layout List
18719 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18720
18721 \series bold
18722 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18723 -
18724 \series default
18725  
18726 \family sans
18727 PageUp 
18728 \end_layout
18729
18730 \begin_deeper
18731 \begin_layout Standard
18732
18733 \family sans
18734 C-x\InsetSpace ~
18735 [
18736 \family default
18737  in 
18738 \family typewriter
18739 emacs.bind
18740 \family default
18741 .
18742 \end_layout
18743
18744 \end_deeper
18745 \end_deeper
18746 \begin_layout Paragraph
18747 Purpose:
18748 \end_layout
18749
18750 \begin_layout Standard
18751 Moves the cursor up one screenful of text while maintaining the current
18752  relative cursor screen position.
18753 \end_layout
18754
18755 \begin_layout Paragraph
18756 Usage:
18757 \end_layout
18758
18759 \begin_layout Standard
18760 Self-explanatory.
18761  Note that repeated 
18762 \family typewriter
18763 screen-down
18764 \family default
18765  and 
18766 \family typewriter
18767 screen-up
18768 \family default
18769  commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location.
18770 \end_layout
18771
18772 \begin_layout Paragraph
18773 See Also:
18774 \end_layout
18775
18776 \begin_layout Standard
18777 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
18778  tab-forward; up; down; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
18779 \end_layout
18780
18781 \begin_layout Subsection
18782 screen-up-select
18783 \end_layout
18784
18785 \begin_layout Description
18786 Default\InsetSpace ~
18787 Bindings:
18788 \end_layout
18789
18790 \begin_deeper
18791 \begin_layout List
18792 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18793
18794 \series bold
18795 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18796 -
18797 \series default
18798  
18799 \family sans
18800 S-PageUp
18801 \family default
18802  
18803 \end_layout
18804
18805 \end_deeper
18806 \begin_layout Paragraph
18807 Purpose:
18808 \end_layout
18809
18810 \begin_layout Standard
18811 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions
18812  during a 
18813 \family typewriter
18814 screen-up
18815 \family sans
18816  
18817 \family default
18818 move.
18819  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
18820 \end_layout
18821
18822 \begin_layout Paragraph
18823 See Also:
18824 \end_layout
18825
18826 \begin_layout Standard
18827 screen-up;
18828 \end_layout
18829
18830 \begin_layout Standard
18831 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
18832  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-down-select;
18833  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
18834 \end_layout
18835
18836 \begin_layout Subsection
18837 self-insert
18838 \end_layout
18839
18840 \begin_layout Description
18841 Default\InsetSpace ~
18842 Bindings:
18843 \end_layout
18844
18845 \begin_deeper
18846 \begin_layout List
18847 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18848
18849 \series bold
18850 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18851 -
18852 \series default
18853  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18854 Item
18855 \end_layout
18856
18857 \begin_layout List
18858 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18859
18860 \series bold
18861 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
18862 -
18863 \series default
18864  Button # from the left.
18865  
18866 \end_layout
18867
18868 \begin_deeper
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18870 Brief description of button icon.
18871 \end_layout
18872
18873 \end_deeper
18874 \begin_layout List
18875 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18876
18877 \series bold
18878 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18879 -
18880 \series default
18881  None.
18882 \end_layout
18883
18884 \end_deeper
18885 \begin_layout Paragraph
18886 Purpose:
18887 \end_layout
18888
18889 \begin_layout Standard
18890 Don't know what this does<ref>.
18891 \end_layout
18892
18893 \begin_layout Paragraph
18894 Usage:
18895 \end_layout
18896
18897 \begin_layout Standard
18898 ?
18899 \end_layout
18900
18901 \begin_layout Paragraph
18902 Examples:
18903 \end_layout
18904
18905 \begin_layout Standard
18906 ?
18907 \end_layout
18908
18909 \begin_layout Paragraph
18910 See Also:
18911 \end_layout
18912
18913 \begin_layout Standard
18914 ?
18915 \end_layout
18916
18917 \begin_layout Subsection
18918 server-char-after
18919 \end_layout
18920
18921 \begin_layout Description
18922 Default\InsetSpace ~
18923 Bindings: None.
18924 \end_layout
18925
18926 \begin_layout Paragraph
18927 Purpose:
18928 \end_layout
18929
18930 \begin_layout Standard
18931 One of the functions for the LyX server.
18932 \end_layout
18933
18934 \begin_layout Paragraph
18935 Usage:
18936 \end_layout
18937
18938 \begin_layout Standard
18939 ?
18940 \end_layout
18941
18942 \begin_layout Paragraph
18943 Examples:
18944 \end_layout
18945
18946 \begin_layout Standard
18947 Examples.
18948 \end_layout
18949
18950 \begin_layout Paragraph
18951 See Also:
18952 \end_layout
18953
18954 \begin_layout Standard
18955 server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-ge
18956 t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
18957 \end_layout
18958
18959 \begin_layout Subsection
18960 server-get-font
18961 \end_layout
18962
18963 \begin_layout Description
18964 Default\InsetSpace ~
18965 Bindings: None.
18966 \end_layout
18967
18968 \begin_layout Paragraph
18969 Purpose:
18970 \end_layout
18971
18972 \begin_layout Standard
18973 One of the functions for the LyX server.
18974 \end_layout
18975
18976 \begin_layout Paragraph
18977 Usage:
18978 \end_layout
18979
18980 \begin_layout Standard
18981 ?
18982 \end_layout
18983
18984 \begin_layout Paragraph
18985 See Also:
18986 \end_layout
18987
18988 \begin_layout Standard
18989 server-char-after; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name;
18990  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
18991 \end_layout
18992
18993 \begin_layout Subsection
18994 server-get-latex
18995 \end_layout
18996
18997 \begin_layout Description
18998 Default\InsetSpace ~
18999 Bindings: None.
19000 \end_layout
19001
19002 \begin_layout Paragraph
19003 Purpose:
19004 \end_layout
19005
19006 \begin_layout Standard
19007 One of the functions for the LyX server.
19008 \end_layout
19009
19010 \begin_layout Paragraph
19011 Usage:
19012 \end_layout
19013
19014 \begin_layout Standard
19015 ?
19016 \end_layout
19017
19018 \begin_layout Paragraph
19019 See Also:
19020 \end_layout
19021
19022 \begin_layout Standard
19023 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-layout; server-get-name;
19024  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
19025 \end_layout
19026
19027 \begin_layout Subsection
19028 server-get-layout
19029 \end_layout
19030
19031 \begin_layout Description
19032 Default\InsetSpace ~
19033 Bindings: None.
19034 \end_layout
19035
19036 \begin_layout Paragraph
19037 Purpose:
19038 \end_layout
19039
19040 \begin_layout Standard
19041 One of the functions for the LyX server.
19042 \end_layout
19043
19044 \begin_layout Paragraph
19045 Usage:
19046 \end_layout
19047
19048 \begin_layout Paragraph
19049 See Also:
19050 \end_layout
19051
19052 \begin_layout Standard
19053 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-name; server-ge
19054 t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
19055 \end_layout
19056
19057 \begin_layout Subsection
19058 server-get-name
19059 \end_layout
19060
19061 \begin_layout Description
19062 Default\InsetSpace ~
19063 Bindings: None.
19064 \end_layout
19065
19066 \begin_layout Paragraph
19067 Purpose:
19068 \end_layout
19069
19070 \begin_layout Standard
19071 One of the functions for the LyX server.
19072 \end_layout
19073
19074 \begin_layout Paragraph
19075 Usage:
19076 \end_layout
19077
19078 \begin_layout Standard
19079 ?
19080 \end_layout
19081
19082 \begin_layout Paragraph
19083 See Also:
19084 \end_layout
19085
19086 \begin_layout Standard
19087 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
19088  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
19089 \end_layout
19090
19091 \begin_layout Subsection
19092 server-get-xy
19093 \end_layout
19094
19095 \begin_layout Description
19096 Default\InsetSpace ~
19097 Bindings: None.
19098 \end_layout
19099
19100 \begin_layout Paragraph
19101 Purpose:
19102 \end_layout
19103
19104 \begin_layout Standard
19105 One of the functions for the LyX server.
19106 \end_layout
19107
19108 \begin_layout Paragraph
19109 Usage:
19110 \end_layout
19111
19112 \begin_layout Standard
19113 ?
19114 \end_layout
19115
19116 \begin_layout Paragraph
19117 See Also:
19118 \end_layout
19119
19120 \begin_layout Standard
19121 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
19122  server-get-name; server-notify; server-set-xy.
19123 \end_layout
19124
19125 \begin_layout Subsection
19126 server-notify
19127 \end_layout
19128
19129 \begin_layout Description
19130 Default\InsetSpace ~
19131 Bindings: None.
19132 \end_layout
19133
19134 \begin_layout Paragraph
19135 Purpose:
19136 \end_layout
19137
19138 \begin_layout Standard
19139 One of the functions for the LyX server.
19140 \end_layout
19141
19142 \begin_layout Paragraph
19143 Usage:
19144 \end_layout
19145
19146 \begin_layout Standard
19147 ?
19148 \end_layout
19149
19150 \begin_layout Paragraph
19151 See Also:
19152 \end_layout
19153
19154 \begin_layout Standard
19155 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
19156  server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-set-xy.
19157 \end_layout
19158
19159 \begin_layout Subsection
19160 server-set-xy
19161 \end_layout
19162
19163 \begin_layout Description
19164 Default\InsetSpace ~
19165 Bindings: None.
19166 \end_layout
19167
19168 \begin_layout Paragraph
19169 Purpose:
19170 \end_layout
19171
19172 \begin_layout Standard
19173 One of the functions for the LyX server.
19174 \end_layout
19175
19176 \begin_layout Paragraph
19177 Usage:
19178 \end_layout
19179
19180 \begin_layout Standard
19181 ?
19182 \end_layout
19183
19184 \begin_layout Paragraph
19185 See Also:
19186 \end_layout
19187
19188 \begin_layout Standard
19189 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
19190  server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-notify.
19191 \end_layout
19192
19193 \begin_layout Subsection
19194 set-color
19195 \end_layout
19196
19197 \begin_layout Standard
19198 Default\InsetSpace ~
19199 Bindings: None.
19200 \end_layout
19201
19202 \begin_layout Paragraph
19203 Purpose:
19204 \end_layout
19205
19206 \begin_layout Standard
19207 Change the colors used by LyX.
19208 \end_layout
19209
19210 \begin_layout Paragraph
19211 Usage:
19212 \end_layout
19213
19214 \begin_layout Standard
19215 set-color required two arguments, the LyX color name (essentially the object
19216  to be colours) and the display (currently X11) color name.
19217 \end_layout
19218
19219 \begin_layout Paragraph
19220 See Also:
19221 \end_layout
19222
19223 \begin_layout Standard
19224 The set-color section of the Customization guide.
19225 \end_layout
19226
19227 \begin_layout Subsection
19228 spellchecker
19229 \end_layout
19230
19231 \begin_layout Description
19232 Default\InsetSpace ~
19233 Bindings:
19234 \end_layout
19235
19236 \begin_deeper
19237 \begin_layout List
19238 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19239
19240 \series bold
19241 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19242 -
19243 \series default
19244  
19245 \family sans
19246 \bar under
19247 E
19248 \bar default
19249 dit \SpecialChar \menuseparator
19250
19251 \bar under
19252 S
19253 \bar default
19254 pellchecker
19255 \end_layout
19256
19257 \begin_deeper
19258 \begin_layout Description
19259 Spellchecker: (control panel for the spellchecker)
19260 \newline
19261 or
19262 \end_layout
19263
19264 \begin_layout Standard
19265
19266 \family sans
19267 \bar under
19268 O
19269 \bar default
19270 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19271
19272 \bar under
19273 S
19274 \bar default
19275 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
19276 Options
19277 \end_layout
19278
19279 \begin_layout Description
19280 Spellchecker\InsetSpace ~
19281 Options:
19282 \family sans
19283  
19284 \bar under
19285 S
19286 \bar default
19287 tart\InsetSpace ~
19288 Spellchecker
19289 \end_layout
19290
19291 \end_deeper
19292 \begin_layout List
19293 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19294
19295 \series bold
19296 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19297 -
19298 \series default
19299  
19300 \family sans
19301 M-e\InsetSpace ~
19302 s
19303 \family default
19304  
19305 \end_layout
19306
19307 \end_deeper
19308 \begin_layout Paragraph
19309 Purpose:
19310 \end_layout
19311
19312 \begin_layout Standard
19313 Start spellchecker.
19314 \end_layout
19315
19316 \begin_layout Standard
19317 [
19318 \emph on
19319 Author's Note: Need more detail here.
19320  -<ref>
19321 \emph default
19322 ]
19323 \end_layout
19324
19325 \begin_layout Paragraph
19326 See Also:
19327 \end_layout
19328
19329 \begin_layout Standard
19330 spellcheck popup.
19331  [
19332 \emph on
19333 Editor's Note: To be added later - jw.
19334 \emph default
19335 ]
19336 \end_layout
19337
19338 \begin_layout Subsection
19339 symbol-insert
19340 \end_layout
19341
19342 \begin_layout Description
19343 Default\InsetSpace ~
19344 Bindings:
19345 \end_layout
19346
19347 \begin_deeper
19348 \begin_layout List
19349 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19350
19351 \series bold
19352 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19353 -
19354 \series default
19355  
19356 \family sans
19357 M-c\InsetSpace ~
19358 m
19359 \end_layout
19360
19361 \end_deeper
19362 \begin_layout Paragraph
19363 Purpose:
19364 \end_layout
19365
19366 \begin_layout Standard
19367 This command is simply an alias for the command 
19368 \family typewriter
19369 math-mode
19370 \family default
19371 .
19372  
19373 \end_layout
19374
19375 \begin_layout Paragraph
19376 See Also:
19377 \end_layout
19378
19379 \begin_layout Standard
19380 math-mode.
19381  
19382 \end_layout
19383
19384 \begin_layout Section
19385 T-U
19386 \end_layout
19387
19388 \begin_layout Subsection
19389 tab-forward
19390 \end_layout
19391
19392 \begin_layout Description
19393 Default\InsetSpace ~
19394 Bindings:
19395 \end_layout
19396
19397 \begin_deeper
19398 \begin_layout List
19399 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19400
19401 \series bold
19402 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19403 -
19404 \series default
19405  
19406 \family sans
19407 Tab
19408 \family default
19409  
19410 \end_layout
19411
19412 \end_deeper
19413 \begin_layout Paragraph
19414 Purpose:
19415 \end_layout
19416
19417 \begin_layout Standard
19418 Move the cursor position forward to the left margin at the start of the
19419  next paragraph or list item.
19420 \end_layout
19421
19422 \begin_layout Paragraph
19423 Usage:
19424 \end_layout
19425
19426 \begin_layout Standard
19427 Note that although other motion commands have a text selection parallel,
19428  
19429 \family typewriter
19430 tab-forward
19431 \family default
19432  does not; there is currently no 
19433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19434 \end_inset
19435
19436
19437 \family typewriter
19438 tab-forward-select
19439 \family default
19440
19441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19442 \end_inset
19443
19444  command in LyX.
19445 \end_layout
19446
19447 \begin_layout Paragraph
19448 See Also:
19449 \end_layout
19450
19451 \begin_layout Standard
19452 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
19453  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
19454 \end_layout
19455
19456 \begin_layout Subsection
19457 table-insert
19458 \end_layout
19459
19460 \begin_layout Description
19461 Default\InsetSpace ~
19462 Bindings:
19463 \end_layout
19464
19465 \begin_deeper
19466 \begin_layout List
19467 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19468
19469 \series bold
19470 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19471 -
19472 \series default
19473  
19474 \family sans
19475 \bar under
19476 E
19477 \bar default
19478 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19479 Ta
19480 \bar under
19481 b
19482 \bar default
19483 le\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19484 Insert
19485 \family default
19486 \InsetSpace ~
19487
19488 \family sans
19489 table
19490 \end_layout
19491
19492 \begin_deeper
19493 \begin_layout Description
19494 Table: (table size and insertion control panel)
19495 \end_layout
19496
19497 \end_deeper
19498 \begin_layout List
19499 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19500
19501 \series bold
19502 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
19503 -
19504 \series default
19505  First button on the right.
19506  
19507 \end_layout
19508
19509 \begin_deeper
19510 \begin_layout Standard
19511 Table icon showing a four by four table with gridlines.
19512 \end_layout
19513
19514 \end_deeper
19515 \end_deeper
19516 \begin_layout Paragraph
19517 Purpose:
19518 \end_layout
19519
19520 \begin_layout Standard
19521 Inserts a LaTeX table (
19522 \family typewriter
19523 tabular
19524 \family default
19525  environment) into the text.
19526 \end_layout
19527
19528 \begin_layout Paragraph
19529 Usage:
19530 \end_layout
19531
19532 \begin_layout Standard
19533 Executing the command creates a pop-up table control panel that allows you
19534  to set the initial number of rows and columns.
19535  Hitting either the control panel 
19536 \family sans
19537 OK
19538 \family default
19539  or 
19540 \family sans
19541 Apply 
19542 \family default
19543 buttons inserts the table at the current cursor location.
19544  Text can then be inserted into any cell of a table by selecting the cell
19545  and typing.
19546  The table can be modified by placing the cursor anywhere in the table and
19547  clicking the right mouse button, which brings up a table control menu.
19548 \end_layout
19549
19550 \begin_layout Paragraph
19551 Examples:
19552 \end_layout
19553
19554 \begin_layout Standard
19555 Executing the 
19556 \family typewriter
19557 table-insert
19558 \family default
19559  function at the end of this sentence, and accepting the default values,
19560  results in the following:
19561 \end_layout
19562
19563 \begin_layout Standard
19564 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
19565 \end_inset
19566
19567
19568 \end_layout
19569
19570 \begin_layout Standard
19571 \align center
19572 \begin_inset Tabular
19573 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
19574 <features>
19575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19578 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19580 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_inset Text
19583
19584 \begin_layout Standard
19585
19586 \family roman
19587 \series medium
19588 \shape up
19589 \size normal
19590 \emph off
19591 \bar no
19592 \noun off
19593 1
19594 \end_layout
19595
19596 \end_inset
19597 </cell>
19598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19599 \begin_inset Text
19600
19601 \begin_layout Standard
19602
19603 \family roman
19604 \series medium
19605 \shape up
19606 \size normal
19607 \emph off
19608 \bar no
19609 \noun off
19610 2
19611 \end_layout
19612
19613 \end_inset
19614 </cell>
19615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19616 \begin_inset Text
19617
19618 \begin_layout Standard
19619
19620 \family roman
19621 \series medium
19622 \shape up
19623 \size normal
19624 \emph off
19625 \bar no
19626 \noun off
19627 3
19628 \end_layout
19629
19630 \end_inset
19631 </cell>
19632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19633 \begin_inset Text
19634
19635 \begin_layout Standard
19636
19637 \family roman
19638 \series medium
19639 \shape up
19640 \size normal
19641 \emph off
19642 \bar no
19643 \noun off
19644 4
19645 \end_layout
19646
19647 \end_inset
19648 </cell>
19649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19650 \begin_inset Text
19651
19652 \begin_layout Standard
19653
19654 \family roman
19655 \series medium
19656 \shape up
19657 \size normal
19658 \emph off
19659 \bar no
19660 \noun off
19661 5
19662 \end_layout
19663
19664 \end_inset
19665 </cell>
19666 </row>
19667 <row topline="true">
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19669 \begin_inset Text
19670
19671 \begin_layout Standard
19672
19673 \family roman
19674 \series medium
19675 \shape up
19676 \size normal
19677 \emph off
19678 \bar no
19679 \noun off
19680 A
19681 \end_layout
19682
19683 \end_inset
19684 </cell>
19685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19686 \begin_inset Text
19687
19688 \begin_layout Standard
19689
19690 \family roman
19691 \series medium
19692 \shape up
19693 \size normal
19694 \emph off
19695 \bar no
19696 \noun off
19697 x
19698 \end_layout
19699
19700 \end_inset
19701 </cell>
19702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_inset Text
19704
19705 \begin_layout Standard
19706
19707 \end_layout
19708
19709 \end_inset
19710 </cell>
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_inset Text
19713
19714 \begin_layout Standard
19715
19716 \end_layout
19717
19718 \end_inset
19719 </cell>
19720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_inset Text
19722
19723 \begin_layout Standard
19724
19725 \family roman
19726 \series medium
19727 \shape up
19728 \size normal
19729 \emph off
19730 \bar no
19731 \noun off
19732 y
19733 \end_layout
19734
19735 \end_inset
19736 </cell>
19737 </row>
19738 <row topline="true">
19739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19740 \begin_inset Text
19741
19742 \begin_layout Standard
19743
19744 \family roman
19745 \series medium
19746 \shape up
19747 \size normal
19748 \emph off
19749 \bar no
19750 \noun off
19751 B
19752 \end_layout
19753
19754 \end_inset
19755 </cell>
19756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_inset Text
19758
19759 \begin_layout Standard
19760
19761 \end_layout
19762
19763 \end_inset
19764 </cell>
19765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19766 \begin_inset Text
19767
19768 \begin_layout Standard
19769
19770 \family roman
19771 \series medium
19772 \shape up
19773 \size normal
19774 \emph off
19775 \bar no
19776 \noun off
19777 x
19778 \end_layout
19779
19780 \end_inset
19781 </cell>
19782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_inset Text
19784
19785 \begin_layout Standard
19786
19787 \family roman
19788 \series medium
19789 \shape up
19790 \size normal
19791 \emph off
19792 \bar no
19793 \noun off
19794 y
19795 \end_layout
19796
19797 \end_inset
19798 </cell>
19799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19800 \begin_inset Text
19801
19802 \begin_layout Standard
19803
19804 \end_layout
19805
19806 \end_inset
19807 </cell>
19808 </row>
19809 <row topline="true">
19810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19811 \begin_inset Text
19812
19813 \begin_layout Standard
19814
19815 \family roman
19816 \series medium
19817 \shape up
19818 \size normal
19819 \emph off
19820 \bar no
19821 \noun off
19822 C
19823 \end_layout
19824
19825 \end_inset
19826 </cell>
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_inset Text
19829
19830 \begin_layout Standard
19831
19832 \end_layout
19833
19834 \end_inset
19835 </cell>
19836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_inset Text
19838
19839 \begin_layout Standard
19840
19841 \family roman
19842 \series medium
19843 \shape up
19844 \size normal
19845 \emph off
19846 \bar no
19847 \noun off
19848 y
19849 \end_layout
19850
19851 \end_inset
19852 </cell>
19853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_inset Text
19855
19856 \begin_layout Standard
19857
19858 \family roman
19859 \series medium
19860 \shape up
19861 \size normal
19862 \emph off
19863 \bar no
19864 \noun off
19865 x
19866 \end_layout
19867
19868 \end_inset
19869 </cell>
19870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_inset Text
19872
19873 \begin_layout Standard
19874
19875 \end_layout
19876
19877 \end_inset
19878 </cell>
19879 </row>
19880 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19882 \begin_inset Text
19883
19884 \begin_layout Standard
19885
19886 \family roman
19887 \series medium
19888 \shape up
19889 \size normal
19890 \emph off
19891 \bar no
19892 \noun off
19893 D
19894 \end_layout
19895
19896 \end_inset
19897 </cell>
19898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19899 \begin_inset Text
19900
19901 \begin_layout Standard
19902
19903 \family roman
19904 \series medium
19905 \shape up
19906 \size normal
19907 \emph off
19908 \bar no
19909 \noun off
19910 y
19911 \end_layout
19912
19913 \end_inset
19914 </cell>
19915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19916 \begin_inset Text
19917
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19919
19920 \end_layout
19921
19922 \end_inset
19923 </cell>
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19925 \begin_inset Text
19926
19927 \begin_layout Standard
19928
19929 \end_layout
19930
19931 \end_inset
19932 </cell>
19933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19934 \begin_inset Text
19935
19936 \begin_layout Standard
19937
19938 \family roman
19939 \series medium
19940 \shape up
19941 \size normal
19942 \emph off
19943 \bar no
19944 \noun off
19945 x
19946 \end_layout
19947
19948 \end_inset
19949 </cell>
19950 </row>
19951 </lyxtabular>
19952
19953 \end_inset
19954
19955
19956 \end_layout
19957
19958 \begin_layout Standard
19959 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
19960 \end_inset
19961
19962
19963 \end_layout
19964
19965 \begin_layout Standard
19966 We took the liberty of adding a little text to the table.
19967 \end_layout
19968
19969 \begin_layout Paragraph
19970 See Also:
19971 \end_layout
19972
19973 \begin_layout Standard
19974 TBD\SpecialChar \@.
19975  We'll think of something, to be sure\SpecialChar \ldots{}
19976
19977 \end_layout
19978
19979 \begin_layout Subsection
19980 tex-mode
19981 \end_layout
19982
19983 \begin_layout Description
19984 Default\InsetSpace ~
19985 Bindings:
19986 \end_layout
19987
19988 \begin_deeper
19989 \begin_layout List
19990 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19991
19992 \series bold
19993 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19994 -
19995 \series default
19996  
19997 \family sans
19998 \bar under
19999 L
20000 \bar default
20001 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20002
20003 \bar under
20004 T
20005 \bar default
20006 ex
20007 \family default
20008 \InsetSpace ~
20009
20010 \family sans
20011 Style
20012 \end_layout
20013
20014 \begin_layout List
20015 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20016
20017 \series bold
20018 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
20019 -
20020 \series default
20021  Fourth button from the right.
20022  
20023 \end_layout
20024
20025 \begin_deeper
20026 \begin_layout Standard
20027 Button with TeX on the face
20028 \end_layout
20029
20030 \end_deeper
20031 \begin_layout List
20032 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20033
20034 \series bold
20035 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20036 -
20037 \series default
20038  
20039 \family sans
20040 M-l\InsetSpace ~
20041
20042 \family roman
20043 or
20044 \family sans
20045  M-c\InsetSpace ~
20046 t
20047 \family default
20048  (standard)
20049 \end_layout
20050
20051 \begin_deeper
20052 \begin_layout Standard
20053
20054 \family sans
20055 C-l
20056 \family default
20057  in 
20058 \family typewriter
20059 cua.bind
20060 \family default
20061 .
20062 \end_layout
20063
20064 \end_deeper
20065 \end_deeper
20066 \begin_layout Paragraph
20067 Purpose:
20068 \end_layout
20069
20070 \begin_layout Standard
20071 Enter LaTeX code.
20072  
20073 \end_layout
20074
20075 \begin_layout Paragraph
20076 Usage:
20077 \end_layout
20078
20079 \begin_layout Standard
20080 The 
20081 \family typewriter
20082 tex-mode
20083 \family default
20084  command is a toggle function.
20085  When first executed, 
20086 \family typewriter
20087 tex-mode
20088 \family default
20089  begins accepting characters as a LaTeX command rather than text; when 
20090 \family typewriter
20091 tex-mode
20092 \family sans
20093  
20094 \family default
20095 is executed again this action stops.
20096  The result must be a valid and appropriate LaTeX command, or an error will
20097  result when the file is processed with LaTeX.
20098 \end_layout
20099
20100 \begin_layout Paragraph
20101 Examples:
20102 \end_layout
20103
20104 \begin_layout Standard
20105 The characters accepted as a LaTeX command are shown on the screen in red,
20106  as this example of the LaTeX 
20107 \family typewriter
20108
20109 \backslash
20110 relax
20111 \family default
20112  command shows: 
20113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20114 \end_inset
20115
20116
20117 \begin_inset ERT
20118 status inlined
20119
20120 \begin_layout Standard
20121
20122 \backslash
20123 relax
20124 \end_layout
20125
20126 \end_inset
20127
20128
20129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20130 \end_inset
20131
20132 .
20133 \end_layout
20134
20135 \begin_layout Paragraph
20136 See Also:
20137 \end_layout
20138
20139 \begin_layout Standard
20140 math-mode.
20141 \end_layout
20142
20143 \begin_layout Subsection
20144 toc-insert
20145 \end_layout
20146
20147 \begin_layout Description
20148 Default\InsetSpace ~
20149 Bindings:
20150 \end_layout
20151
20152 \begin_deeper
20153 \begin_layout List
20154 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20155
20156 \series bold
20157 Menu\InsetSpace ~
20158 -
20159 \series default
20160  
20161 \family sans
20162 \bar under
20163 I
20164 \bar default
20165 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20166 Lists and 
20167 \bar under
20168 T
20169 \bar default
20170 OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20171 Table
20172 \family default
20173 \InsetSpace ~
20174
20175 \family sans
20176 of
20177 \family default
20178 \InsetSpace ~
20179
20180 \family sans
20181 \bar under
20182 C
20183 \bar default
20184 ontents
20185 \end_layout
20186
20187 \begin_layout List
20188 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20189
20190 \series bold
20191 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20192 -
20193 \series default
20194  
20195 \family sans
20196 M-i t c
20197 \end_layout
20198
20199 \end_deeper
20200 \begin_layout Paragraph
20201 Purpose:
20202 \end_layout
20203
20204 \begin_layout Standard
20205 Inserts a
20206 \family sans
20207  table of contents in your document at the current cursor position.
20208
20209 \family default
20210  
20211 \end_layout
20212
20213 \begin_layout Paragraph
20214 Usage:
20215 \end_layout
20216
20217 \begin_layout Standard
20218 The standard location for a table of contents is straight after the title
20219  page.
20220  So insert it there for best results.
20221 \end_layout
20222
20223 \begin_layout Paragraph
20224 See Also:
20225 \end_layout
20226
20227 \begin_layout Standard
20228 toc-view; Table of Contents popup.
20229 \end_layout
20230
20231 \begin_layout Subsection
20232 toc-view
20233 \end_layout
20234
20235 \begin_layout Description
20236 Default\InsetSpace ~
20237 Bindings:
20238 \end_layout
20239
20240 \begin_deeper
20241 \begin_layout List
20242 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20243
20244 \series bold
20245 Menu\InsetSpace ~
20246 -
20247 \series default
20248  
20249 \family sans
20250 \bar under
20251 E
20252 \bar default
20253 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20254
20255 \bar under
20256 T
20257 \bar default
20258 able
20259 \family default
20260 \InsetSpace ~
20261
20262 \family sans
20263 of
20264 \family default
20265 \InsetSpace ~
20266
20267 \family sans
20268 Contents
20269 \end_layout
20270
20271 \begin_deeper
20272 \begin_layout Description
20273 Table\InsetSpace ~
20274 of\InsetSpace ~
20275 Contents: (table of contents control panel)
20276 \end_layout
20277
20278 \end_deeper
20279 \begin_layout List
20280 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20281
20282 \series bold
20283 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20284 -
20285 \series default
20286  
20287 \family sans
20288 M-e t
20289 \family default
20290  
20291 \end_layout
20292
20293 \end_deeper
20294 \begin_layout Paragraph
20295 Purpose:
20296 \end_layout
20297
20298 \begin_layout Standard
20299 This function brings up the 
20300 \family sans
20301 Table\InsetSpace ~
20302 of\InsetSpace ~
20303 Contents 
20304 \family default
20305 pop-up.
20306  
20307 \end_layout
20308
20309 \begin_layout Paragraph
20310 Usage:
20311 \end_layout
20312
20313 \begin_layout Standard
20314 You can update the table of contents using the 
20315 \family sans
20316 \bar under
20317 U
20318 \bar default
20319 pdate
20320 \family default
20321  button on the control panel, but the primary purpose of the 
20322 \family sans
20323 Table\InsetSpace ~
20324 of\InsetSpace ~
20325 Contents 
20326 \family default
20327 pop-up is browsing.
20328 \end_layout
20329
20330 \begin_layout Paragraph
20331 See Also:
20332 \end_layout
20333
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 toc-insert; Table of Contents popup.
20336 \end_layout
20337
20338 \begin_layout Subsection
20339 toggle-cursor-follows-scrollbar
20340 \end_layout
20341
20342 \begin_layout Description
20343 Default\InsetSpace ~
20344 Bindings: None.
20345 \end_layout
20346
20347 \begin_layout Paragraph
20348 Purpose:
20349 \end_layout
20350
20351 \begin_layout Standard
20352 To control the movement of the cursor when you use the scrollbar.
20353 \end_layout
20354
20355 \begin_layout Paragraph
20356 Usage:
20357 \end_layout
20358
20359 \begin_layout Standard
20360 Use this switch to change the way the cursor is handled when you move the
20361  scrollbar.
20362  The default behaviour is for the cursor to remain at the last position
20363  you were editing even if you scroll it off the screen.
20364  The alternate behaviour is for the cursor to always be on screen with its
20365  position limited by the topmost or bottommost visible line of text.
20366 \end_layout
20367
20368 \begin_layout Standard
20369 It is possible to set the alternate behaviour as the default by adding an
20370  entry in your 
20371 \family typewriter
20372 lyxrc
20373 \family default
20374  file of the form: 
20375 \family typewriter
20376
20377 \backslash
20378 cursor_follows_scrollbar true
20379 \family default
20380 .
20381 \end_layout
20382
20383 \begin_layout Subsection
20384 toolbar-add-to
20385 \end_layout
20386
20387 \begin_layout Description
20388 Default\InsetSpace ~
20389 Bindings: None.
20390 \end_layout
20391
20392 \begin_layout Paragraph
20393 Purpose:
20394 \end_layout
20395
20396 \begin_layout Standard
20397 Used in the 
20398 \family typewriter
20399 lyxrc
20400 \family default
20401  files to add a toolbar button.
20402 \end_layout
20403
20404 \begin_layout Paragraph
20405 Usage:
20406 \end_layout
20407
20408 \begin_layout Standard
20409 ?
20410 \end_layout
20411
20412 \begin_layout Paragraph
20413 See Also:
20414 \end_layout
20415
20416 \begin_layout Standard
20417 toolbar-push.
20418 \end_layout
20419
20420 \begin_layout Subsection
20421 toolbar-push
20422 \end_layout
20423
20424 \begin_layout Description
20425 Default\InsetSpace ~
20426 Bindings: None.
20427 \end_layout
20428
20429 \begin_layout Paragraph
20430 Purpose:
20431 \end_layout
20432
20433 \begin_layout Standard
20434 Used in the 
20435 \family typewriter
20436 lyxrc
20437 \family default
20438  files to add a toolbar button.
20439 \end_layout
20440
20441 \begin_layout Paragraph
20442 Usage:
20443 \end_layout
20444
20445 \begin_layout Standard
20446 ?
20447 \end_layout
20448
20449 \begin_layout Paragraph
20450 See Also:
20451 \end_layout
20452
20453 \begin_layout Standard
20454 toolbar-add-to.
20455 \end_layout
20456
20457 \begin_layout Subsection
20458 undo
20459 \end_layout
20460
20461 \begin_layout Description
20462 Default\InsetSpace ~
20463 Bindings:
20464 \end_layout
20465
20466 \begin_deeper
20467 \begin_layout List
20468 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20469
20470 \series bold
20471 Menu\InsetSpace ~
20472 -
20473 \series default
20474  
20475 \family sans
20476 \bar under
20477 E
20478 \bar default
20479 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20480
20481 \bar under
20482 U
20483 \bar default
20484 ndo
20485 \end_layout
20486
20487 \begin_layout List
20488 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20489
20490 \series bold
20491 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20492 -
20493 \series default
20494  
20495 \family sans
20496 M-e\InsetSpace ~
20497 u
20498 \family default
20499  
20500 \end_layout
20501
20502 \begin_deeper
20503 \begin_layout Standard
20504
20505 \family sans
20506 C-z
20507 \family default
20508  in 
20509 \family typewriter
20510 cua.bind
20511 \family default
20512 .
20513 \newline
20514
20515 \family sans
20516 C-x\InsetSpace ~
20517 u or C-~S-slash
20518 \family default
20519  in 
20520 \family typewriter
20521 emacs.bind
20522 \family default
20523 .
20524 \end_layout
20525
20526 \end_deeper
20527 \end_deeper
20528 \begin_layout Paragraph
20529 Purpose:
20530 \end_layout
20531
20532 \begin_layout Standard
20533 Undo the last major editing command.
20534 \end_layout
20535
20536 \begin_layout Paragraph
20537 Usage:
20538 \end_layout
20539
20540 \begin_layout Standard
20541 Self explanatory.
20542  
20543 \end_layout
20544
20545 \begin_layout Standard
20546 Two things: first, 
20547 \family typewriter
20548 undo
20549 \family default
20550  has unlimited depth.
20551  
20552 \emph on
20553 (Except in the beta-version, where this feature has been limited to 100
20554  steps for safety).
20555  
20556 \emph default
20557 You can keep invoking 
20558 \family typewriter
20559 undo
20560 \family default
20561  until you run out of changes and the document is back in the state it was
20562  in when you loaded it.
20563 \end_layout
20564
20565 \begin_layout Standard
20566 Second, 
20567 \family typewriter
20568 undo
20569 \family default
20570  does not work everywhere.
20571  You cannot undo changes to the document layout, for example.
20572 \end_layout
20573
20574 \begin_layout Paragraph
20575 See Also:
20576 \end_layout
20577
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20579 redo.
20580  
20581 \end_layout
20582
20583 \begin_layout Subsection
20584 up
20585 \end_layout
20586
20587 \begin_layout Description
20588 Default\InsetSpace ~
20589 Bindings:
20590 \end_layout
20591
20592 \begin_deeper
20593 \begin_layout List
20594 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20595
20596 \series bold
20597 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20598 -
20599 \series default
20600  
20601 \family sans
20602 Up
20603 \end_layout
20604
20605 \begin_deeper
20606 \begin_layout Standard
20607
20608 \family sans
20609 C-p
20610 \family default
20611  in 
20612 \family typewriter
20613 emacs.bind
20614 \family default
20615 .
20616 \end_layout
20617
20618 \end_deeper
20619 \end_deeper
20620 \begin_layout Paragraph
20621 Purpose:
20622 \end_layout
20623
20624 \begin_layout Standard
20625 Moves the cursor down up line.
20626  If the cursor starting-position is at the top of the screen-display, the
20627  buffer scrolls downward to display the new current line about 1/4 of the
20628  screen-height from the top of the screen.
20629 \end_layout
20630
20631 \begin_layout Paragraph
20632 See Also:
20633 \end_layout
20634
20635 \begin_layout Standard
20636 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi
20637 n; line-end; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20638 \end_layout
20639
20640 \begin_layout Subsection
20641 up-select
20642 \end_layout
20643
20644 \begin_layout Description
20645 Default\InsetSpace ~
20646 Bindings:
20647 \end_layout
20648
20649 \begin_deeper
20650 \begin_layout List
20651 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20652
20653 \series bold
20654 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20655 -
20656 \series default
20657  
20658 \family sans
20659 S-Up
20660 \end_layout
20661
20662 \end_deeper
20663 \begin_layout Paragraph
20664 Purpose:
20665 \end_layout
20666
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20668 To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one
20669  line up.
20670  If the previous line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply
20671  moves to the end of the previous line.
20672 \end_layout
20673
20674 \begin_layout Paragraph
20675 See Also:
20676 \end_layout
20677
20678 \begin_layout Standard
20679 up;
20680 \end_layout
20681
20682 \begin_layout Standard
20683 backward-select; forward-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward
20684 -select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-selec
20685 t; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
20686 \end_layout
20687
20688 \begin_layout Section
20689 W-Z
20690 \end_layout
20691
20692 \begin_layout Subsection
20693 word-backward
20694 \end_layout
20695
20696 \begin_layout Description
20697 Default\InsetSpace ~
20698 Bindings:
20699 \end_layout
20700
20701 \begin_deeper
20702 \begin_layout List
20703 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20704
20705 \series bold
20706 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20707 -
20708 \series default
20709  
20710 \family sans
20711 C-Left
20712 \end_layout
20713
20714 \end_deeper
20715 \begin_layout Paragraph
20716 Purpose:
20717 \end_layout
20718
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20720 Moves the cursor backward by one word.
20721 \end_layout
20722
20723 \begin_layout Paragraph
20724 Usage:
20725 \end_layout
20726
20727 \begin_layout Standard
20728 Self explanatory.
20729  If you are already at the beginning of a word, the cursor moves to the
20730  first letter of the previous word.
20731  If you are in the middle or at the end of a word, the cursor moves to the
20732  first letter of that word.
20733 \end_layout
20734
20735 \begin_layout Paragraph
20736 See Also:
20737 \end_layout
20738
20739 \begin_layout Standard
20740 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; tab-forward; line-begin; line-end;
20741  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20742 \end_layout
20743
20744 \begin_layout Subsection
20745 word-backward-select
20746 \end_layout
20747
20748 \begin_layout Description
20749 Default\InsetSpace ~
20750 Bindings:
20751 \end_layout
20752
20753 \begin_deeper
20754 \begin_layout List
20755 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20756
20757 \series bold
20758 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20759 -
20760 \series default
20761  
20762 \family sans
20763 S-C-Left
20764 \end_layout
20765
20766 \end_deeper
20767 \begin_layout Paragraph
20768 Purpose:
20769 \end_layout
20770
20771 \begin_layout Standard
20772 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions
20773  during a 
20774 \family typewriter
20775 word-backward
20776 \family default
20777  move.
20778  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
20779 \end_layout
20780
20781 \begin_layout Paragraph
20782 See Also:
20783 \end_layout
20784
20785 \begin_layout Standard
20786 word-backward; backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select;
20787  word-forward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
20788  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
20789 \end_layout
20790
20791 \begin_layout Subsection
20792 word-capitalize
20793 \end_layout
20794
20795 \begin_layout Description
20796 Default\InsetSpace ~
20797 Bindings:
20798 \end_layout
20799
20800 \begin_deeper
20801 \begin_layout List
20802 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20803
20804 \series bold
20805 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20806 -
20807 \series default
20808  
20809 \family sans
20810 M-c\InsetSpace ~
20811 Right
20812 \end_layout
20813
20814 \end_deeper
20815 \begin_layout Paragraph
20816 Purpose:
20817 \end_layout
20818
20819 \begin_layout Standard
20820 Capitalizes the next character to the right of the current cursor, and moves
20821  the cursor position to the beginning of the next word.
20822 \end_layout
20823
20824 \begin_layout Paragraph
20825 Usage:
20826 \end_layout
20827
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20829 No case change occurs for preselected text.
20830 \end_layout
20831
20832 \begin_layout Paragraph
20833 Examples:
20834 \end_layout
20835
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20837 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the 
20838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20839 \end_inset
20840
20841 p
20842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20843 \end_inset
20844
20845  in the word 
20846 \emph on
20847 description
20848 \emph default
20849  and you execute the 
20850 \family typewriter
20851 word-capitalize
20852 \family default
20853  function, 
20854 \emph on
20855 description
20856 \emph default
20857  will change to 
20858 \emph on
20859 descriPtion.
20860
20861 \emph default
20862  
20863 \end_layout
20864
20865 \begin_layout Paragraph
20866 See Also:
20867 \end_layout
20868
20869 \begin_layout Standard
20870 word-lowcase; word-upcase.
20871 \end_layout
20872
20873 \begin_layout Subsection
20874 word-delete-backward
20875 \end_layout
20876
20877 \begin_layout Description
20878 Default\InsetSpace ~
20879 Bindings:
20880 \end_layout
20881
20882 \begin_deeper
20883 \begin_layout List
20884 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20885
20886 \series bold
20887 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20888 -
20889 \series default
20890  
20891 \family sans
20892 C-BackSpace
20893 \end_layout
20894
20895 \end_deeper
20896 \begin_layout Paragraph
20897 Purpose:
20898 \end_layout
20899
20900 \begin_layout Standard
20901 Deletes the previous word.
20902 \end_layout
20903
20904 \begin_layout Paragraph
20905 Usage:
20906 \end_layout
20907
20908 \begin_layout Standard
20909 If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the previous word
20910  is deleted.
20911  
20912 \end_layout
20913
20914 \begin_layout Standard
20915 If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the beginning of the word
20916  is deleted to the cursor location.
20917  
20918 \end_layout
20919
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20921 If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, then the last word of
20922  the previous paragraph is deleted.
20923  Also in this case, if both paragraph have the same environment, LyX will
20924  join the two paragraphs.
20925  
20926 \end_layout
20927
20928 \begin_layout Paragraph
20929 See Also:
20930 \end_layout
20931
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20933 word-delete-forward.
20934 \end_layout
20935
20936 \begin_layout Subsection
20937 word-delete-forward
20938 \end_layout
20939
20940 \begin_layout Description
20941 Default\InsetSpace ~
20942 Bindings:
20943 \end_layout
20944
20945 \begin_deeper
20946 \begin_layout List
20947 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20948
20949 \series bold
20950 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20951 -
20952 \series default
20953  
20954 \family sans
20955 C-Delete
20956 \newline
20957 M-d
20958 \family default
20959  in 
20960 \family typewriter
20961 emacs.bind
20962 \end_layout
20963
20964 \end_deeper
20965 \begin_layout Paragraph
20966 Purpose:
20967 \end_layout
20968
20969 \begin_layout Standard
20970 Deletes the next word.
20971 \end_layout
20972
20973 \begin_layout Paragraph
20974 Usage:
20975 \end_layout
20976
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the next word is
20979  deleted.
20980  
20981 \end_layout
20982
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the end of the word is deleted
20985  to the cursor location.
20986  
20987 \end_layout
20988
20989 \begin_layout Standard
20990 If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, one of two things can happen.
20991  If the current and next paragraph have the same paragraph environment,
20992  LyX merges the two paragraphs, but doesn't delete any words.
20993  If the two paragraphs have different environments, nothing happens.
20994  Note that this is different from the behavior of 
20995 \family typewriter
20996 word-delete-backward
20997 \family default
20998 .
20999 \end_layout
21000
21001 \begin_layout Paragraph
21002 See Also:
21003 \end_layout
21004
21005 \begin_layout Standard
21006 word-delete-backward.
21007 \end_layout
21008
21009 \begin_layout Subsection
21010 word-forward
21011 \end_layout
21012
21013 \begin_layout Description
21014 Default\InsetSpace ~
21015 Bindings:
21016 \end_layout
21017
21018 \begin_deeper
21019 \begin_layout List
21020 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21021
21022 \series bold
21023 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21024 -
21025 \series default
21026  
21027 \family sans
21028 C-Right
21029 \end_layout
21030
21031 \end_deeper
21032 \begin_layout Paragraph
21033 Purpose:
21034 \end_layout
21035
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21037 Moves the cursor forward by one word.
21038  
21039 \end_layout
21040
21041 \begin_layout Paragraph
21042 Usage:
21043 \end_layout
21044
21045 \begin_layout Standard
21046 Unlike 
21047 \family typewriter
21048 word-backward
21049 \family default
21050 , this function always displays the same behavior.
21051  It always moves the cursor to the beginning of the next word, no matter
21052  where the starting cursor location may be.
21053 \end_layout
21054
21055 \begin_layout Paragraph
21056 See Also:
21057 \end_layout
21058
21059 \begin_layout Standard
21060 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi
21061 n; line-end; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
21062 \end_layout
21063
21064 \begin_layout Subsection
21065 word-forward-select
21066 \end_layout
21067
21068 \begin_layout Description
21069 Default\InsetSpace ~
21070 Bindings:
21071 \end_layout
21072
21073 \begin_deeper
21074 \begin_layout List
21075 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21076
21077 \series bold
21078 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21079 -
21080 \series default
21081  
21082 \family sans
21083 S-C-Right
21084 \end_layout
21085
21086 \end_deeper
21087 \begin_layout Paragraph
21088 Purpose:
21089 \end_layout
21090
21091 \begin_layout Standard
21092 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions
21093  during a 
21094 \family typewriter
21095 word-forward
21096 \family sans
21097  
21098 \family default
21099 move.
21100  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
21101 \end_layout
21102
21103 \begin_layout Paragraph
21104 See Also:
21105 \end_layout
21106
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 word-forward;
21109 \end_layout
21110
21111 \begin_layout Standard
21112 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-backward-select;
21113  line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
21114  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
21115 \end_layout
21116
21117 \begin_layout Subsection
21118 word-lowcase
21119 \end_layout
21120
21121 \begin_layout Description
21122 Default\InsetSpace ~
21123 Bindings:
21124 \end_layout
21125
21126 \begin_deeper
21127 \begin_layout List
21128 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21129
21130 \series bold
21131 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21132 -
21133 \series default
21134  
21135 \family sans
21136 M-c\InsetSpace ~
21137 Down
21138 \end_layout
21139
21140 \end_deeper
21141 \begin_layout Paragraph
21142 Purpose:
21143 \end_layout
21144
21145 \begin_layout Standard
21146 Forces a word to all lowercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the
21147  next word.
21148 \end_layout
21149
21150 \begin_layout Paragraph
21151 Usage:
21152 \end_layout
21153
21154 \begin_layout Standard
21155 Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected.
21156  No case change occurs for preselected text.
21157 \end_layout
21158
21159 \begin_layout Paragraph
21160 Examples:
21161 \end_layout
21162
21163 \begin_layout Standard
21164 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the 
21165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21166 \end_inset
21167
21168 p
21169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21170 \end_inset
21171
21172  in the word 
21173 \emph on
21174 DESCRIPTION
21175 \emph default
21176  and you execute the 
21177 \family typewriter
21178 word-lowcase
21179 \family default
21180  function, 
21181 \emph on
21182 DESCRIPTION
21183 \emph default
21184  will change to 
21185 \emph on
21186 DESCRIption
21187 \emph default
21188 .
21189 \end_layout
21190
21191 \begin_layout Paragraph
21192 See Also:
21193 \end_layout
21194
21195 \begin_layout Standard
21196 word-capitalize; word-upcase.
21197 \end_layout
21198
21199 \begin_layout Subsection
21200 word-upcase
21201 \end_layout
21202
21203 \begin_layout Description
21204 Default\InsetSpace ~
21205 Bindings:
21206 \end_layout
21207
21208 \begin_deeper
21209 \begin_layout List
21210 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21211
21212 \series bold
21213 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21214 -
21215 \series default
21216  
21217 \family sans
21218 M-c\InsetSpace ~
21219 Up
21220 \end_layout
21221
21222 \end_deeper
21223 \begin_layout Paragraph
21224 Purpose:
21225 \end_layout
21226
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21228 Forces a word to all uppercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the
21229  next word.
21230 \end_layout
21231
21232 \begin_layout Paragraph
21233 Usage:
21234 \end_layout
21235
21236 \begin_layout Standard
21237 Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected.
21238  No case change occurs for preselected text.
21239 \end_layout
21240
21241 \begin_layout Paragraph
21242 Examples:
21243 \end_layout
21244
21245 \begin_layout Standard
21246 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the 
21247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21248 \end_inset
21249
21250 p
21251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21252 \end_inset
21253
21254  in the word 
21255 \emph on
21256 description
21257 \emph default
21258  and you execute the 
21259 \family sans
21260 word-upcase
21261 \family default
21262  function, 
21263 \emph on
21264 description
21265 \emph default
21266  will change to 
21267 \emph on
21268 descriPTION
21269 \emph default
21270 .
21271 \end_layout
21272
21273 \begin_layout Paragraph
21274 See Also:
21275 \end_layout
21276
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21278 word-capitalize; word-lowcase.
21279 \end_layout
21280
21281 \begin_layout Chapter
21282 General Information
21283 \end_layout
21284
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286
21287 \emph on
21288 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{ch:misc}
21289
21290 \end_inset
21291
21292  Ed.
21293  Note: This is otherwise known as The Dreaded Miscellaneous! It'll be a
21294  pain to maintain, since I'll probably be splitting it every few months!
21295  -jw
21296 \end_layout
21297
21298 \begin_layout Section*
21299 Reserved for Future Use.
21300 \end_layout
21301
21302 \end_body
21303 \end_document